FLORIDA COAST PAPER CO LLC
S-4/A, 1996-09-20
PAPERBOARD MILLS
Previous: ACTIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUNDS, N-1A EL/A, 1996-09-20
Next: GEOSTRAT RESOURCES INC, S-4/A, 1996-09-20



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 20, 1996
    
 
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-8023
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          DELAWARE                         2631                        59-3379704
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION   (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL         (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     OF INCORPORATION OR        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)        IDENTIFICATION NO.)
        ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
 
                              600 U.S. HIGHWAY 98,
                                 PORT ST. JOE,
                                 FLORIDA 32456
                                 (904) 227-1171
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                       SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT
                            ------------------------
 
                               MICHAEL S. NELSON
                       KRAMER, LEVIN, NAFTALIS & FRANKEL
                                919 THIRD AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                 (212) 715-9100
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the  registration statement  becomes effective  and all  other
conditions  to  the  exchange  offer  (the  "Exchange  Offer")  pursuant  to the
registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") described in
the enclosed Prospectus have been satisfied or waived.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered  in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PRIMARY
                                                         STANDARD          I.R.S.       ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE
                                                        INDUSTRIAL        EMPLOYER     AND TELEPHONE NUMBER INCLUDING
                                     JURISDICTION OF  CLASSIFICATION   IDENTIFICATION     AREA CODE, OF PRINCIPAL
        NAME OF CORPORATION           INCORPORATION     CODE NUMBER        NUMBER            EXECUTIVE OFFICER
- -----------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------  ------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
Florida Coast Paper Finance
 Corp..............................            DE             2631        59-3379707   600 U.S. Highway 98
                                                                                       Port St. Joe, Florida, 32456
                                                                                       (904) 227-1171
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                          FLORIDA COAST FINANCE CORP.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
           PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K AND RULE 404(A)
                       SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
                      INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS IN S-4
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM AND
                         HEADING                                          PROSPECTUS CAPTION
           ------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                   <C>
       1.  Forepart of Registration Statement
            and Outside Front Cover Page of
            Prospectus.........................  Forepart of Registration Statement; Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                  Prospectus
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
            Pages of Prospectus................  Table of Contents; Available Information; Inside Front and Outside
                                                  Back Cover Pages of Prospectus
       3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to
            Fixed Charges and Other
            Information........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The Exchange Offer; The
                                                  Acquisition; Selected Historical Financial Data; Unaudited Pro Forma
                                                  Financial Data
       4.  Terms of the Transaction............  Prospectus Summary; The Exchange Offer; Description of New Notes
       5.  Pro Forma Financial Information.....  Prospectus Summary; Selected Historical Financial Data; Unaudited Pro
                                                  Forma Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations
       6.  Material Contacts with Company Being
            Acquired...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The Acquisition; Business
       7.  Additional Information Required for
            Reoffering by Persons and Parties
            Deemed to be Underwriters..........  Not Applicable
       8.  Interests of Named Experts and
            Counsel............................  Legal Matters; Experts
       9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
            Indemnification for Securities Act
            Liabilities........................  Not Applicable
      10.  Information With Respect to S-3
            Registrants........................  Not Applicable
      11.  Incorporation of Certain Information
            by Reference.......................  Not Applicable
      12.  Information with Respect to S-2 or
            S-3 Registrants....................  Not Applicable
      13.  Incorporation of Certain Information
            by Reference.......................  Not Applicable
      14.  Information with Respect to
            Registrants Other than S-2 or S-3
            Registrants........................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Available Information;
                                                  Prospectus Summary; Selected Historical Financial Data; Unaudited
                                                  Pro Forma Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Business; Index to
                                                  Financial Statements
      15.  Information with Respect to S-3
            Companies..........................  Not Applicable
      16.  Information with Respect to S-2 or
            S-3 Companies......................  Not Applicable
      17.  Information with Respect to
            Companies Other than S-2 or S-3
            Companies..........................  Not Applicable
      18.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
            Authorizations are to be
            Solicited..........................  Not Applicable
      19.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
            Authorizations are not to be
            Solicited or in an Exchange
            Offer..............................  Management; Security Ownership
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO  BUY  NOR SHALL  THERE BE  ANY SALE  OF  THESE
SECURITIES  IN ANY  STATE IN  WHICH SUCH  OFFER, SOLICITATION  OR SALE  WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
     PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER   , 1996
    
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                       FLORIDA COAST PAPER FINANCE CORP.
      OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS 12 3/4% SERIES B FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2003
            WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR
                         ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
                 12 3/4% SERIES A FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2003
                  ($165,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
 
    THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW  YORK
CITY  TIME, ON             , 1996, AS SUCH DATE MAY BE EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION
DATE").
 
    Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. (the "Company") and Florida Coast  Paper
Finance  Corp. ("Finance Corp."  and, together with  the Company, the "Issuers")
hereby offer  (the  "Exchange  Offer"),  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to  the
conditions  set  forth  in  this  Prospectus  and  the  accompanying  letter  of
transmittal (the "Letter  of Transmittal"), to  exchange an aggregate  of up  to
$165,000,000  principal amount of 12 3/4% Series B First Mortgage Notes due 2003
(the "New Notes") for an identical face amount of the outstanding 12 3/4% Series
A First Mortgage Notes due  2003 (the "Old Notes" and,  with the New Notes,  the
"Notes").  The terms of the New Notes  are identical in all material respects to
the terms  of  the Old  Notes  except that  the  registration and  other  rights
relating  to the  exchange of Old  Notes for  New Notes and  the restrictions on
transfer set forth on the Old Notes will  not appear on the New Notes. See  "The
Exchange  Offer." The New Notes are being  offered hereunder in order to satisfy
certain obligations of the Issuers  under a Registration Rights Agreement  dated
as  of May 30, 1996 (the "Registration  Rights Agreement") among the Issuers and
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (the  "Initial Purchaser"). Based on an  interpretation
by  the staff of  the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") set
forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Company, New
Notes issued pursuant to  the Exchange Offer  in exchange for  Old Notes may  be
offered for resale, resold, and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other
than  a holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as  amended (the  "Securities  Act")),
without  compliance with the registration and the prospectus delivery provisions
of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such  holder's business and  such holder has  no arrangement with  any
person  to participate in or is  engaged in or is planning  to be engaged in the
distribution of such New Notes.
 
   
    The New Notes will bear interest at  the rate of 12 3/4% per annum,  payable
semi-annually  in arrears on June  1 and December 1  of each year, commencing on
December 1,  1996.  The Issuers  will  not be  required  to make  any  mandatory
redemption  or sinking  fund payments  with respect  to the  New Notes  prior to
maturity. The New Notes  will be redeemable,  at the option  of the Issuers,  in
whole  or in part, at any time on or after June 1, 2000 at the redemption prices
set forth herein. In addition, at the option of the Issuers, up to one-third  of
the  aggregate principal amount  of New Notes  may be redeemed  prior to June 1,
1999 at the redemption price set forth herein with the net proceeds of a  public
offering of Capital Stock (as defined herein) (other than Disqualified Stock (as
defined  herein))  of the  Company;  PROVIDED that  at  least two-thirds  of the
aggregate principal amount of  New Notes originally  issued under the  Indenture
remain  outstanding following such redemption.  In addition, upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control (as defined  herein) prior to June 1, 2000, the  Issuers,
at  their option, may redeem all, but not  less than all, of the outstanding New
Notes at a redemption price equal to  100% of the principal amount thereof  plus
the  applicable Make-Whole Premium (as defined herein). Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control (as defined herein) at any time, the Issuers will be  required
to  make an offer  to repurchase from each  holder of the  Notes ("Holder") at a
price equal to 101% of the  aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued  and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. There can be no assurance that
the  Issuers will have  the financial resources necessary  to repurchase the New
Notes upon a Change of Control. The New Notes will be senior secured obligations
of the  Issuers,  will rank  senior  in right  of  payment to  all  subordinated
indebtedness  of the Issuers and  will rank PARI PASSU  in right of payment with
all other existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuers. As of June 30,
1996, the Company had outstanding indebtedness of $175.6 million, including  the
Notes.  The New Notes will  be secured by a first  mortgage on all real property
and improvements comprising the  Mill (as defined herein)  and a first  priority
security  interest in substantially all of the equipment of the Mill and certain
other assets  (but  excluding,  among other  things,  inventories  and  accounts
receivable, and the proceeds thereof). See "Description of New Notes."
    
 
    Finance  Corp.  is a  subsidiary  of the  Company  that was  incorporated in
Delaware for the  purpose of serving  as a co-issuer  of the Notes  in order  to
facilitate  the Offering (as defined  herein) of the Old  Notes and the Exchange
Offer. Finance Corp. does not have any substantial operations or assets and does
not have any revenues. As a result,  Holders of the New Notes should not  expect
Finance  Corp. to  participate in  servicing any of  the obligations  on the New
Notes. See "Description of New Notes--Certain Covenants."
 
   
    The Company will accept for exchange from an Eligible Holder any and all Old
Notes that are validly tendered prior to  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on  the
Expiration  Date. For  purposes of the  Exchange Offer,  "Eligible Holder" shall
mean the  registered owner  of any  Old Notes  that remain  Transfer  Restricted
Securities,  as reflected  on the  records of  Norwest Bank  Minnesota, National
Association, as registrar for the Old Notes (in such capacity, the "Registrar"),
or any person whose Old  Notes are held of record  by the depository of the  Old
Notes. Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York  City time,  on the  Expiration Date. For  purposes of  the Exchange Offer,
"Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Old Note until the earliest to occur
of (i) the date on which such Old  Note is exchanged in this Exchange Offer  and
entitled to be resold to the public by the holder thereof without complying with
the prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) the date on which
such  Old Note is  registered under the Securities  Act and is  disposed of in a
shelf registration statement, if applicable, or (iii) the date on which such Old
Note has  been  distributed  to  the  public pursuant  to  Rule  144  under  the
Securities  Act  or by  a  broker-dealer pursuant  to  the plan  of distribution
described herein. See "Plan of Distribution."
    
 
    Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes  for its own account pursuant  to
the  Exchange  Offer  must acknowledge  that  it  will deliver  a  prospectus in
connection with any resale of such  New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal  states
that  by so acknowledging  and by delivering a  prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to  admit that it  is an "underwriter" within  the meaning of  the
Securities  Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New  Notes
received  in exchange for Old  Notes where such Old  Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer  as  a  result  of  market-making  activities  or  other   trading
activities.  The Company  has agreed that,  for a  period of 270  days after the
effective  date  hereof,  it  will   make  this  Prospectus  available  to   any
broker-dealer  for use  in connection  with any  such resale.  See "The Exchange
Offer" and "Plan of Distribution."
 
   
    Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Notes.
The Company does  not expect that  an active  trading market in  the Notes  will
develop.
    
 
    The  Exchange  Agent  for  the Exchange  Offer  is  Norwest  Bank Minnesota,
National Association.
                           --------------------------
 
   
    SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE  11 HEREIN FOR  A DISCUSSION OF  RISKS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY ELIGIBLE HOLDERS IN EVALUATING THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
    
                            ------------------------
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE
   ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY           REPRESENTATION TO
                      THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                           --------------------------
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS        , 1996.
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
    The  Company has filed  with the Commission  a Registration Statement (which
term shall include any amendments thereto) on Form S-4 under the Securities  Act
with  respect to  the securities  offered by  this Prospectus.  This Prospectus,
which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all the
information set  forth  in  the  Registration Statement  and  the  exhibits  and
schedules  thereto, to  which reference is  hereby made. Each  statement made in
this Prospectus referring to a document filed  as an exhibit or schedule to  the
Registration  Statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the exhibit
or schedule for a complete statement  of its terms and conditions, although  all
of  the material terms of  the Company's contracts and  agreements that would be
material to an investor  have been summarized in  this Prospectus. In  addition,
upon  the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission,
the Company will be subject to the informational requirements of the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in accordance
therewith the Company will file periodic reports and other information with  the
Commission relating to its business, financial statements and other matters. Any
interested  parties  may inspect  and/or  copy the  Registration  Statement, its
schedules and exhibits, and the periodic reports and other information filed  in
connection  therewith,  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 and at the Commission's regional offices located at Citicorp Center,
500 W. Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois  60661, and 7 World  Trade
Center,  Suite 1300, New York,  New York 10048. Copies  of such materials can be
obtained at prescribed rates by addressing  written requests for such copies  to
the  Public  Reference Section  of  the Commission  at  its principal  office at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549.  The
obligations  of the Company under the Exchange  Act to file periodic reports and
other  information  with  the  Commission   may  be  suspended,  under   certain
circumstances,  if the New Notes are held of record by fewer than 300 holders at
the beginning of any  fiscal year and  are not listed  on a national  securities
exchange. The Company has agreed that, whether or not it is required to do so by
the  rules and regulations  of the Commission, for  so long as  any of the Notes
remain outstanding it will furnish to the holders of the Notes, and if  required
by  the Exchange Act, file with the Commission all annual, quarterly and current
reports that the Company  is or would  be required to  file with the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, for so long
as  any of  the Old  Notes remain  outstanding, the  Company has  agreed to make
available to any prospective purchaser of  the Old Notes or beneficial owner  of
the  Old Notes in connection  with any sale thereof  the information required by
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
    
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES  DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE  WHICH ARE NOT  PRESENT
HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. COPIES OF ANY SUCH DOCUMENTS FILED BY THE COMPANY,
INCLUDING  EXHIBITS TO SUCH DOCUMENTS, ARE AVAILABLE TO ANY REGISTERED HOLDER OR
BENEFICIAL OWNER  OF THE  OLD NOTES  UPON WRITTEN  OR ORAL  REQUEST AND  WITHOUT
CHARGE  FROM FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.,  600 U.S. HIGHWAY 98, PORT ST.
JOE, FLORIDA 32456, ATTENTION: CHIEF  FINANCIAL OFFICER. TELEPHONE REQUESTS  MAY
BE DIRECTED TO THE COMPANY AT (904) 227-1171. IN ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY
OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY SUCH REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY            , 1996.
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER  THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS.  IF GIVEN  OR
MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY.  THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  WITH RESPECT  TO ANY  SECURITY OTHER  THAN THE  SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY OR AN OFFER TO OR SOLICITATION OF ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH AN OFFER OR  SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  DISTRIBUTION  OF  SECURITIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS
CORRECT  AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE  DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE  INFORMATION SET FORTH  HEREIN OR  IN THE AFFAIRS  OF THE  COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING THE  NOTES THERETO,  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. ALL  CAPITALIZED TERMS  USED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS
WITHOUT  A  DEFINITION  ARE  DEFINED  AS  SET  FORTH  BELOW  UNDER  THE  CAPTION
"DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES--CERTAIN DEFINITIONS."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Florida   Coast  Paper  Company,  L.L.C.   was  formed  by  Stone  Container
Corporation ("Stone"), which  the Company  believes is the  largest producer  of
linerboard  in the world, and  Four M Corporation ("Four  M"), which the Company
believes is one of  the largest independent  converters of corrugated  packaging
materials  in  North America,  to acquire  the  linerboard mill  operations (the
"Mill") of St.  Joe Forest Products  Company ("St. Joe").  The Mill, located  in
Port  St. Joe, Florida, is a major  manufacturer of mottled white and unbleached
kraft  linerboard,  the  principal   component  of  corrugated  containers   and
corrugated packaging materials. On May 30, 1996, Stone and Four M (together, the
"Joint  Venture  Partners")  through  the  Company  acquired  the  Mill  for its
strategic location and to  fulfill a portion of  the linerboard requirements  of
their  respective corrugated container facilities, many  of which are located in
the Southeast. Pursuant to  an Output Purchase  Agreement (the "Output  Purchase
Agreement") entered into on May 30, 1996, each of the Joint Venture Partners has
committed to purchase one-half of the Mill's entire linerboard production.
    
 
    The Mill has two paper machines which are capable of producing approximately
500,000  tons of linerboard annually  in a variety of  grades and basis weights.
Since 1990, approximately $147.8 million has been spent for the maintenance  and
modernization of the Mill's plant, equipment and machinery and for environmental
compliance. In 1994 and 1995, under the management of St. Joe, the Mill produced
approximately 477,990 and 441,229 tons, respectively, operating at approximately
95.6%  and  88.2% of  capacity, respectively,  during  such periods.  The Mill's
production presently  is  approximately  evenly divided  between  mottled  white
linerboard, a premium priced product, and unbleached kraft linerboard.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Output  Purchase Agreement,  each  of  the  Joint Venture
Partners has agreed to purchase from  the Company one-half of the Mill's  entire
linerboard  production at a  price that is $25  per ton below  the price of such
product published in PULP & PAPER WEEK, an industry trade publication, under the
section entitled  "Price Watch:  Paper  and Paperboard,"  subject to  a  minimum
purchase  price, which minimum purchase price is intended to generate sufficient
funds to  cover cash  operating  costs, cash  interest expense  and  maintenance
capital expenditures. Furthermore, in addition to an initial investment of $40.0
million  in the  Company, the  Joint Venture  Partners have  severally agreed to
provide the Company with a $20.0 million subordinated line of credit for general
corporate purposes (the "Subordinated Credit Facility").
 
    The Company  intends  to  capitalize  on  Stone's  operating  experience  to
implement  an operating  strategy for  the Mill  that the  Company believes will
enable it to increase productivity and  profitability. The key elements of  this
operating strategy include:
 
    - INCREASING  LINERBOARD PRODUCTION. The Company believes it will be able to
      increase production yields by improving product quality consistency and by
      decreasing machine downtime through technology upgrades of its machines.
 
    - IMPROVING OPERATING EFFICIENCY. The  Company believes it  will be able  to
      improve   operating  efficiency   by  reducing  the   frequency  of  grade
      changeovers, implementing new  operating and training  procedures for  its
      employees and decreasing machine downtime.
 
    - REDUCING  COSTS. The Company believes  it will be able  to reduce costs by
      preventive  maintenance  and   process  improvements.  Through   increased
      production  and improved operating efficiency, the Company believes it can
      also lower  operating costs  per ton.  Areas targeted  for cost  reduction
      include raw materials, labor and energy.
 
   
    Finance  Corp.  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  that  was
incorporated in Delaware for the purpose of serving as co-issuer of the Notes in
order   to   facilitate   the    Offering   of   the    Old   Notes   and    the
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
   
Exchange Offer. Finance Corp. does not have any substantial operations or assets
and  does not  have any  revenues; therefore,  separate financial  statements of
Finance Corp.  have  not been  included  in the  financial  statements  included
elsewhere herein.
    
 
                                THE ACQUISITION
 
    On  November 1, 1995,  the Company entered into  an Asset Purchase Agreement
(the "Acquisition Agreement") pursuant  to which, on May  30, 1996, the  Company
acquired  the assets of the Mill for a  purchase price of $185.0 million for the
fixed assets, plus approximately $17.4 million for working capital, for a  total
purchase  price of $202.4 million, subject  to adjustment for changes in working
capital as described herein. The funds required to consummate the Acquisition of
the Mill and pay related transaction costs consisted of (i) $165.0 million  from
the  proceeds of the Offering (as defined  herein), (ii) $40.0 million of equity
contributed by  Florida  Coast Paper  Holding  Co., L.L.C.  and  its  subsidiary
(together, "Florida Coast Holding"), and (iii) a $10.0 million subordinated note
of  the Company  (the "Subordinated  Note") issued  to St.  Joe pursuant  to the
Acquisition Agreement. See "The Acquisition."
 
   
    In addition to  the Output  Purchase Agreement and  the Subordinated  Credit
Facility,  on  May  30, 1996,  the  Company  entered into  a  Wood  Fiber Supply
Agreement (the "Fiber Agreement") with  St. Joseph Land and Development  Company
("St.  Joe Land"), a subsidiary of St. Joe,  pursuant to which St. Joe Land will
supply a  specified quantity  of pulpwood  and  wood chips  to the  Company.  In
addition,   the  Company  entered  into  a  procurement  agreement  (the  "Stone
Procurement Agreement") with  Stone pursuant to  which Stone will  use its  best
efforts  to procure  additional wood  fiber on behalf  of the  Company. See "The
Acquisition."
    
 
                               RECENT PERFORMANCE
 
   
    In the second quarter of 1996,  the Mill experienced a continued decline  in
the  prices for its  products as a  result of a  decline in industry-wide demand
during such period. This decline in prices and demand has had a negative  effect
on  the financial results  of the Mill.  The Mill's net  sales declined to $81.9
million, on a combined basis, for the six month period ended June 30, 1996  (the
"1996  Period") from $132.5 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1995
(the "1995 Period") primarily due to a decline in selling prices for the  Mill's
products  and a  decline in  sales volume.  The Mill's  net income  decreased to
$(3.8) million, on a combined  basis, in the 1996  Period from $22.6 million  in
the  1995 Period. The Company experienced downtime of both of its paper machines
from April 7, 1996 through May 6,  1996, for maintenance and to decrease  excess
inventory.  During July 1996, both  of the Mill's paper  machines were shut down
for annual maintenance. Since June 30,  1996, prices for the Company's  products
as  reported in PULP & PAPER WEEK have not changed; however, additional declines
in selling  prices  could  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
financial  condition and results of operations.  The Company anticipates that it
will need to  draw down on  the Subordinated Credit  Facility to supplement  its
cash flow in order to meet its 1996 debt service requirements. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
    The  Company  is a  limited liability  company organized  under the  laws of
Delaware. The principal executive office of  the Company is located at 600  U.S.
Highway  98,  Port St.  Joe, Florida  32456  and its  telephone number  is (904)
227-1171.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
   
    The following chart illustrates the ownership of the Company:
    
 
                                    [CHART]
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                           ISSUANCE OF THE OLD NOTES
 
   
    The outstanding $165.0 million  principal amount of 12  3/4% Series A  First
Mortgage  Notes due  2003 (the "Old  Notes") were  sold by the  Issuers to Bear,
Stearns &  Co. Inc.  (the "Initial  Purchaser") on  May 30,  1996 (the  "Closing
Date") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 23, 1996 (the "Purchase
Agreement"),  among the Issuers and the Initial Purchaser. The Initial Purchaser
subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the  Securities
Act  and other available exemptions under the Securities Act (the "Offering") on
or about May 30, 1996. The Issuers and the Initial Purchaser also entered into a
Registration Rights  Agreement, dated  as  of May  30, 1996  (the  "Registration
Rights  Agreement"), among  the Issuers and  the Initial  Purchaser, pursuant to
which the Issuers  granted certain registration  rights for the  benefit of  the
holders  of the Old Notes. The Exchange  Offer is intended to satisfy certain of
the Issuers' obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to
the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer--Purposes and Effects."
    
 
    The Old Notes were issued under the Indenture, dated as of May 30, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), among the Issuers and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
as trustee  (in such  capacity, the  "Trustee"). The  New Notes  are also  being
issued  under the Indenture and  are entitled to the  benefits of the Indenture.
The form and terms of the New  Notes will be identical in all material  respects
to  the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes have been
registered under  the  Securities Act  and,  therefore, will  not  bear  legends
restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of New Notes will not be entitled
to  the Liquidated Damages otherwise payable under the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement  in  respect  of Old  Notes  constituting  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  held  by such  holders  during any  period  in which  a Registration
Default (as defined) is continuing (the "Liquidated Damages") and (iii)  holders
of New Notes will no longer be, and upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
Eligible  Holders of  Old Notes  will no longer  be, entitled  to certain rights
under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for the holders of unregistered
securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the delivery  by
the  Issuers to the Exchange Agent under the  Indenture of New Notes in the same
aggregate principal amount as the aggregate  principal amount of Old Notes  that
are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange  Offer--Termination of Certain Rights" and "--Procedures for Tendering"
and "Description of New Notes--Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER................  The Issuers are offering, upon the terms and subject  to
                                    the  conditions set forth herein and in the accompanying
                                    letter of transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"),  to
                                    exchange  its 12 3/4% Series  B First Mortgage Notes due
                                    2003 (the  "New Notes,"  and, with  the Old  Notes,  the
                                    "Notes") for an identical face amount of the outstanding
                                    Old Notes (the "Exchange Offer"). As of the date of this
                                    Prospectus, $165.0 million in aggregate principal amount
                                    of  the  Old Notes  is  outstanding, the  maximum amount
                                    authorized  by  the  Indenture  for  all  Notes.  As  of
                                    September    , 1996, there  was one registered holder of
                                    the Old Notes, Cede & Co. ("Cede"), which held $165.0 of
                                    aggregate principal amount  of the Old  Notes. See  "The
                                    Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer."
 
EXPIRATION DATE...................  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             , 1996, as
                                    the   same   may   be   extended.   See   "The  Exchange
                                    Offer--Expiration Date; Extension; Termination;
                                    Amendments."
 
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE
 OFFER............................  The Exchange Offer is  not conditioned upon any  minimum
                                    principal   amount  of  Old  Notes  being  tendered  for
                                    exchange. However,  the  Exchange Offer  is  subject  to
                                    certain customary conditions, which may be waived by the
                                    Company.  See  "The  Exchange  Offer--Conditions  of the
                                    Exchange Offer."
 
ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE OLD
 NOTES............................  The New  Notes will  bear interest  at a  rate equal  to
                                    12  3/4%  per annum  from  and including  their  date of
                                    issuance. Eligible Holders whose Old Notes are  accepted
                                    for  exchange will  have the  right to  receive interest
                                    accrued thereon from  the date of  original issuance  of
                                    the  Old  Notes or  the last  Interest Payment  Date, as
                                    applicable, to, but not including, the date of  issuance
                                    of  the New Notes, such interest  to be payable with the
                                    first interest payment on the New Notes. Interest on the
                                    Old Notes accepted  for exchange, which  accrues at  the
                                    rate  of 12 3/4% per annum,  will cease to accrue on the
                                    day prior to the issuance of the New Notes.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD
 NOTES............................  Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the  Exchange
                                    Offer  must  complete,  sign  and  date  the  Letter  of
                                    Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance  with
                                    the  instructions contained herein and therein, and mail
                                    or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such
                                    facsimile, together  with the  Old Notes  and any  other
                                    required   documentation  to  the  exchange  agent  (the
                                    "Exchange Agent") at the  address set forth herein.  Old
                                    Notes may be physically delivered, but physical delivery
                                    is  not required  if a  confirmation of  a book-entry of
                                    such Old Notes  to the Exchange  Agent's account at  The
                                    Depositary  Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Depositary") is
                                    delivered in a timely  fashion. By executing the  Letter
                                    of  Transmittal,  each  holder  will  represent  to  the
                                    Company that, among other things, the New Notes acquired
                                    pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the
                                    ordinary course of business of the person receiving such
                                    New Notes, whether  or not  such person  is the  holder,
                                    that  neither the  holder nor  any such  other person is
                                    engaged  in,  or  intends  to  engage  in,  or  has   an
                                    arrangement or understanding with any
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    person  to participate in, the  distribution of such New
                                    Notes and that  neither the  holder nor  any such  other
                                    person  is an "affiliate," as  defined under Rule 405 of
                                    the Securities Act, of any Issuer. Each broker or dealer
                                    that receives New Notes for its own account in  exchange
                                    for  Old Notes,  where such  Old Notes  were acquired by
                                    such broker  or  dealer  as a  result  of  market-making
                                    activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
                                    that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
                                    resale   of   such   New   Notes.   See   "The  Exchange
                                    Offer--Procedures   for   Tendering"   and   "Plan    of
                                    Distribution."
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES....  Eligible  Holders of Old Notes  who wish to tender their
                                    Old Notes and  (i) whose Old  Notes are not  immediately
                                    available  or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes or
                                    any  other   documents  required   by  the   Letter   of
                                    Transmittal   to  the   Exchange  Agent   prior  to  the
                                    Expiration  Date   (or   complete  the   procedure   for
                                    book-entry transfer on a timely basis), may tender their
                                    Old   Notes   according  to   the   guaranteed  delivery
                                    procedures set forth in  the Letter of Transmittal.  See
                                    "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
 
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES AND
 DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES............  Upon  satisfaction or  waiver of  all conditions  of the
                                    Exchange Offer, the Company will accept any and all  Old
                                    Notes  that are properly tendered  in the Exchange Offer
                                    prior  to  5:00  p.m.,  New  York  City  time,  on   the
                                    Expiration  Date. The  New Notes issued  pursuant to the
                                    Exchange  Offer   will  be   delivered  promptly   after
                                    acceptance  of the Old Notes.  See "The Exchange Offer--
                                    Procedures for Tendering."
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.................  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time  prior
                                    to  5:00  p.m., New  York City  time, on  the Expiration
                                    Date. See "The Exchange Offer."
 
THE EXCHANGE AGENT................  Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  National  Association  is  the
                                    exchange agent (in such capacity, the "Exchange Agent").
                                    The  address and telephone number  of the Exchange Agent
                                    are set  forth  in  "The  Exchange  Offer--The  Exchange
                                    Agent."
 
FEES AND EXPENSES.................  All  expenses incident to  the Company's consummation of
                                    the Exchange Offer and compliance with the  Registration
                                    Rights  Agreement  will  be borne  by  the  Company. The
                                    Company will also pay certain transfer taxes  applicable
                                    to the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Fees and
                                    Expenses."
 
RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES..........  Based  on interpretations by the staff of the Commission
                                    set forth in no-action letters issued to third  parties,
                                    the  Issuers believe  that New Notes  issued pursuant to
                                    the Exchange Offer to an Eligible Holder in exchange for
                                    Old  Notes  may  be  offered  for  resale,  resold   and
                                    otherwise  transferred  by such  Eligible  Holder (other
                                    than (i)  a broker-dealer  who purchased  the Old  Notes
                                    directly  from the  Issuers for resale  pursuant to Rule
                                    144A under  the Securities  Act or  any other  available
                                    exemption  under the  Securities Act,  or (ii)  a person
                                    that is an affiliate of  the Issuers within the  meaning
                                    of   Rule  405   under  the   Securities  Act),  without
                                    compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    provisions of  the  Securities Act,  provided  that  the
                                    Eligible  Holder  is  acquiring  the  New  Notes  in the
                                    ordinary course of  business and  is not  participating,
                                    and  has no arrangement or understanding with any person
                                    to participate, in a distribution of the New Notes. Each
                                    broker-dealer  that  receives  New  Notes  for  its  own
                                    account  in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
                                    were  acquired   by  such   broker   as  a   result   of
                                    market-making   or   other   trading   activities,  must
                                    acknowledge  that  it  will  deliver  a  prospectus   in
                                    connection  with any resale of  such New Notes. See "The
                                    Exchange  Offer--Purposes  and  Effects"  and  "Plan  of
                                    Distribution."
</TABLE>
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
    The  Exchange Offer applies to $165.0  million aggregate principal amount of
Old Notes. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects  to
the  Old Notes,  except for certain  transfer restrictions  and registration and
other rights relating to the  exchange of the Old Notes  for New Notes. The  New
Notes  will evidence the same debt as the  Old Notes and will be entitled to the
benefits of the Indenture under which both the Old Notes were, and the New Notes
will be, issued. See "Description of New Notes."
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
ISSUERS...........................  Florida Coast Paper  Company, L.L.C.  and Florida  Coast
                                    Paper Finance Corp.
 
SECURITIES OFFERED................  $165.0  million in aggregate principal amount of 12 3/4%
                                    Series B First Mortgage Notes due 2003.
 
MATURITY DATE.....................  June 1, 2003
 
INTEREST AND INTEREST PAYMENT
 DATES............................  The New Notes will bear interest at the rate of 12  3/4%
                                    per  annum, payable  semi-annually in arrears  on June 1
                                    and December 1, commencing December 1, 1996.
 
RANKING...........................  The New Notes will be senior secured obligations of  the
                                    Issuers that will rank senior in right of payment to all
                                    subordinated  indebtedness of the Issuers and PARI PASSU
                                    in right of payment with  all other existing and  future
                                    senior indebtedness of the Issuers. As of June 30, 1996,
                                    the   Company   had   outstanding   $175.6   million  of
                                    indebtedness, including the Notes.
 
SECURITY..........................  The New Notes will be secured by a first mortgage on all
                                    real property and improvements comprising the Mill and a
                                    first priority security interest in substantially all of
                                    the equipment of the Mill and certain other assets  (but
                                    excluding,  among other things, inventories and accounts
                                    receivable,   and    the    proceeds    thereof)    (the
                                    "Collateral").   See   "Description   of   New   Notes--
                                    Security."
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION...............  The New Notes  will not  be redeemable  at the  Issuers'
                                    option  prior to June 1, 2000. Thereafter, the New Notes
                                    will be  subject to  redemption, at  the option  of  the
                                    Issuers,  in whole or in  part, at the redemption prices
                                    set forth herein  plus accrued and  unpaid interest  and
                                    Liquidated Damages, if any, to the applicable redemption
                                    date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  at any time prior
                                    to June 1, 1999, the Issuers may redeem up to  one-third
                                    in  aggregate  principal amount  of the  New Notes  at a
                                    redemption price  of  112.75% of  the  principal  amount
                                    thereof,  in each case plus  accrued and unpaid interest
                                    and Liquidated Damages, if any,
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    to the  redemption  date, with  the  net proceeds  of  a
                                    public   offering   of   Capital   Stock   (other   than
                                    Disqualified Stock)  of the  Company; PROVIDED  that  at
                                    least  two-thirds in  aggregate principal  amount of the
                                    New Notes originally issued  under the Indenture  remain
                                    outstanding  immediately  after the  occurrence  of each
                                    such  redemption;  and  PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that   such
                                    redemption shall occur within 60 days of the date of the
                                    closing  of such public offering of Capital Stock (other
                                    than Disqualified Stock)  of the  Company. In  addition,
                                    upon the occurrence of a Change of Control prior to June
                                    1,  2000, the Issuers, at  their option, may redeem all,
                                    but not less than all, of the outstanding New Notes at a
                                    redemption price equal to  100% of the principal  amount
                                    thereof  plus  the  applicable  Make-Whole  Premium. See
                                    "Description of New Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL.................  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control at any  time,
                                    the  Issuers  will  be  required  to  make  an  offer to
                                    repurchase each Holder's New Notes  at a price equal  to
                                    101%  of  the  aggregate principal  amount  thereof plus
                                    accrued and  unpaid interest,  if any,  to the  date  of
                                    purchase.  There can  be no  assurance that  the Issuers
                                    will have the  financial resources to  purchase the  New
                                    Notes  upon a Change of Control. See "Description of New
                                    Notes--Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
 
COVENANTS.........................  The indenture pursuant  to which the  New Notes will  be
                                    issued  (the  "Indenture")  contains  certain  covenants
                                    that, among  other  things,  limit the  ability  of  the
                                    Issuers   to   incur   additional   indebtedness,   make
                                    distributions, repurchase Equity  Interests (as  defined
                                    herein)  or  repay  subordinated  Indebtedness  or  make
                                    certain other Restricted  Payments (as defined  herein),
                                    create  certain liens,  enter into  certain transactions
                                    with affiliates,  sell  assets  or  enter  into  certain
                                    mergers  and consolidations. In  addition, the Indenture
                                    requires the  Issuers to  repurchase  the Notes  upon  a
                                    Change  of Control, an  Event of Default  or an Event of
                                    Loss. There can be no assurance that the Issuers will be
                                    able to obtain the necessary financing to repurchase the
                                    Notes upon any such event. In addition, the  requirement
                                    to  repurchase the  Notes upon  a Change  of Control may
                                    discourage persons from making a  tender offer for or  a
                                    bid  to  acquire  the Company.  Conversely,  because the
                                    Indenture limits the ability of the Issuers to engage in
                                    certain transactions except under certain circumstances,
                                    the  Issuers  may  be  prohibited  from  entering   into
                                    transactions  that could  be beneficial  to the Company.
                                    See "Description of New Notes--Certain Covenants."
 
USE OF PROCEEDS...................  There will be no proceeds to the Issuers pursuant to the
                                    Exchange Offer. The  net proceeds from  the issuance  of
                                    the  Old Notes were  used to fund a  portion of the cash
                                    required to consummate the Acquisition.
 
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE
 NEW NOTES........................  The New  Notes are  a new  issue of  securities with  no
                                    established market, and the Company does not expect that
                                    an  active  trading market  in  the Notes  will develop.
                                    Accordingly,  there  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the
                                    development   or  liquidity   of  any   market  for  the
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    New Notes. The Initial Purchaser has advised the Issuers
                                    that it currently makes a market in the Notes.  However,
                                    the Initial Purchaser is not obligated to do so, and any
                                    market-making  with  respect  to the  New  Notes  may be
                                    discontinued at any time without notice. The Issuers  do
                                    not  currently intend  to apply  for listing  of the New
                                    Notes on any securities exchange.
</TABLE>
 
   
    FOR A DISCUSSION OF  FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED BY ELIGIBLE  HOLDERS
EVALUATING THE EXCHANGE OFFER, SEE "RISK FACTORS."
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The  following summary financial data (except pro forma information and tons
produced) are derived from  the audited financial statements  of St. Joe  Forest
Products  Company--Linerboard  Mill  Operations for  each  of the  years  in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995, the unaudited financial statements of
St. Joe Forest Products Company--Linerboard  Mill Operations for the six  months
ended  June 30, 1995 and for the period from January 1, 1996 to May 30, 1996 and
the unaudited financial statements of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. as  of
June  30, 1996 and for the period from May  30, 1996 to June 30, 1996, which are
included elsewhere herein. Pro forma  information and tons produced are  derived
from other information provided by St. Joe. The following summary financial data
should  be read  in conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial statements  and
the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ACTUAL                                         PRO FORMA (1)
                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                              SIX                                                       SIX
                                                            MONTHS                                                    MONTHS
                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        ENDED    JANUARY 1, 1996  MAY 30, 1996    YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                          -------------------------------  JUNE 30,       THROUGH         THROUGH     DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,
                            1993       1994       1995       1995      MAY 30, 1996    JUNE 30, 1996      1995         1996
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Net sales...............  $ 153,005  $ 192,886  $ 239,165  $ 132,488     $  67,670       $  14,279      $ 230,680    $  80,447
Cost of sales...........    167,247    183,800    180,788     96,681        68,979          14,478        180,539       80,558
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............      4,199      3,077      4,672      1,891         1,409             259          4,365        1,540
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Operating profit
 (loss).................    (18,441)     6,009     53,705     33,916        (2,718)           (458)        45,776       (1,651)
Interest income.........         97        383        962        708            --              24            962           24
Interest expense........         --         --         --         --            --          (1,956)       (23,185)     (11,503)
Other income, net.......        430        227         95      1,255           152             127             95          279
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
 principle..............    (17,914)     6,619     54,762     35,879        (2,566)         (2,263)        23,648      (12,851)
Provision (benefit) for
 income taxes...........     (5,871)     2,453     20,294     13,297          (951)           (125)         1,301         (707)
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting
 principle..............  $ (12,043) $   4,166  $  34,468  $  22,582     $  (1,615)      $  (2,138)     $  22,347    $ (12,144)
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------
OTHER DATA:
Net cash provided by
 (used in):
  Operating
   activities...........  $  11,259  $  29,843  $  59,222  $  27,990     $  13,394       $     819
  Investing
   activities...........    (13,381)    (8,321)   (22,457)    (8,883)       (4,160)       (200,284)
  Financing
   activities...........      3,276     (8,434)   (50,326)   (15,746)       (9,234)        208,090
EBITDA (2)..............      6,010     29,687     77,759     45,757         7,617             656      $  59,148    $   5,035
Depreciation............     24,451     23,678     24,054     11,841        10,335           1,114         13,372        6,686
Capital expenditures....     13,381      8,321     22,457      8,883         4,160              --         22,457        4,160
Tons produced...........    444,006    477,990    441,229    248,195       148,914          45,335        441,229      194,249
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                              ---------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
                                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                   THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................................................        $  15,268
Property, plant and equipment, net..........................................................          190,051
Total assets................................................................................          236,475
Total long-term debt........................................................................          175,610
Total members' equity.......................................................................           37,862
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1)  Gives pro forma effect to the Acquisition and the financings therefor as if
     such  transactions  had occurred  on January  1, 1995  with respect  to the
     statement of  operations data  and  other data.  See "Unaudited  Pro  Forma
     Financial Data."
    
 
(2)  EBITDA  is  defined  as  operating  profit  (loss)  plus  depreciation  and
     amortization, if  any. EBITDA  is generally  accepted as  providing  useful
     information  regarding a  company's ability  to service  and/or incur debt.
     EBITDA should not  be considered in  isolation or as  a substitute for  net
     income, cash flows from continuing operations, or other income or cash flow
     data  prepared in accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles
     or as a measure of a company's profitability or liquidity.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    HOLDERS  OF THE  NOTES SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER THE  FOLLOWING MATTERS, AS
WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS, BEFORE DECIDING  TO
TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE
 
   
    Since  the issuance of the Old Notes  and subsequent to the Acquisition, the
Company has  been  highly  leveraged. As  of  June  30, 1996,  the  Company  had
outstanding   $175.6  million   of  indebtedness,   including  the   Notes.  See
"Capitalization." As of June  30, 1996, the Company's  debt to equity ratio  was
4.6:1 and its annual debt service is expected to be approximately $21.0 million.
    
 
    The  significant indebtedness  incurred as a  result of  the Acquisition has
several important consequences to the Holders  of the New Notes, including,  but
not  limited to, the following: (i) a  substantial portion of the Company's cash
flow from operations  must be dedicated  to service such  indebtedness, and  the
failure  of  the  Company  to  generate sufficient  cash  flow  to  service such
indebtedness could result in a default under such indebtedness, including  under
the  New Notes; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the
future for  working capital,  capital expenditures,  acquisitions or  for  other
purposes  may  be  impaired; (iii)  the  Company's flexibility  to  expand, make
capital expenditures  and  respond  to  changes in  the  industry  and  economic
conditions  generally may  be limited; (iv)  the Indenture  and the Subordinated
Note contain, and future agreements  relating to the Company's indebtedness  may
contain,  numerous financial  and other restrictive  covenants, including, among
other things, limitations  on the  ability of  the Company  to incur  additional
indebtedness,  to create liens and other  encumbrances, to make certain payments
and investments,  to  sell  or otherwise  dispose  of  assets, or  to  merge  or
consolidate  with another entity, the failure to comply with which may result in
a default under such  agreements, which, if  not cured or  waived, could have  a
material  adverse effect on the  Company; and (v) the  ability of the Company to
satisfy its obligations pursuant to such indebtedness, including pursuant to the
New Notes  and the  Indenture,  will be  dependent  upon factors  affecting  the
business  and operations of the Company, some of which are not in the control of
the Company.
 
INDUSTRY CONDITIONS; DEMAND AND PRICING
 
    The markets in which the Company sells linerboard are highly competitive and
sensitive to changes in industry capacity  and cyclical changes in the  economy.
Both  of  these  characteristics  can significantly  impact  selling  prices and
thereby the Company's  profitability. Beginning  in 1989,  the Mill  experienced
substantial  declines in the prices of its products  as a result of a decline in
industry-wide demand. Beginning in late 1993, demand improved, which allowed the
Mill to increase prices for most of its products to levels above the  historical
high  prices  achieved during  the peak  of the  last industry  cycle. Recently,
prices for the Mill's  products have declined due  to increased capacity in  the
industry  and decreased demand for such products. Consequently, in December 1995
and January 1996, one of the Mill's paper machines was temporarily shut down for
maintenance and to  decrease excess inventory.  The Mill experienced  additional
downtime  of both of its paper machines from  April 7, 1996 through May 6, 1996.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations."  Although the Joint Venture Partners have committed to purchase the
Company's entire output of linerboard, the prices at which those purchases  will
be  made and production volume will be influenced by market conditions. See "The
Acquisition."
 
    Wood  fiber  and  recycled  fiber,  the  principal  raw  materials  in   the
manufacture  of  the Company's  products, are  purchased in  highly competitive,
price sensitive markets. These raw  materials have historically exhibited  price
and  demand cyclicality.  In addition,  the supply and  price of  wood fiber are
dependent upon a  variety of factors,  many of  which are not  in the  Company's
control,   including   environmental  and   conservation   regulations,  natural
disasters, such as forest fires and  hurricanes, and weather. A decrease in  the
supply  of wood  fiber, particularly  in the  southeastern United  States due to
environmental and  conservation  considerations,  has caused,  and  will  likely
continue  to cause, higher  wood fiber prices  in that region.  In addition, the
increase in demand for products manufactured  in whole or in part from  recycled
fiber  has  caused a  shortage of  recycled  fiber, particularly  old corrugated
containers ("OCC") used in  the manufacture of  recycled linerboard and  related
products.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    Prior  to the Acquisition, St.  Joe Land and the Mill  were owned by St. Joe
and, therefore,  the  Mill did  not  experience any  significant  difficulty  in
obtaining  fiber.  In connection  with  the Acquisition,  St.  Joe Land  and the
Company entered into  the Fiber Agreement  pursuant to which  St. Joe Land  will
supply  pulpwood and wood chips to the Company  for an initial term of 15 years.
During the first year of the Fiber  Agreement, St. Joe Land is expected to  meet
approximately  87% of the Company's  wood fiber needs and  will reduce its fiber
supply to the Company to approximately  one-half of the Company's current  needs
by  the fourth year of the term of the Fiber Agreement. In addition, pursuant to
the Stone Procurement  Agreement, Stone has  agreed to use  its best efforts  to
procure  additional  wood  fiber on  behalf  of  the Company.  There  can  be no
assurance that the  Company will be  able to obtain  fiber from other  suppliers
when volume commitments decrease pursuant to the Fiber Agreement or in the event
Stone  is unable to procure fiber pursuant to the terms of the Stone Procurement
Agreement. See "The Acquisition" and "Business--Supply Requirements."
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    The  operations  of  the  Mill   are  subject  to  extensive  and   changing
environmental  regulation by federal, state and  local authorities in the United
States. St. Joe has previously  made significant capital expenditures to  comply
with  water, air and solid and  hazardous waste regulations. The Company expects
to make significant  expenditures in  the future. The  Company anticipates  that
environmental capital expenditures will be approximately $2.0 million in each of
1996 and 1997.
 
    In  November  1993, the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency  (the "EPA")
announced proposed regulations, known as the "cluster rules," that would require
more stringent controls on  air and water discharges  from pulp and paper  mills
under the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act. In March 1996, the EPA reopened
the  comment period for certain of the proposed cluster rule air regulations and
proposed additional regulations  regarding air discharges.  It is expected  that
the  cluster rules, if adopted as  currently proposed, would require substantial
capital expenditures by the Company, particularly with respect to the production
of mottled  white  linerboard.  Pulp  and  paper  manufacturers  have  submitted
extensive  comments to  the EPA  on the proposed  regulations in  support of the
position that  requirements under  the  proposed regulations  are  unnecessarily
complex,  burdensome and environmentally unjustified.  It cannot be predicted at
this time whether the EPA will modify the requirements in the final regulations.
Based on information presently available from  the EPA, it is expected that  the
EPA  will promulgate the final  cluster rules in 1996.  In addition, the Company
anticipates that the earliest time for industry compliance with certain  aspects
of  the regulations should  not be prior to  the last quarter  of 1997, and that
compliance with the remaining elements will be required by the end of 1999.  The
Company  is  considering and  evaluating the  potential  impact of  the proposed
regulations on its  operations and  capital expenditures over  the next  several
years. The Company estimates the capital spending that may be required to comply
with  a  majority  of  the  final regulations  could  be  $27.0  million  over a
three-year period beginning in  1997 (but could reach  as high as $67.0  million
under  the  currently  proposed  regulations).  If  the  Company  determines  to
discontinue the production  of mottled white  linerboard, the Company  estimates
the  capital spending that  may be required  to comply with  the majority of the
final regulations could be  $5.0 million over a  three-year period beginning  in
1997  (but could  reach as  high as $45.0  million under  the currently proposed
regulations). The ultimate financial  impact of the  regulations on the  Company
cannot be accurately estimated at this time but will depend on the nature of the
final  regulations,  the  timing of  required  implementation and  the  cost and
availability of new technology.
 
   
    The Company  may determine  that,  under the  final regulations,  the  costs
associated  with the production  of mottled white  linerboard may be prohibitive
and may  discontinue  its production.  Because  of the  current  higher  margins
associated  with mottled white linerboard, in the event the Company discontinues
the production  of mottled  white  linerboard and  converts that  production  to
unbleached  kraft  linerboard, its  revenues  and profit  margins  may decrease;
however, the  Company does  not expect  such event  to have  a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. Net sales
of mottled white linerboard were $145.1 million for 1995.
    
 
    In  March  1996, the  EPA announced  plans to  propose a  new Clean  Air Act
regulation that may  impose additional  restrictions on the  air emissions  from
combustion    sources    at    the    Mill.   Although    the    EPA    is   not
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
expected to publish  the rule in  proposed form  until late 1996,  based on  the
Company's  current understanding of the rule,  the Company estimates that it may
result in the incurrence of capital costs of approximately $5.0 million to $10.0
million. These  capital costs  are expected  to be  incurred over  a  three-year
period after the rule becomes final.
 
   
    In  addition, the Company may from time to time be subject to litigation and
governmental proceedings  regarding environmental  matters in  which  injunctive
and/or  monetary relief is  sought. The Company believes  that the occurrence of
the foregoing  environmental  contingencies,  in the  aggregate,  could  have  a
material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.
    
 
    Pursuant  to the Acquisition Agreement, St. Joe, St. Joe Paper Company ("St.
Joe Paper") and  St. Joe Container  Company ("St. Joe  Container" and,  together
with  St.  Joe and  St.  Joe Paper,  the  "Paper Indemnitors"),  have  agreed to
indemnify the  Company for  certain environmental  matters based  on  activities
prior  to  the closing  of  the Acquisition  (the  "Closing"). There  can  be no
assurance that this indemnification will be sufficient to reimburse the  Company
for all environmental liabilities. See "Business--Environmental Matters."
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH STONE AND FOUR M; POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    Certain of the directors and executive officers of each of the Joint Venture
Partners  each function on  behalf of such Joint  Venture Partners in connection
with the management  of the  Company. Consequently,  there may  be conflicts  of
interest  with  respect to  certain decisions  which may  arise in  the ordinary
course of the operation of the businesses of Stone, Four M and the Company,  the
resolution  of which  may be to  the detriment of  the Company and  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations. See
"The Acquisition" and "Management." Furthermore,  business decisions to be  made
by  the Joint Venture Partners with respect to the operations of the Company may
come to a deadlock because each  Joint Venture Partner will participate  equally
in such matters.
 
    Pursuant to the Output Purchase Agreement, Stone and Four M have each agreed
to  purchase one-half of the Mill's  entire linerboard production. Any breach of
this agreement, or material adverse change in the financial viability of  either
Stone  or Four M, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business
and results of operations. Pursuant  to the Subordinated Credit Facility,  Stone
and  Four M have each agreed to provide the Company with up to $10.0 million, if
needed, on a revolving credit basis for general corporate purposes. There can be
no assurance  that Stone  and  Four M  will be  able  to meet  their  respective
obligations  under such facility and any  failure to meet such obligations could
have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business  and  results  of
operations. In addition, because the Joint Venture Partners control the Company,
there can be no assurance that the Joint Venture Partners will cause the Company
to  borrow funds from  the Joint Venture Partners  under the Subordinated Credit
Facility. See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SINGLE FACILITY
 
    All  of the Company's revenues are derived  from the operations of the Mill.
Prolonged downtime  for  repairs or  other  reasons could  materially  adversely
affect  the Company's  business and  results of  operations. Notwithstanding the
fact that the Company maintains  insurance coverage against certain losses,  any
such loss or significant impairment to the Mill or its paper machines could have
a  material adverse  effect on the  Company's financial position  and results of
operations. In addition,  the Company is  a newly formed  entity that has  never
operated as a separate stand-alone company.
 
   
INDENTURE RESTRICTIONS
    
 
   
    The Indenture contains numerous restrictive covenants including, among other
things,   limitations  on  the  ability  of  the  Issuers  to  incur  additional
indebtedness, to issue preferred stock, to create liens and other  encumbrances,
to  make distributions,  to repurchase  Equity Interests,  to repay subordinated
Indebtedness or to make  certain other payments and  investments, to enter  into
certain  transactions with affiliates, to sell or otherwise dispose of assets or
to merge or consolidate with another entity. In addition, the Indenture requires
the Issuers  to repurchase  the Notes  upon a  Change of  Control, an  Event  of
Default  or an Event of Loss. There can be no assurance that the Issuers will be
able to obtain  the necessary financing  to repurchase the  Notes upon any  such
event.  In addition, the  requirement to repurchase  the Notes upon  a Change of
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
   
Control may  discourage persons  from making  a tender  offer for  or a  bid  to
acquire the Company. Conversely, because the Indenture limits the ability of the
Issuers to engage in certain transactions except under
certain  circumstances,  the  Issuers  may  be  prohibited  from  entering  into
transactions that could be  beneficial to the Company.  See "Description of  New
Notes--Certain Covenants."
    
 
   
FINANCIAL EFFECT OF OUTPUT PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    
 
   
    Historically,  the Mill sold a majority  of its linerboard production to St.
Joe Container at  prices equal  to the  prices reported  in PULP  & PAPER  WEEK.
Pursuant  to  the Output  Purchase Agreement,  the  Joint Venture  Partners have
committed to purchase the Mill's entire linerboard production at a price that is
$25 per ton below the price reported in PULP & PAPER WEEK, subject to a  minimum
purchase  price, which minimum purchase price is intended to generate sufficient
funds to  cover cash  operating  costs, cash  interest expense  and  maintenance
capital  expenditures. As a  result of a  possible decrease in  net sales prices
under the  Output Purchase  Agreement and  in  the event  the Company  does  not
experience  an increase in  sales volume, the Company's  net sales may decrease.
See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data."
    
 
LABOR MATTERS
 
    The Company  is not  assuming  St. Joe's  obligations under  its  collective
bargaining  agreements. However, the  Company will be  required to negotiate new
collective bargaining  agreements  covering  such employees.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that  the  Company  will be  successful  in  renegotiating collective
bargaining agreements relating to the employees at the Mill, or that the Company
will not incur increased costs as a result of such negotiations. In addition, an
extended interruption of operations  at the Mill could  have a material  adverse
effect  on  the Company's  financial condition  and  results of  operations. See
"Business--Employees."
 
UNCERTAIN VALUE OF SECURITY INTERESTS
 
    No assurance can  be given that  the proceeds  of a sale  of the  Collateral
securing  the  Notes  would be  sufficient  to repay  all  of the  Notes  upon a
foreclosure. If the net proceeds received from the sale of the Collateral (after
payment of expenses relating to the  sale) were insufficient to pay all  amounts
due  on  the Notes,  then Holders  of the  Notes  would (to  the extent  of such
insufficiency) only have an unsecured  claim against any remaining  unencumbered
assets  of the Company. As a  result, there is a risk  that Holders of the Notes
will receive less  than their investment  upon any liquidation  of the  Company.
Furthermore,  the ability of the Trustee to cause the Collateral to be sold will
be delayed  if the  Company is  the subject  of any  bankruptcy or  receivership
proceedings.
 
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER STATUTES
 
    Under   federal  or  state  fraudulent  transfer  laws,  the  Notes  may  be
subordinated to existing or future indebtedness  of the Company or found not  to
be  enforceable in accordance with their terms.  Under such statutes, if a court
were to find that, at the time the Notes were issued, the Company was insolvent,
was  rendered  insolvent  by  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  together  with  the
substantially  concurrent  use  of  the proceeds  therefrom,  was  engaged  in a
business or  transaction  for  which  the  assets  remaining  with  the  Company
constituted  unreasonably small capital, intended to  incur, or believed that it
would incur, debts  beyond its ability  to pay  such debts as  they matured,  or
intended  to hinder, delay or  defraud its creditors, such  court could void the
Company's obligations under  the Notes, or  subordinate the Notes  to all  other
indebtedness  of the Company. In that event,  there can be no assurance that any
repayment of the Notes could ever be recovered by Holders of the Notes.
 
    For purposes of the  foregoing, the measure  of insolvency varies  depending
upon  the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied. Generally, however, the
Company would be considered to  have been insolvent at  the time the Notes  were
issued  if the sum of its  debts was, at that time,  greater than the sum of the
value of all of its property at a  fair valuation, or if the then fair  saleable
value  of its assets was less than the  amount that was then required to pay its
probable liability on its  existing debts as they  become absolute and  matured.
There  can be no  assurance as to the  standard a court would  apply in order to
determine whether  the Company  was insolvent  as  of the  date the  Notes  were
issued,  or  that, regardless  of the  method  of valuation,  a court  would not
determine that the  Company was insolvent  on that  date. Nor can  there be  any
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
assurance  that a court  would not determine, regardless  of whether the Company
was insolvent on the date the  Notes were issued, that the payments  constituted
fraudulent transfers on another of the grounds listed above.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
 
    Upon  the occurrence of a Change of Control at any time, the Issuers will be
required to offer to  repurchase each Holder's New  Notes at a repurchase  price
equal  to  101% of  the  aggregate principal  amount  thereof. There  can  be no
assurance that the Issuers will have the financial resources to effect any  such
repurchase.   See  "Description  of  New  Notes--Repurchase  at  the  Option  of
Holders--Change of Control."
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
    Holders of Old  Notes who  do not  exchange their  Old Notes  for New  Notes
pursuant  to the Exchange Offer will continue  to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer  of  such  Old Notes  as  set  forth  in the  legend  thereon  as  a
consequence  of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable  state securities  laws. In  general, the  Old Notes  may not  be
offered  or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in  a transaction not subject  to, the Securities Act  and
applicable  state securities laws. The Issuers  do not currently anticipate that
they will register  the Old  Notes under the  Securities Act.  New Notes  issued
pursuant  to the  Exchange Offer in  exchange for  Old Notes may  be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by Holders thereof (other than any  such
holder  which is an  "affiliate" of the  Issuers within the  meaning of Rule 405
under  the  Securities  Act)  without  compliance  with  the  registration   and
prospectus  delivery provisions  of the  Securities Act  provided that  such New
Notes are acquired  in the ordinary  course of such  holders' business and  such
holders  have no arrangement with any  person to participate in the distribution
of such Notes. Each  broker-dealer that receives New  Notes for its own  account
pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer  must  acknowledge  that  it  will  deliver a
prospectus in  connection with  any resale  of  such New  Notes. The  Letter  of
Transmittal  states that, by so acknowledging  and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of  the  Securities  Act. This  Prospectus,  as  it may  be  amended  or
supplemented  from time to  time, may be  used by a  broker-dealer in connection
with resales of  New Notes received  in exchange  for Old Notes  where such  Old
Notes  were  acquired  by  such  broker-dealer  as  a  result  of  market-making
activities or other  trading activities.  The Issuers  have agreed  that, for  a
period  270 days  after the  effective date  of the  Exchange Offer Registration
Statement (as defined  herein), it will  make this Prospectus  available to  any
broker-dealer  for  use  in  connection  with  any  such  resale.  See  "Plan of
Distribution."  However,  to  comply  with   the  securities  laws  of   certain
jurisdictions,  if applicable, the New  Notes may not be  offered or sold unless
they have been  registered or  qualified for sale  in such  jurisdictions or  an
exemption  from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
To the extent that Old  Notes are tendered and  accepted in the Exchange  Offer,
the  trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Old Notes will be
adversely affected.
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
 
   
    Prior to this Prospectus, there has been no public market for the New Notes,
and the Company does not expect that an active trading market in the Notes  will
develop.  In addition, the Issuers do not  currently intend to apply for listing
of the New  Notes on  any securities  exchange. If a  market for  the New  Notes
should  develop,  such New  Notes may  trade  at a  discount from  their initial
offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar
securities, the Company's performance and  other factors. The Issuers have  been
advised  by the Initial Purchaser that it currently makes a market in the Notes,
as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the Initial  Purchaser
is  not  obligated  to do  so,  and  any such  market-making  activities  may be
discontinued at  any  time  without  notice.  In  addition,  such  market-making
activity  may be limited during  the Exchange Offer. Therefore,  there can be no
assurance that an active market for any of the Notes will develop, either  prior
to or after the Issuers' performance of their obligations under the Registration
Rights Agreement.
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
PURPOSES AND EFFECTS
 
    The  Old Notes  were sold  by the  Issuers on  May 30,  1996 to  the Initial
Purchaser, who  resold the  Old Notes  to "qualified  institutional buyers"  (as
defined  in  Rule  144A  under  the  Securities  Act)  and  other  institutional
"accredited investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act).  In
connection with the sale of the Old Notes, the Issuers and the Initial Purchaser
entered  into the  Registration Rights Agreement  pursuant to  which the Issuers
agreed to file with the Commission a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") with respect to an offer to exchange the Old Notes  for
New  Notes  within 45  days  following the  closing date  of  the Old  Notes. In
addition, the Issuers  agreed to use  their best efforts  to cause the  Exchange
Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act and to
issue  the New Notes pursuant to the  Exchange Offer. A copy of the Registration
Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement.
 
    The Exchange  Offer  is  being  made pursuant  to  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  to satisfy the  Issuers' obligations thereunder.  For purposes of the
Exchange Offer, the term  "Eligible Holder" shall mean  the registered owner  of
any  Old Notes that  remain Transfer Restricted Securities,  as reflected on the
records of Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association as registrar for the Old
Notes (in such  capacity, the "Registrar"),  or any person  whose Old Notes  are
held  of record by the depository of the Old Notes. The Issuers are not required
to include  any  securities other  than  the New  Notes  in the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement. Holders of Old Notes who  do not tender their Old Notes
or whose  Old  Notes  are tendered  but  not  accepted would  have  to  rely  on
exemptions  from registration requirements under  the securities laws, including
the Securities Act, if they wish to sell their Old Notes.
 
    Based on  interpretations  by the  staff  of  the Commission  set  forth  in
no-action  letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Issuers, the Issuers
believe that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for
Old Notes may  be offered for  resale, resold and  otherwise transferred by  any
holder  of such  New Notes (other  than a person  that is an  "affiliate" of the
Issuers within the meaning of  Rule 405 under the  Securities Act and except  as
set  forth in the  next paragraph) without compliance  with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions  of the  Securities Act, provided  that such  New
Notes  are acquired in  the ordinary course  of such holder's  business and such
holder is  not participating  and does  not intend  to participate,  and has  no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution
of such New Notes.
 
    If any person were to be participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose
of  distributing  securities  in  a manner  not  permitted  by  the Commission's
interpretation, (i) the position  of the staff of  the Commission enunciated  in
interpretive  letters would be inapplicable to  such person and (ii) such person
would be  required  to comply  with  the registration  and  prospectus  delivery
requirements  of the Securities  Act in connection  with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes  for its own account in exchange  for
Old  Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other  trading activities, must acknowledge  that
it  will deliver a prospectus  in connection with any  resale of such New Notes.
See "Plan of Distribution."
 
    The Exchange  Offer  is not  being  made to,  nor  will the  Issuers  accept
surrenders  for exchange from, holders of Old Notes in any jurisdiction in which
the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the
securities or blue sky laws of  such jurisdiction. Prior to the Exchange  Offer,
however,  the Issuers will use their best efforts to register or qualify the New
Notes for  offer  and  sale under  the  securities  or blue  sky  laws  of  such
jurisdictions  as is necessary to permit  consummation of the Exchange Offer and
do any and all other acts or  things necessary or advisable to enable the  offer
and sale in such jurisdictions of the New Notes.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
    Upon  the terms and subject  to the conditions set  forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of  Transmittal, the Issuers will accept any  and
all  Old Notes validly tendered  prior to 5:00 p.m., New  York City time, on the
Expiration Date (as defined below). The Issuers will issue up to $165.0  million
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
aggregate  principal amount of New Notes in exchange for a like principal amount
of outstanding Old Notes which are validly tendered and accepted in the Exchange
Offer. Subject to  the conditions  of the  Exchange Offer  described below,  the
Issuers  will accept any  and all Old  Notes which are  so tendered. Holders may
tender some or all of their Old  Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer;  however,
the  Old Notes may be tendered only  in multiples of $1,000. See "Description of
New Notes."
 
   
    The form  and terms  of the  New  Notes will  be the  same in  all  material
respects  as the form and terms of the  Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
will be registered  under the  Securities Act and  hence will  not bear  legends
restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) because the New Notes will be registered,
holders  of the New Notes will not be entitled to Liquidated Damages which would
have been  payable under  the  terms of  the  Registration Rights  Agreement  in
respect  of Old Notes  constituting Transfer Restricted  Securities held by such
holders during any  period in which  a Registration Default  was continuing  and
(iii)  because the New  Notes will be  registered, holders of  New Notes will no
longer be, and upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer, Eligible Holders  of
Old  Notes will no longer be, entitled  to certain rights under the Registration
Rights Agreement intended for the holders of unregistered securities.
    
 
    Holders of Old Notes do not  have any appraisal or dissenters' rights  under
the  General  Corporation Law  of  the State  of  Delaware or  the  Indenture in
connection with the Exchange Offer. The  Issuers intend to conduct the  Exchange
Offer  in accordance with  the provisions of  the Registration Rights Agreement.
Old Notes which are not tendered for  exchange or are tendered but not  accepted
in the Exchange Offer will remain outstanding and be entitled to the benefits of
the  Indenture, but will  not be entitled  to any registration  rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement.
 
    The Issuers shall  be deemed  to have  accepted validly  tendered Old  Notes
when,  as and if  the Issuers have given  oral or written  notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Agent will act as agent  for
the  tendering holders  for the  purposes of  receiving the  New Notes  from the
Issuers.
 
    If any  tendered Old  Notes are  not  accepted for  exchange because  of  an
invalid  tender,  the occurrence  of certain  other events  set forth  herein or
otherwise, certificates  for any  such unaccepted  Old Notes  will be  returned,
without  expense, to  the tendering  holder thereof  as promptly  as practicable
after the Expiration Date.
 
    Eligible Holders who  tender Old  Notes in the  Exchange Offer  will not  be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the  Letter of Transmittal, transfer  taxes with respect to  the exchange of Old
Notes pursuant  to the  Exchange Offer.  The Issuers  will pay  all charges  and
expenses,  other than  certain applicable  taxes described  below, in connection
with the Exchange Offer. See "--Fees and Expenses."
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSION; TERMINATION; AMENDMENTS
 
    The Exchange  Offer  will  expire at  5:00  p.m.,  New York  City  time,  on
         ,  1996, subject to extension by the  Issuers by notice to the Exchange
Agent as  herein  provided. The  Issuers  reserve the  right  to so  extend  the
Exchange  Offer at their  discretion, in which event  the term "Expiration Date"
shall mean the time and  date on which the Exchange  Offer as so extended  shall
expire.  The Issuers will notify the Exchange  Agent of any extension by oral or
written notice and will make a  public announcement thereof, each prior to  9:00
a.m.,  New  York  City time,  on  the  next business  day  after  the previously
scheduled Expiration Date.
 
    The Issuers reserve the  right (i) to delay  accepting for exchange any  Old
Notes  for any New  Notes or to extend  or terminate the  Exchange Offer and not
accept for exchange any  Old Notes for any  New Notes if any  of the events  set
forth  below under  the caption  "Conditions of  the Exchange  Offer" shall have
occurred and shall not have been waived by the Issuers by giving oral or written
notice of such delay or termination to the Exchange Agent, or (ii) to amend  the
terms  of the  Exchange Offer in  any manner.  Any such delay  in acceptance for
exchange, extension or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable  by
public  announcement  thereof. If  the  Exchange Offer  is  amended in  a manner
determined by the  Issuers to  constitute a  material change,  the Issuers  will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
holder  of New Notes of such amendment, and the Issuers will extend the Exchange
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Offer for a minimum  of five business days,  depending upon the significance  of
the  amendment and the manner of disclosure to  the holders of the New Notes, if
the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five business-day  period.
The  rights reserved  by the Issuers  in this  paragraph are in  addition to the
Issuers' rights set forth  below under the caption  "Conditions of the  Exchange
Offer."
 
TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS
 
    The   Registration  Rights  Agreement  provides  that,  subject  to  certain
exceptions, in the  event of  a Registration  Default, Eligible  Holders of  Old
Notes  are entitled to receive Liquidated Damages in an amount equal to 50 basis
points per annum for each 90 day period or any portion thereof (up to a  maximum
of  200  basis  points  per  annum).  For  purposes  of  the  Exchange  Offer, a
"Registration Default" shall occur if  (i) the Issuers fail  to file any of  the
Registration  Statements  required by  the Registration  Rights Agreement  on or
before the date specified for such filing; (ii) any such Registration  Statement
is  not declared effective by  the Commission on or  prior to the date specified
for such effectiveness (the  "Effectiveness Target Date")  or (iii) the  Issuers
fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 days of the Effectiveness Target
Date  with respect  to the Exchange  Offer Registration Statements;  or (iv) the
Shelf Registration Statement  or the  Exchange Offer  Registration Statement  is
declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection
with  the  resales  of  the  New  Notes.  Following  the  cure  of  any  and all
Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.
 
    Holders of New  Notes will  not be and,  upon consummation  of the  Exchange
Offer, Eligible Holders of Old Notes will no longer be entitled to (i) the right
to  receive  the  Liquidated Damages  or  (ii)  certain other  rights  under the
Registration Rights  Agreement  intended  for  holders  of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities.  The Exchange Offer shall be  deemed consummated upon the occurrence
of the delivery by the Issuers to the Registrar under the Indenture of New Notes
in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of  Old
Notes that are tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
 
    Only  an  Eligible Holder  of Old  Notes may  tender such  Old Notes  in the
Exchange Offer.  To  tender in  the  Exchange  Offer, an  Eligible  Holder  must
complete,  sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
the signatures thereon guaranteed, if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and
mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile, together
with the  Old  Notes (unless  such  tender is  being  effected pursuant  to  the
procedure  for  book-entry  transfer  described below)  and  any  other required
documents, to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on  the
Expiration Date.
 
    Any  financial  institution  that  is  a  participant  in  the  Depositary's
Book-Entry Transfer  Facility System  may make  book-entry delivery  of the  Old
Notes  by causing the  Depositary to transfer  such Old Notes  into the Exchange
Agent's account in accordance with the Depositary's procedure for such transfer.
Although delivery of Old  Notes may be effected  through book-entry transfer  in
the  Exchange Agent's account  at the Depositary, the  Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof),  with  any  required  signature  guarantees  and  any  other
required  documents,  must,  in any  case,  be  transmitted to  and  received or
confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its addresses as set forth under the  caption
"Exchange Agent" below prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date.  DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE DEPOSITARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS PROCEDURES
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
 
    The tender by an Eligible Holder  of Old Notes will constitute an  agreement
between  such holder and the Issuers in accordance with the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    The method of delivery of  Old Notes and the  Letter of Transmittal and  all
other  required documents to the  Exchange Agent is at  the election and risk of
the Eligible  Holders. Instead  of  delivery by  mail,  it is  recommended  that
Eligible  Holders  use an  overnight  or hand  delivery  service. In  all cases,
sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent on or
before the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent
to the Issuers. Eligible Holders may request their respective brokers,  dealers,
commercial  banks, trust  companies or nominees  to effect the  tenders for such
holders.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below)  unless
the  Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder
who has  not  completed the  box  entitled "Special  Issuance  Instructions"  or
"Special  Delivery Instructions" on  the Letter of Transmittal,  or (ii) for the
account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter  of
Transmittal  or a notice of  withdrawal, as the case may  be, are required to be
guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member of a signature guarantee  program
within  the  meaning  of  Rule  17Ad-15 under  the  Exchange  Act  (an "Eligible
Institution").
 
    If the Letter of Transmittal or any  Old Notes or bond powers are signed  by
trustees,  executors, administrators, guardians,  attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting  in a fiduciary  or representative capacity,  such
persons  should  so indicate  when signing,  and unless  waived by  the Issuers,
evidence satisfactory  to the  Issuers of  their  authority to  so act  must  be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    All  questions  as to  the validity,  form,  eligibility (including  time of
receipt) and acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be  determined
by  the Issuers in their sole discretion,  which determination will be final and
binding. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Old  Notes
not  properly tendered or any Old Notes  the Issuers' acceptance of which might,
in the judgment of the Issuers or  their counsel, be unlawful. The Issuers  also
reserve  the right to waive any  defects, irregularities or conditions of tender
as to  particular  Old Notes.  The  Issuers'  interpretation of  the  terms  and
conditions  of the Exchange  Offer (including the instructions  in the Letter of
Transmittal) will  be final  and  binding on  all  parties. Unless  waived,  any
defects  or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such  times as  the Issuers  in their  sole discretion  shall  determine.
Although  the Issuers intend to request the  Exchange Agent to notify holders of
defects or irregularities  with respect  to tenders  of Old  Notes, neither  the
Issuers,  the Exchange Agent nor any other  person shall incur any liability for
failure to give such notification.  Tenders of Old Notes  will not be deemed  to
have  been made until such defects or  irregularities have been cured or waived.
Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered  and
as  to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be
returned by  the  Exchange Agent  to  the tendering  holders,  unless  otherwise
provided  in the  Letter of  Transmittal, as  soon as  practicable following the
Expiration Date.
 
    In addition, the Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion (subject
to limitations contained in  the Indenture) (i) to  purchase or make offers  for
any Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date and (ii)
to  the extent permitted by  applicable law, to purchase  Old Notes in privately
negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or  offers
could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
    By tendering, each Eligible Holder will represent to the Issuers that, among
other  things, the New Notes  acquired pursuant to the  Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the  ordinary course of  business by the  person receiving such  New
Notes,  whether or not such  person is the holder  and that neither the Eligible
Holder nor any such  other person has an  arrangement or understanding with  any
person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes and that neither the
Eligible  Holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule
405 under the Securities Act, of the  Issuers. If the holder is a  broker-dealer
that  will receive New Notes for its own  account in exchange for Old Notes that
were  acquired  as  a  result  of  market-making  activities  or  other  trading
activities,  such holder  by tendering will  acknowledge that it  will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
    Eligible Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old  Notes
are  not immediately available, or  (ii) who cannot deliver  their Old Notes and
other required documents to the Exchange Agent or cannot complete the  procedure
for book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
 
        (a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
        (b)  Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
    Eligible Institution  a  properly  completed and  duly  executed  Notice  of
    Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Eligible Holder,
    the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes (if available) and the principal
    amount  of  Old  Notes tendered  together  with  a duly  executed  Letter of
    Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), stating that the tender is being  made
    thereby  and  guaranteeing  that,  within  three  business  days  after  the
    Expiration Date,  the  certificate(s)  representing  the  Old  Notes  to  be
    tendered  in proper  form for  transfer (or  a confirmation  of a book-entry
    transfer into the Exchange  Agent's account at the  Depositary of Old  Notes
    delivered  electronically) and any other documents required by the Letter of
    Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the  Exchange
    Agent; and
 
        (c)  Such certificate(s) representing  all tendered Old  Notes in proper
    form for  transfer  (or  confirmation  of a  book-entry  transfer  into  the
    Exchange   Agent's  account  at  the   Depositary  of  Old  Notes  delivered
    electronically)  and  all  other  documents   required  by  the  Letter   of
    Transmittal  are received by  the Exchange Agent  within three business days
    after the Expiration Date.
 
    Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will  be
sent  to Eligible Holders  who wish to  tender their Old  Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.
 
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
 
    Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders  of Old Notes may be  withdrawn
at  any time  prior to 5:00  p.m., New York  City time, on  the Expiration Date,
unless previously accepted for exchange.
 
    To withdraw  a tender  of Old  Notes in  the Exchange  Offer, a  written  or
facsimile  transmission notice  of withdrawal must  be received  by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration  Date,  and prior  to  acceptance  for exchange  thereof  by  the
Issuers.  Any such notice of withdrawal must  (i) specify the name of the person
having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)  identify
the  Old Notes to be withdrawn (including  the certificate number or numbers and
principal amount of such  Old Notes), (iii)  be signed by  the Depositor in  the
same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such
Old  Notes were  tendered (including  any required  signature guarantees)  or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect
to the Old Notes register  the transfer of such Old  Notes into the name of  the
person  withdrawing the tender, and (iv) specify  the name in which any such Old
Notes are  to  be registered,  if  different from  that  of the  Depositor.  All
questions  as to the validity, form  and eligibility (including time of receipt)
of such  withdrawal notices  will be  determined by  the Issuers  in their  sole
discretion,  whose determination shall be final  and binding on all parties. Any
Old Notes so  withdrawn will be  deemed not  to have been  validly tendered  for
purposes  of the Exchange  Offer, and no  New Notes will  be issued with respect
thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any Old Notes
which have been tendered but  which are not accepted  for exchange or which  are
withdrawn  will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as
soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of  the
Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be re-tendered by following one
of   the  procedures  described  above   under  "Procedures  for  Tendering"  or
"Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
    In addition, and notwithstanding any other  term of the Exchange Offer,  the
Issuers  will not be required  to accept for exchange any  Old Notes for any New
Notes tendered and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided  herein
before  the acceptance  of such  Old Notes, if  any of  the following conditions
exist:
 
        (a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or
    by or before any governmental agency or regulatory authority with respect to
    the Exchange  Offer  which, in  the  sole  judgment of  the  Issuers,  might
    materially  impair the ability  of the Issuers to  proceed with the Exchange
    Offer or have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of  the
    Exchange Offer to the Issuers; or
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
        (b) there shall have occurred any change, or any development involving a
    prospective  change, in the business or  financial affairs of the Issuers or
    any of their subsidiaries, which in the sole judgment of the Issuers,  might
    materially  impair the ability  of the Issuers to  proceed with the Exchange
    Offer or materially impair the  contemplated benefits of the Exchange  Offer
    to the Issuers; or
 
        (c) there shall have been proposed, adopted or enacted any law, statute,
    rule  or  regulation  which, in  the  sole  judgment of  the  Issuers, might
    materially impair the ability  of the Issuers to  proceed with the  Exchange
    Offer  or have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the
    Exchange Offer to the Issuers; or
 
        (d) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of,  shortening
    of  hours for, or limitation on prices for, trading in securities on the New
    York Stock Exchange  (whether or  not mandatory),  (ii) a  declaration of  a
    banking  moratorium or  any suspension  of payments  in respect  of banks by
    Federal  or  state  authorities  in  the  United  States  (whether  or   not
    mandatory),  (iii)  a  commencement of  a  war, armed  hostilities  or other
    international or national crisis directly or indirectly involving the United
    States, (iv) any limitation (whether  or not mandatory) by any  governmental
    authority  on, or other  event having a  reasonable likelihood of affecting,
    the extension of credit by banks or other lending institutions in the United
    States, or (v) in the case of any  of the foregoing existing at the time  of
    the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material acceleration or worsening
    thereof.
 
    The  foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Issuers and may be
asserted by the  Issuers regardless  of the  circumstances giving  rise to  such
conditions  or may be waived by the Issuers in  whole or in part at any time and
from time to time in  their sole discretion. If the  Issuers waive or amend  the
foregoing  conditions, the Issuers  will, if required  by applicable law, extend
the Exchange Offer for a  minimum of five business days  from the date that  the
Issuers  first give notice, by public  announcement or otherwise, of such waiver
or amendment, if  the Exchange  Offer would  otherwise expire  within such  five
business-day  period.  Any determination  by the  Issuers concerning  the events
described above will be final and binding upon all parties.
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
    The expenses of soliciting  tenders pursuant to the  Exchange Offer will  be
borne  by the  Issuers. The principal  solicitation for tenders  pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being  made by mail; however,  additional solicitation may  be
made  by telecopy, telephone or  in person by officers  and regular employees of
the Issuers and their affiliates.
 
    The Issuers  have not  retained any  dealer-manager in  connection with  the
Exchange  Offer and  will not  make any payments  to brokers,  dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Issuers, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for  its  reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses  in  connection  therewith.  The
Issuers  may  also  pay  brokerage houses  and  other  custodians,  nominees and
fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding
copies of this Prospectus, Letters of  Transmittal and related documents to  the
beneficial  owners of the  Old Notes and  in handling or  forwarding tenders for
exchange. The Issuers will pay the  other expenses to be incurred in  connection
with  the Exchange Offer, including fees and expenses of the Trustee, accounting
and legal fees and printing costs.
 
    The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the  exchange
of  Old  Notes  pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer.  If,  however,  certificates
representing New  Notes or  Old  Notes for  principal  amounts not  tendered  or
accepted  for exchange are to be  delivered to, or are to  be issued in the name
of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if
tendered Old Notes  are registered  in the  name of  any person  other than  the
person  signing the Letter of  Transmittal, or if a  transfer tax is imposed for
any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange  Offer,
then  the amount of any  such transfer taxes (whether  imposed on the registered
holder or  any  other persons)  will  be payable  by  the tendering  holder.  If
satisfactory  evidence of  payment of such  taxes or exemption  therefrom is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will
be billed directly to such tendering holder.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES
 
    Generally, Eligible Holders (other than any holder who is an "affiliate"  of
the  Issuers  within the  meaning  of Rule  405  under the  Securities  Act) who
exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may  offer
such  New Notes for resale,  resell such New Notes,  and otherwise transfer such
New Notes  without  compliance with  the  registration and  prospectus  delivery
provisions  of the Securities Act,  provided such New Notes  are acquired in the
ordinary course of the holders' business,  and such holders have no  arrangement
with  any  person to  participate  in a  distribution  of such  New  Notes. Each
broker-dealer that receives New  Notes for its own  account in exchange for  Old
Notes,  where such Old Notes were acquired  by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading  activities, must acknowledge that  it
will  deliver a prospectus in connection with  any resale of such New Notes. See
"Plan  of  Distribution."  To  comply  with  the  securities  laws  of   certain
jurisdictions, it may be necessary to qualify for sale or register the New Notes
prior  to offering or selling  such New Notes. Upon  request by Eligible Holders
prior to the Exchange Offer, the Issuers will register or qualify the New  Notes
in  certain jurisdictions subject  to the conditions  in the Registration Rights
Agreement. If an Eligible Holder does not exchange such Old Notes for New  Notes
pursuant  to the Exchange Offer,  such Old Notes will  continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer contained in  the legend thereon and will not  have
the  benefit of any covenant regarding registration under the Securities Act. In
general, the Old Notes may not be  offered or sold, unless registered under  the
Securities  Act, except pursuant to  an exemption from, or  in a transaction not
subject to, the  Securities Act  and applicable  state securities  laws. To  the
extent  that  Old Notes  are  tendered and  accepted  in the  Exchange  Offer, a
holder's ability to sell untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old  Notes,
as  reflected in the  Issuers' accounting records  on the date  of the exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss for  accounting purposes will be recognized by  the
Issuers  upon  the  consummation of  the  Exchange  Offer. The  expenses  of the
Exchange Offer will be amortized by the  Issuers over the term of the New  Notes
under generally accepted accounting principles.
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
    Norwest  Bank Minnesota, National Association has been appointed as Exchange
Agent for the Exchange Offer. All correspondence in connection with the Exchange
Offer and the Letter of Transmittal  should be addressed to the Exchange  Agent,
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT COURIER:            BY MAIL:                      IN PERSON:
                                 (registered or certified
                                       recommended)
   Norwest Bank Minnesota,        Norwest Bank Minnesota,         Northstar East Bldg.
    National Association           National Association              608 2nd Ave S.
 Corporate Trust Operations     Corporate Trust Operations             12th Floor
       Norwest Center                  P.O. Box 1517              Corporate Trust Ser.
     Sixth and Marquette        Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517           Minneapolis, MN
 Minneapolis, MN 55479-0113
 
                    FACSIMILE NUMBER (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
                                      (612) 667-4927
 
                                 CONFIRM RECEIPT OF NOTICE
                                  OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                       BY TELEPHONE:
                                      (612) 667-9764
</TABLE>
 
    Requests  for  additional  copies  of  this  Prospectus  or  the  Letter  of
Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                THE ACQUISITION
 
    On May 30, 1996, the Company acquired the assets of the Mill for a  purchase
price  of $185.0 million for the  fixed assets, plus approximately $17.4 million
for working capital, for  a total purchase price  of $202.4 million, subject  to
adjustment  for changes in working capital and certain other items subsequent to
June 30, 1995.
 
    The funds required to consummate the Acquisition and pay related transaction
costs consisted of (i)  $165.0 million from the  proceeds of the Offering,  (ii)
$40.0  million of equity contributed by Florida  Coast Holding and (iii) a $10.0
million Subordinated  Note of  the Company  issued to  St. Joe  pursuant to  the
Acquisition  Agreement. The Subordinated  Note bears interest at  a rate of 1/2%
higher than  the  interest rate  on  the Notes,  and  matures in  2004.  At  the
Company's option, interest on the Subordinated Note may be added to principal of
the  Subordinated Note rather than paid  in cash. The Subordinated Note contains
covenants similar to those contained in the Indenture.
 
    Concurrently with the Acquisition and pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement,
Four M  acquired substantially  all of  the  assets of  St. Joe  Container  (the
"Container  Properties") for  a purchase  price of  $87.8 million  for the fixed
assets, plus  approximately  $69.7 million  for  working capital,  for  a  total
purchase  price of $157.5 million, subject  to adjustment for changes in working
capital and  certain  other items  subsequent  to June  30,  1995 (the  "Four  M
Acquisition").
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement  contained customary  representations, warranties
and covenants. The Company, on the one hand,  and St. Joe and St. Joe Paper,  on
the  other hand, have also agreed to  indemnify one another and their respective
affiliates for  breaches  of representations  and  warranties contained  in  the
Acquisition  Agreement, PROVIDED  that claims  with respect  thereto (other than
environmental claims) are asserted on or before September 30, 1997. In addition,
pursuant to the terms of  the Acquisition Agreement, St.  Joe and St. Joe  Paper
have  agreed to indemnify and  reimburse the Company and  its affiliates for all
losses arising  from breaches  of covenants  and agreements  in the  Acquisition
Agreement,  all  retained  liabilities,  liens other  than  permitted  liens and
certain other matters as  specified in the Acquisition  Agreement. In turn,  the
Company  and its affiliates have  agreed to indemnify and  reimburse St. Joe and
its affiliates for all losses arising from breaches of covenants and  agreements
of  the Company  in the  Acquisition Agreement  and all  assumed liabilities and
certain other matters as  specified in the Acquisition  Agreement. There are  no
dollar  limitations as to the foregoing  indemnification obligations of St. Joe,
St. Joe Paper and the Company.
 
    The Paper Indemnitors have  agreed to indemnify the  Company and Four M,  to
the extent permissible by law, for on-site environmental claims arising from the
operations of the Mill and the Container Properties prior to the consummation of
the  Acquisition up to  a maximum of  $10.0 million of  the first $17.5 million,
subject to certain exceptions  and limitations. The Company  and Four M will  be
required  to fund $7.5 million of the first $17.5 million of any such costs, and
any costs  in excess  of $17.5  million will  not be  indemnified by  the  Paper
Indemnitors.  In addition,  the Paper Indemnitors  have agreed  to indemnify the
Company for $1.0  million of  the first $2.0  million of  costs associated  with
historical  black liquor spills at the Mill, subject to certain limitations. The
obligation of  the  Paper  Indemnitors with  respect  to  on-site  environmental
liabilities  will terminate in the  event the Company or Four  M is subject to a
"change of control" (as  defined in the Acquisition  Agreement). Pursuant to  an
Indemnification  Reimbursement  Agreement between  the Company  and Four  M (the
"Indemnification  Reimbursement  Agreement"),  the  obligations  of  the   Paper
Indemnitors with respect to such environmental liabilities will be allocated 80%
to  the Company and 20% to  Four M, with the Company  or Four M being obligated,
under certain circumstances, to reimburse the other in the event either recovers
more than  its allocated  percentage  share and  the  other recovers  less.  See
"Business--Environmental Matters."
 
    On  May  30, 1996,  the  Company and  St. Joe  Land  entered into  the Fiber
Agreement, pursuant to  which St. Joe  Land agreed to  supply pulpwood and  wood
chips  to the Company for an initial term  of 15 years based on prices published
in TIMBER MART SOUTH, an industry  trade publication, subject to adjustment  for
changes  in market conditions. The Company believes that such prices are no less
favorable to the Company than would be obtainable in the open market. During the
first  year  of  the  Fiber  Agreement,  St.  Joe  Land  is  expected  to   meet
approximately  87% of the Company's  wood fiber needs and  will reduce its fiber
supply to the Company
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
to approximately one-half of the Company's  current needs by the fourth year  of
the  term of the Fiber Agreement. In  addition, St. Joe Land will supply biomass
fuel (scrub wood, bark and timber wastes)  to the Company during the first  year
of  the Fiber Agreement  and, at the  Company's option, each  year thereafter at
prices no less favorable to the Company than would be offered to unrelated third
parties.
 
    On May 30, 1996, the Company also entered into certain agreements with Stone
and Four M. Pursuant  to the Output  Purchase Agreement, Stone  and Four M  have
each  agreed  to  purchase  from  the  Company  one-half  of  the  Mill's entire
linerboard production at a  price that is  $25 per ton below  the price of  such
product published in PULP & PAPER WEEK, an industry trade publication, under the
section  entitled  "Price Watch:  Paper and  Paperboard,"  subject to  a minimum
purchase price, which minimum purchase price is intended to generate  sufficient
funds  to  cover cash  operating costs,  cash  interest expense  and maintenance
capital expenditures. The Company must also use its best efforts to operate  the
Mill at a production rate not less than the average capacity utilization rate of
domestic  linerboard  producers. Pursuant  to  the Stone  Procurement Agreement,
Stone has agreed to use its best efforts to procure wood fiber on behalf of  the
Company  for  a  fee  equal to  the  costs  and expenses  incurred  by  Stone in
connection with such efforts and may not be terminated without the consent of  a
majority  of the outstanding  principal amount of the  Notes. In addition, Stone
will manage the Company's wood procurement effort.
 
    Pursuant to the  Subordinated Credit Facility,  Stone and Four  M have  each
agreed  to  provide  the  Company  with  up  to  $10.0  million  of subordinated
indebtedness, if  needed, on  a  revolving credit  basis for  general  corporate
purposes. The Subordinated Credit Facility expires 90 days after the maturity of
the  Notes, and each loan to be made under such facility will bear interest at a
rate equal to the applicable LIBOR, plus 3 5/8% per annum. The obligations under
the Subordinated Credit Facility are unsecured and subordinated to the Notes.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
   
    The  following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1996. This  table should  be read in  conjunction with  the other  financial
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN
                                                                                                      THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Long-term debt:
  Notes............................................................................................   $   165,000
  Subordinated Note................................................................................        10,110
  Subordinated Credit Facility.....................................................................           500
                                                                                                     -------------
    Total long-term debt...........................................................................       175,610
                                                                                                     -------------
Members' equity:
  Contributed capital..............................................................................        40,000
  Accumulated deficit..............................................................................        (2,138)
    Total members' equity..........................................................................        37,862
                                                                                                     -------------
      Total capitalization.........................................................................   $   213,472
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                     -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The  following selected  financial data  (except tons  produced) are derived
from  the   audited   financial   statements  of   St.   Joe   Forest   Products
Company--Linerboard  Mill Operations,  for each  of the  years in  the four-year
period ended December 31, 1995 and the unaudited financial statements of St. Joe
Forest Products Company--Linerboard Mill Operations as of December 31, 1991, for
the year ended December  31, 1991, the  six months ended June  30, 1995 and  the
period  from  January  1, 1996  to  May  30, 1996  and  the  unaudited financial
statements of Florida Coast Paper  Company, L.L.C. as of  June 30, 1996 and  for
the  period from May  30, 1996 to  June 30, 1996,  all of which,  except for the
years ended  December 31,  1991 and  1992, are  included elsewhere  herein.  The
following   selected  financial  data   should  be  read   in  conjunction  with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations"  and  the  financial  statements  and  the  notes  thereto  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                ENDED JUNE    JANUARY 1,
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     30,          1996
                                         -----------------------------------------------------  -----------     THROUGH
                                           1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1995      MAY 30, 1996
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales............................  $ 170,928  $ 167,132  $ 153,005  $ 192,886  $ 239,165   $ 132,488     $  67,670
  Cost of sales........................    151,639    157,229    167,247    183,800    180,788      96,681        68,979
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses............................      2,999      3,382      4,199      3,077      4,672       1,891         1,409
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
      Operating profit (loss)..........     16,290      6,521    (18,441)     6,009     53,705      33,916        (2,718)
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Other income:
    Interest income....................        653         84         97        383        962         708            --
    Interest expense...................         --         --         --         --         --          --            --
    Other, net.........................         84         29        430        227         95       1,255           152
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
      Total other income (expense).....        737        113        527        610      1,057       1,963           152
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle................     17,027      6,634    (17,914)     6,619     54,762      35,879        (2,566)
  Provision (benefit) for income
   taxes...............................      3,850      2,392     (5,871)     2,453     20,294      13,297          (951)
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
  Income (loss) before cumulative
   effect of change in accounting
   principle...........................  $  13,177  $   4,242  $ (12,043) $   4,166  $  34,468   $  22,582     $  (1,615)
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
 
OTHER DATA (1)(2):
  Net cash provided by (used in):
    Operating activities...............  $  29,513  $  39,005  $  11,259  $  29,843  $  59,222   $  27,990     $  13,394
    Investing activities...............    (37,221)   (37,160)   (13,381)    (8,321)   (22,457)     (8,883)       (4,160)
    Financing activities...............    (15,306)     1,585      3,276     (8,434)   (50,326)    (15,746)       (9,234)
  EBITDA (3)...........................     35,644     29,074      6,010     29,687     77,759      45,757         7,617
  Depreciation.........................     19,354     22,553     24,451     23,678     24,054      11,841        10,335
  Capital expenditures.................     37,078     37,160     13,381      8,321     22,457       8,883         4,160
  Tons produced........................    433,352    425,087    444,006    477,990    441,229     248,195       148,914
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                         MAY 30, 1996
                                            THROUGH
                                         JUNE 30, 1996
                                         -------------
 
<S>                                      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales............................   $    14,279
  Cost of sales........................        14,478
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses............................           259
                                         -------------
      Operating profit (loss)..........          (458)
                                         -------------
  Other income:
    Interest income....................            24
    Interest expense...................        (1,956)
    Other, net.........................           127
                                         -------------
      Total other income (expense).....        (1,805)
                                         -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle................        (2,263)
  Provision (benefit) for income
   taxes...............................          (125)
                                         -------------
  Income (loss) before cumulative
   effect of change in accounting
   principle...........................   $    (2,138)
                                         -------------
                                         -------------
OTHER DATA (1)(2):
  Net cash provided by (used in):
    Operating activities...............   $       819
    Investing activities...............      (200,284)
    Financing activities...............       208,090
  EBITDA (3)...........................           656
  Depreciation.........................         1,114
  Capital expenditures.................            --
  Tons produced........................        45,335
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              AS OF
                                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,                    JUNE 30,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                       1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital..................................  $  14,776  $   8,662  $  14,059  $  28,016  $  13,868  $  15,268
  Property, plant and equipment, net...............    182,841    197,448    186,378    171,021    169,424    190,051
  Total assets.....................................    202,233    215,910    210,571    209,813    194,448    236,475
  Total stockholder's equity.......................    165,423    171,250    167,486    163,218    147,360         --
  Total members' equity............................         --         --         --         --         --     37,862
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1) The Company's ratio of earnings to  fixed charges is not calculable  because
    there  were no fixed charges in each of the periods presented. The Company's
    earnings for the years ended December 31, 1991, 1992, 1994 and 1995 exceeded
    fixed charges  by  $17.0  million,  $6.6 million,  $6.6  million  and  $54.8
    million,  respectively. The Company's earnings for the six months ended June
    30, 1995 exceeded fixed charges by $35.9 million.
    
   
(2) The  Company's  earnings  for  the   year  ended  December  31,  1993   were
    insufficient to cover fixed charges by $17.9 million. The Company's earnings
    for  the period from January 1, 1996 to May 30, 1996 and for the period from
    May 30, 1996 to June  30, 1996 were insufficient  to cover fixed charges  by
    $2.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
    
   
(3) EBITDA   is  defined  as  operating  profit  (loss)  plus  depreciation  and
    amortization, if  any.  EBITDA is  generally  accepted as  providing  useful
    information  regarding  a company's  ability to  service and/or  incur debt.
    EBITDA should not  be considered  in isolation or  as a  substitute for  net
    income,  cash flows from continuing operations, or other income or cash flow
    data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or
    as a measure of a company's profitability or liquidity.
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The  following unaudited pro  forma statements of  operations for the twelve
months ended December  31, 1995  and the  six months  ended June  30, 1996  (the
"Unaudited  Pro  Forma Financial  Statements")  are derived  from  the financial
statements of St. Joe Forest Products Company--Linerboard Mill Operations  ("St.
Joe")  for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and the period from January
1, 1996 through May 30, 1996 and the financial statements of the Company for the
period from May 30, 1996  through June 30, 1996.  The pro forma adjustments  are
based  upon  available  information  and certain  assumptions  that  the Company
believes are reasonable. The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements should  be
read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial Condition and Results of  Operations," the financial statements of
St. Joe  Forest  Products  Company--Linerboard Mill  Operations  and  the  notes
thereto  and  the financial  statements  of the  Company  and the  notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The Unaudited Pro Forma  Financial Statements give  effect to the  following
transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 1995:
    
 
   
        (a)  the Acquisition, pursuant to which  the Company acquired the assets
    of the Mill for  a purchase price  of $185.0 million  for the fixed  assets,
    plus  approximately $17.4 million for working capital, subject to adjustment
    for changes in working  capital and certain other  items subsequent to  June
    30, 1995.
    
 
        (b)  the Output Purchase Agreement, pursuant  to which each of the Joint
    Venture Partners has  agreed to purchase  from the Company  one-half of  the
    Mill's entire linerboard production at a price that is $25 per ton below the
    price  of such  product published  in PULP &  PAPER WEEK,  an industry trade
    publication, subject to a minimum purchase price; and
 
        (c) the Fiber Agreement,  pursuant to which St.  Joe Land will supply  a
    specified quantity of pulpwood and wood chips to the Company based on prices
    published  in TIMBER MART  SOUTH, an industry  trade publication, subject to
    adjustment for changes in market conditions.
 
   
    The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements are presented for  illustrative
purposes  only and  therefore, are not  necessarily indicative  of the operating
results that might have  been achieved had such  transactions occurred as of  an
earlier  date, nor are they necessarily indicative of operating results that may
occur in the future.
    
 
   
    The Acquisition was accounted for  under the purchase method of  accounting.
The total purchase price for the Acquisition will be allocated to the assets and
liabilities acquired based upon their relative fair values on May 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    In  addition  to the  pro forma  adjustments  reflected herein,  the Company
believes that it will be able  to achieve additional cost savings following  the
Acquisition, particularly in the areas of raw materials, labor and energy costs.
These  potential  cost savings  are  not reflected  in  the Unaudited  Pro Forma
Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          ST. JOE
                                                         HISTORICAL       ACTUAL
                                                         JANUARY 1,    MAY 30, 1996
                                                        1996 THROUGH      THROUGH
                                                        MAY 30, 1996   JUNE 30, 1996  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                       --------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales............................................    $   67,670     $    14,279    $  (1,502)(a)  $  80,447
Cost of sales........................................        68,979          14,478       (2,899)(b)     80,558
Selling, general and administrative expenses.........         1,409             259         (128)(c)      1,540
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
    Operating profit (loss)..........................        (2,718)           (458)       1,525       (1,651)
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
 
Interest income......................................            --              24           --           24
Interest expense.....................................            --          (1,956)      (9,547)(d)    (11,503)
Other income, net....................................           152             127           --          279
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
Loss before income taxes.............................        (2,566)         (2,263)      (8,022)     (12,851)
Provision for income taxes...........................          (951)           (125)         369(e)       (707)
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
    Net loss.........................................    $   (1,615)    $    (2,138)   $  (8,391)   $ (12,144)
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                            -------    -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>           <C>
Net sales...............................................................  $  239,165   $   (8,485)(a)  $ 230,680
Cost of sales...........................................................     180,788         (249)(b)    180,539
Selling, general and administrative expenses............................       4,672         (307)(c)      4,365
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
    Operating profit....................................................      53,705       (7,929)      45,776
Interest income.........................................................         962           --          962
Interest expense........................................................          --      (23,185)(d)    (23,185)
Other income, net.......................................................          95           --           95
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
Income before income taxes..............................................      54,762      (31,114)      23,648
Provision for income taxes..............................................      20,294      (18,993)(e)      1,301
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
    Net income..........................................................  $   34,468   $  (12,121)   $  22,347
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
                                                                          ----------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TON DATA)
 
   
(a) Reflects reduced net unit sales  prices and increased sales volumes to  give
    effect  to  the Output  Purchase Agreement.  Historically,  the Mill  sold a
    majority of its linerboard production to  St. Joe Container at prices  equal
    to the prices reported in PULP & PAPER WEEK. Pursuant to the Output Purchase
    Agreement,  the Joint Venture Partners have committed to purchase the Mill's
    entire linerboard production at a price that is $25 per ton below the  price
    reported  in PULP &  PAPER WEEK subject  to a minimum  purchase price, which
    minimum purchase price  is intended  to generate sufficient  funds to  cover
    cash   operating  costs,  cash  interest  expense  and  maintenance  capital
    expenditures. See  "The  Acquisition."  The reduction  in  sales  prices  is
    derived  by multiplying (x) the number of tons of linerboard produced during
    the relevant period  by (y)  the weighted average  of the  monthly price  of
    linerboard  published in PULP  & PAPER WEEK  less the $25  per ton allowance
    pursuant to the Output Purchase Agreement less the actual freight costs paid
    during the relevant period.
    
 
   
(b) Reflects decreased  depreciation of $10,682  and $4,763 for  the year  ended
    December  31, 1995 and for  the period from January  1, 1996 through May 30,
    1996, respectively, based upon the allocation  of the purchase price of  the
    Acquisition, the adoption of a straight-line depreciation method compared to
    an  accelerated method  used in the  historical financial  statements, and a
    change in the estimated useful lives  of the property, plant and  equipment,
    partially offset by (i) increased wood fiber costs of $5,029 and $0, for the
    year ended December 31, 1995 and for the period from January 1, 1996 through
    May  30, 1996, respectively, to give effect to the Fiber Agreement (see "The
    Acquisition"), (ii) increased costs  of $2,016 and $453  for the year  ended
    December  31, 1995 and for  the period from January  1, 1996 through May 30,
    1996, respectively, to  reflect increased  sales volume  resulting from  the
    Joint  Venture Partners' purchase commitment pursuant to the Output Purchase
    Agreement, (iii)  increased  costs of  $896  and  $373 for  the  year  ended
    December  31, 1995 and for  the period from January  1, 1996 through May 30,
    1996, respectively, for providing benefits for hourly employees at the  Mill
    and  (iv) increased insurance costs of $2,492  and $1,038 for the year ended
    December 31, 1995 and for  the period from January  1, 1996 through May  30,
    1996,  respectively, at the Mill. Because  the Company will be a stand-alone
    entity  following  the  Acquisition,  the  Company  believes  that  employee
    benefits and insurance costs will be higher than those allocated to the Mill
    by St. Joe.(1)
    
 
    Although  wood fiber costs will be higher under the Fiber Agreement than the
    Mill's historical  costs, the  Company  believes that  it  will be  able  to
    achieve  efficiencies in  wood fiber consumption  due to  the higher quality
    wood fiber required under the  Fiber Agreement. These efficiencies have  not
    been reflected in the unaudited pro forma statement of operations.
 
(c) Reflects the elimination of the Mill's sales department which no longer will
    be necessary as a result of the Output Purchase Agreement.
 
(d)   Reflects  increased  interest   expense  resulting  from   the  pro  forma
    capitalization of the Company as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FOR THE
                                                                         YEAR ENDED         FOR THE
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            1995         JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                        -------------  -----------------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>
Notes at 12 3/4%......................................................    $  21,038        $  10,519
Subordinated Note at 13 1/4%..........................................        1,392              637
Amortization of deferred issuance costs...............................          755              347
                                                                        -------------        -------
                                                                          $  23,185        $  11,503
                                                                        -------------        -------
                                                                        -------------        -------
</TABLE>
    
 
(e)  Reflects  the  cumulative  state  income  tax  effect  of  the  pro   forma
    adjustments.  As  a  limited  liability company,  the  Company's  results of
    operations will  be  included in  the  federal  income tax  returns  of  its
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    members  and, accordingly, no provision for federal income taxes is included
    in the unaudited pro forma statement  of operations. The Company intends  to
    make  distributions to  its members to  permit the members  to satisfy their
    income tax liability as a result of their ownership of the Company.
- ------------------------
 
   
(1)   Depreciation recorded in  the historical financial statements was  $24,054
    and  $10,335 for the  year ended December  31, 1995 and  for the period from
    January 1, 1996 through May 30, 1996, respectively. The pro forma adjustment
    for decreased depreciation is based on the following calculation:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PURCHASE       ANNUAL        CALCULATED
                                                                              PRICE      DEPRECIATION       ANNUAL
                                                                            ALLOCATION       RATE        DEPRECIATION
                                                                            ----------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>              <C>
    Land..................................................................  $    1,600           N/A      $       --
    Land improvements.....................................................       1,242           6.67%            83
    Buildings.............................................................       7,725              4  %         309
    Machinery & equipment.................................................     177,689           7.14  %      12,692
    Trucks/autos..........................................................         802             33  %         267
    Office equipment......................................................         212             10  %          21
    Construction in progress..............................................       1,895            N/A             --
                                                                            ----------                   ------------
                                                                            $  191,165                   $    13,372
                                                                            ----------                   ------------
                                                                            ----------                   ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The increase in  wood fiber costs  is derived by  multiplying (x) the  total
    tonnage  of wood  fiber that was  consumed in  1995 and for  the period from
    January 1, 1996 through May 30, 1996  by (y) a weighted average of the  wood
    fiber  costs per ton that  would be charged pursuant  to the Fiber Agreement
    and comparing this product to the Mill's actual wood fiber costs.
    
 
   
    The increased costs  related to  the increased  sales volume  is derived  by
    subtracting  the actual number  of tons shipped  in 1995 and  for the period
    from January 1, 1996  through May 30,  1996 from the  actual number of  tons
    produced  in 1995 and  for the period  from January 1,  1996 through May 30,
    1996, respectively, and multiplying the respective differences by the Mill's
    per ton cost of production.
    
 
   
    Historically, the Company's  hourly employees  participated in  the St.  Joe
    Paper  pension plan.  The Company  intends to  offer a  pension plan  to its
    hourly employees. The  adjustment for pension  costs reflects the  estimated
    costs  of employee benefits  based on preliminary  calculations by actuaries
    hired by the Company. The adjustment for the costs of insurance is based  on
    actual payments currently being made for 12 months of coverage in accordance
    with  a plan  established by  an insurance  broker/ consultant  hired by the
    Company. Such insurance includes coverage for the following: real & personal
    property, real  & personal  property (excess  coverage), commercial  general
    liability,  commercial automobile, umbrella, workers compensation, directors
    & officers liability/fidelity and insurance broker/consultant fee.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
   
    The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
financial  statements  of  St.  Joe  Forest  Products  Company--Linerboard  Mill
Operations and the  Company and  the notes  thereto included  elsewhere in  this
Prospectus.  The  results of  operations of  St.  Joe Forest  Products Company--
Linerboard Mill Operations for the period from  January 1, 1996 to May 30,  1996
and the results of operations of the Company for the period from May 30, 1996 to
June  30, 1996 have been  combined to present the  results of operations for the
six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    The linerboard  market  is  highly  cyclical and  sensitive  to  changes  in
industry  capacity  and  economic conditions,  which  in turn,  will  impact the
selling prices  for  the  Company's  products. Selling  prices  for  the  Mill's
products  have historically been the primary determinant of the Mill's financial
performance and, in the last three  years, the Mill's financial performance  has
significantly improved as a result of such price increases. Recently, prices for
the  Mill's products  have declined  as a  result of  increased capacity  in the
industry and decreased demand for such products. Consequently, in December  1995
and January 1996, one of the Mill's paper machines was temporarily shut down for
maintenance  and to  decrease excess  inventory. In  order to  prevent excessive
increases in inventory,  the Mill experienced  further downtime of  both of  its
paper  machines from April 7, 1996 through May 6, 1996. In addition, both of the
Mill's paper machines were  shut down during July  1996 for annual  maintenance.
The  Company anticipates  that it  will need  to draw  down on  the Subordinated
Credit Facility to  supplement its  cash flow  in order  to meet  its 1996  debt
service requirements.
    
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Output  Purchase Agreement,  each  of  the  Joint Venture
Partners will purchase from the Company one-half of the Mill's entire linerboard
production at  a price  that is  $25 per  ton below  the price  of such  product
published in PULP & PAPER WEEK, an industry trade publication, under the section
entitled  "Price Watch:  Paper and  Paperboard," subject  to a  minimum purchase
price, which minimum purchase price is intended to generate sufficient funds  to
cover  cash  operations costs,  cash  interest expense  and  maintenance capital
expenditures. The Company must also use its best efforts to operate the Mill  at
a  production  rate  not less  than  the  average capacity  utilization  rate of
domestic linerboard producers.
 
    The Mill's  results  of  operations  are  also  affected  by  the  costs  of
production.  Because of the high fixed costs involved in operating the Mill, the
continuous and efficient operation of the Mill at or near capacity significantly
reduces the production  cost per ton  of linerboard and  in turn, increases  the
profitability of the Mill.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               --------------------------
                       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1993                       1994                        1995                        1995
                       ------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                    PERCENT OF                 PERCENT OF                  PERCENT OF                  PERCENT OF
                         AMOUNT      NET SALES     AMOUNT       NET SALES      AMOUNT       NET SALES      AMOUNT       NET SALES
                       -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales............   $   153.0        100.0%   $   192.9         100.0%    $   239.2         100.0%    $   132.5         100.0%
Cost of sales........       167.2        109.3        183.8          95.3         180.8          75.6          96.7          73.0
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses............         4.2          2.7          3.1           1.6           4.7           1.9           1.9           1.4
Other income
 (expense)...........         0.5          0.3          0.6           0.3           1.1           0.4           2.0           1.5
                       -----------  -----------  -----------        -----    -----------        -----    -----------        -----
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and
 cumulative effect
 for change in
 accounting
 principle...........       (17.9)       (11.7)         6.6           3.4          54.8          22.9          35.9          27.1
Provision (benefit)
 for income taxes....       (10.9)(1)       (7.1)        2.4          1.3          20.3           8.5          13.3          10.0
                       -----------  -----------  -----------        -----    -----------        -----    -----------        -----
Net income (loss)....   $    (7.0)        (4.6)%  $     4.2           2.1%    $    34.5          14.4%    $    22.6          17.1%
                       -----------  -----------  -----------        -----    -----------        -----    -----------        -----
                       -----------  -----------  -----------        -----    -----------        -----    -----------        -----
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                  1996
                               (COMBINED)
                       --------------------------
                                     PERCENT OF
                         AMOUNT       NET SALES
                       -----------  -------------
 
<S>                    <C>          <C>
Net sales............   $    81.9         100.0%
Cost of sales........        83.5         101.8
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses............         1.7           2.1
Other income
 (expense)...........        (1.6)         (2.0)
                       -----------        -----
Income (loss) before
 income taxes and
 cumulative effect
 for change in
 accounting
 principle...........        (4.9)         (5.9)
Provision (benefit)
 for income taxes....        (1.1)         (1.3)
                       -----------        -----
Net income (loss)....        (3.8)         (4.6)%
                       -----------        -----
                       -----------        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes a $5.0 million credit resulting from the adoption of SFAS 109. See
     Note   3  to   the  financial  statements   of  St.   Joe  Forest  Products
     Company--Linerboard Mill Operations.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (COMBINED) COMPARED WITH SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
30, 1995
    
 
   
    Net sales declined $50.6  million, or 38.1%, to  $81.9 million for the  1996
Period  from $132.5 million  for the 1995 Period.  This decline was attributable
primarily to a 22.7% decline in  sales volume to approximately 190,675 tons  for
the 1996 Period from approximately 246,710 tons for the 1995 Period. The decline
in  volume which occurred during the period from January 1, 1996 to May 30, 1996
was due, in part, to  a decrease in industry  wide demand. In addition,  average
gross  selling prices per ton for  unbleached kraft and mottled white linerboard
have  decreased   approximately  17.4%   and  decreased   approximately   10.7%,
respectively.   Approximately  one-half  of  the   decrease  in  net  sales  was
attributable to  the decrease  in sales  volume and  approximately one-half  was
attributable to the decrease in gross selling prices.
    
 
   
    Cost  of sales decreased  $13.2 million, or  13.7%, to $83.5  million in the
1996 Period from $96.7  million in the 1995  Period. This decline was  primarily
due  to the  22.7% decline  in sales  volume. In  addition, cost  of sales  as a
percentage of net sales increased to 101.8% in the 1996 Period from 73.0% in the
1995 Period primarily due to the decreases in selling prices and sales volume.
    
 
   
    The Mill's  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  $.2
million,  or 11.8%, to $1.7 million in the  1996 Period from $1.9 million in the
1995 Period.
    
 
   
    The Mill's net income (loss) decreased to $(3.8) million in the 1996  Period
from $22.6 million in the 1995 Period.
    
 
1995 COMPARED WITH 1994
 
    Net  sales increased $46.3 million, or 24.0%, to $239.2 million in 1995 from
$192.9 million in 1994.  This increase was attributable  to a 35.8% increase  in
the average net selling prices for the Mill's products and was offset in part by
a  decrease  in  sales  volumes  to  approximately  435,609  tons  in  1995 from
approximately 477,060  tons  in  1994.  In addition,  selling  prices  began  to
decrease  in the  latter part  of 1995. For  example, domestic  prices for kraft
linerboard increased from $430 per  ton in January 1995 to  $530 per ton in  May
1995  and declined to  $505 per ton  in December 1995.  Furthermore, there was a
shift in the product mix of the Mill. Revenues attributable to sales of  mottled
white  linerboard decreased in 1995 to 57.5% of gross sales compared to 59.6% of
gross sales in 1994 due to a decline in industry demand.
 
    Cost of sales  decreased $3.0 million,  or 1.6%, to  $180.8 million in  1995
from  $183.8 million in 1994. This decline was attributable primarily to an 8.7%
decrease in sales  volume. In addition,  cost of  sales as a  percentage of  net
sales  decreased to 75.6% in 1995 from 95.3%  in 1994 primarily due to the 24.0%
increase in net sales despite lower  sales volumes. However, cost of goods  sold
on  a per  ton basis increased  in 1995 from  1994 primarily due  to higher wood
fiber costs.
 
   
    The Mill's  selling,  general  and administrative  expenses  increased  $1.6
million,  or 51.8%, to $4.7 million in  1995 from $3.1 million in 1994 primarily
due to  increased  reserves for  workman's  compensation claims  relating  to  a
serious burn injury.
    
 
    The  Mill's net income increased $30.3 million to $34.5 million in 1995 from
$4.2 million in 1994.
 
1994 COMPARED WITH 1993
 
    Net sales increased $39.9 million, or 26.1%, to $192.9 million in 1994  from
$153.0  million in 1993. Net sales increased as  a result of an 8.8% increase in
sales volume to approximately  477,060 tons in  1994 from approximately  438,295
tons  in 1993  and a 15.8%  increase in the  average net selling  prices for the
Mill's products. In addition,  the product mix of  the Mill changed as  revenues
attributable  to sales of mottled white linerboard increased in 1994 to 59.6% of
gross sales compared to 54.9% of gross sales in 1993.
 
    Cost of sales increased  $16.6 million, or 9.9%,  to $183.8 million in  1994
from  $167.2 million  in 1993. This  increase was attributable  primarily to the
increase in sales of  mottled white linerboard and  the higher costs  associated
with producing that product. However, cost of sales as a percentage of net sales
decreased from 109.3% in 1993 to 95.3% in 1994 as a result of the 26.1% increase
in net sales based on an 8.8% increase in volume.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    The  Mill's  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased $1.1
million, or 26.7%, to $3.1 million in  1994 from $4.2 million in 1993  primarily
as a result of decreased reserves for workman's compensation claims.
 
    The Mill's net income increased $11.2 million to $4.2 million in 1994 from a
net loss of $7.0 million in 1993.
 
    The  Mill recorded an income tax expense of $2.5 million in 1994 as compared
with an income tax benefit of $5.9  million in 1993. The decrease in income  tax
benefit  reflects  the tax  effect associated  with the  pre-tax income  in 1994
compared to  a pre-tax  loss in  1993. St.  Joe adopted  Statement of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" effective January 1,
1993,  and  reported the  cumulative  effect of  that  change in  the  method of
accounting for income taxes of $5.0 million.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Historically, the Mill has met its liquidity requirements through cash flows
from operations  and intercompany  advances from  St. Joe  Paper. Following  the
Acquisition,  the  Company's principal  liquidity  requirements are  expected to
consist of debt service under the New Notes and funding of capital expenditures.
 
   
    The Company has  outstanding approximately $175.6  million of  indebtedness,
consisting  of  the Notes,  the Subordinated  Note  and the  Subordinated Credit
Facility. Pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Note, the Company expects to
pay interest in kind on the Subordinated Note. To the extent the Company borrows
funds under the Subordinated Credit Facility, additional interest and  principal
payments  will be required.  The Company anticipates  that it will  need to draw
down on the Subordinated Credit Facility to supplement its cash flow in order to
meet its 1996 debt service requirements.
    
 
   
    The Mill's cash provided by operating activities decreased to $14.2  million
in  the 1996 Period from  $28.0 million in the 1995  Period primarily due to the
decrease in  net  income.  The  Mill's cash  provided  by  operating  activities
improved  in 1995 to  $59.2 million as  compared to $29.8  million in 1994. This
improvement reflects an  increase in net  income to $34.5  million in 1995  from
$4.2  million  in 1994,  which resulted  from increased  selling prices  for the
Mill's products. Excluding the effect of the Acquisition, cash used in investing
activities decreased to $4.2 million in the 1996 Period from $8.9 million in the
1995 Period  as  a  result  of decreased  capital  expenditures.  Cash  used  in
investing  activities increased  to $22.5 million  in 1995 from  $8.3 million in
1994 primarily  as a  result of  increased capital  expenditures. Cash  used  in
financing  activities increased  to $50.3 million  in 1995 from  $8.4 million in
1994 primarily  as a  result of  increased selling  prices and  sales volume  on
intercompany  sales to St. Joe Container. This amount was transferred to St. Joe
Paper and its affiliates  pursuant to St. Joe  Paper's new 1995 cash  management
system  whereby  cash of  St. Joe  Paper's subsidiaries  was distributed  to the
parent for investment  and use  in the  overall enterprise  and as  a result  of
intercompany sales to St. Joe Container.
    
 
   
    Although  there  can  be  no  assurances,  the  Company  believes  that cash
generated from operations together with amounts available under the Subordinated
Credit Facility  will  be sufficient  to  meet its  debt  service  requirements,
capital  expenditure needs and working capital needs for the next twelve months.
The Company's future operating performance and ability to service the Notes  and
repay  other  indebtedness of  the Company  will be  subject to  future economic
conditions and financial, business and other  factors, many of which are not  in
the Company's control.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    The   operations  of  the  Mill  are   subject  to  extensive  and  changing
environmental regulation by federal, state and local authorities. St. Joe has in
the past made  significant capital expenditures  to comply with  water, air  and
solid  and hazardous waste regulations. The  Company expects to make significant
expenditures in the future. The Company has budgeted approximately $2.0  million
for environmental matters in each of 1996 and 1997. The Company anticipates that
a  majority of  these costs will  be capital expenditures  related to additional
asbestos removal and disposal and modifications in anticipation of the  proposed
"cluster  rules." The  cluster rules  have not  been finally  adopted and remain
subject to modification. The Company is considering and evaluating the potential
impact  of  the   proposed  cluster   rules  on  its   operations  and   capital
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
expenditures  over the  next several  years. The  Company estimates  the capital
spending that may be required to comply with a majority of the final regulations
could be $27.0  million over a  three-year period beginning  in 1997 (but  could
reach as high as $67.0 million under the currently proposed regulations). If the
Company  determines to discontinue  the production of  mottled white linerboard,
the Company estimates the capital spending  that may be required to comply  with
the  majority of the final  regulations could be $5.0  million over a three-year
period beginning in 1997  (but could reach  as high as  $45.0 million under  the
currently   proposed  regulations).   The  ultimate  financial   impact  of  the
regulations on the Company cannot be accurately estimated at this time but  will
depend  on  the  nature  of  the  final  regulations,  the  timing  of  required
implementation and the cost and availability of new technology. The Company  may
determine  that,  under the  final regulations,  the  costs associated  with the
production of mottled white  linerboard may be  prohibitive and may  discontinue
its  production. Because of  the current higher  margins associated with mottled
white linerboard,  in  the event  the  Company discontinues  the  production  of
mottled  white linerboard,  its revenues  and profit  margins may  decrease. See
"Business--Environmental Matters."
 
    Wastewater from the Mill is handled by  the City of Port St. Joe  Industrial
Wastewater  Treatment Plant ("IWTP") under  a permit issued by  the City of Port
St. Joe ("CPSJ"). The Company will bear the preponderate costs of operating  the
IWTP  pursuant to an agreement  with the IWTP and  other industrial users of the
IWTP. The wastewater is discharged from the IWTP into the Gulf County Canal. The
ability of  CPSJ to  take wastewater  from the  Company is  dependent upon  CPSJ
maintaining  its National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit. CPSJ is
appealing the  recent permit  issued by  the  EPA and  is objecting  to  certain
parameters  and conditions of  the permit. The Company  will cooperate with CPSJ
and believes that an unsuccessful appeal would neither impair IWTP's ability  to
accept    its   wastewater    nor   substantially   affect    its   costs.   See
"Business--Environmental Matters."
 
    In addition, based on historical  exceedances of state ground water  quality
standards,  the Florida Department  of Environmental Protection  (the "DEP") has
asked CPSJ  to conduct  ground water  monitoring in  the vicinity  of the  IWTP.
Pursuant  to the agreement with the IWTP and other industrial users, the Company
may bear  a  share of  remedial  costs, if  any,  to address  the  ground  water
contamination.  At  this time,  the Company  cannot  estimate the  likelihood of
remediation or  any  associated costs,  or  predict if  the  cost would  have  a
material adverse affect on the Company's business or financial condition.
 
    In  March  1996, the  EPA announced  plans to  propose a  new Clean  Air Act
regulation that may  impose additional  restrictions on the  air emissions  from
combustion  sources at the Mill. Although the EPA is not expected to publish the
rule  in  proposed  form  until  late  1996,  based  on  the  Company's  current
understanding  of the  rule, the  Company estimates  that it  may result  in the
incurrence of  capital costs  of approximately  $5.0 million  to $10.0  million.
These  capital costs are expected to be  incurred over a three-year period after
the rule becomes final.
 
    The Company has detected contamination of ground water from historical black
liquor spills on the  Mill property. Based on  the concentrations detected,  the
Company  believes that no remediation will be required. In the event remediation
is required, however, the Company estimates that its costs will be approximately
$2.1 million. The potential remediation costs for the black liquor ground  water
contamination are subject to limited indemnification by the Paper Indemnitors.
 
   
    The  Company  believes that  the occurrence  of the  foregoing environmental
contingencies, in the  aggregate, could have  a material adverse  impact on  the
financial condition of the Company.
    
 
    Pursuant  to the Acquisition Agreement, the Paper Indemnitors have agreed to
indemnify the  Company for  certain environmental  matters based  on  activities
prior  to the Closing. There can be  no assurance that this indemnification will
be sufficient to reimburse  the Company for  all environmental liabilities.  See
"Business--Environmental Matters."
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
THE COMPANY
 
   
    The  Company was formed by Stone, which  the Company believes is the largest
producer of linerboard in the world, and  Four M, which the Company believes  is
one  of the largest independent converters  of corrugated packaging materials in
North America, to acquire the linerboard  mill operations of St. Joe. The  Mill,
located  in Port St. Joe, Florida, is  a major manufacturer of mottled white and
unbleached kraft linerboard,  the principal component  of corrugated  containers
and corrugated packaging materials. The Joint Venture Partners acquired the Mill
for  its  strategic  location  and  to  fulfill  a  portion  of  the  linerboard
requirements of their respective corrugated container facilities, many of  which
are located in the Southeast. Pursuant to the Output Purchase Agreement, each of
the  Joint Venture  Partners has  committed to  purchase one-half  of the Mill's
entire linerboard production.
    
 
    The Mill has two paper machines which are capable of producing approximately
500,000 tons of linerboard  annually in a variety  of grades and basis  weights.
Since  1990, approximately $147.8 million has been spent for the maintenance and
modernization of the Mill's plant, equipment and machinery and for environmental
compliance. In 1994 and 1995, under the management of St. Joe, the Mill produced
approximately 477,990 and 441,229 tons of linerboard, respectively, operating at
approximately 95.6% and  88.2% of capacity,  respectively, during such  periods.
The  Mill's  production is  approximately evenly  divided between  mottled white
linerboard, a premium priced product, and unbleached kraft linerboard.
 
    Stone is a major international pulp and paper company engaged principally in
the production and sale of paper, packaging products, and market pulp. Stone  is
the  world's largest producer of linerboard and converter of linerboard products
into corrugated containers and paper bags  and sacks. Stone believes that it  is
one  of the world's largest  paper companies in terms  of annual tonnage, having
produced approximately 8.0 million total tons  of paper and pulp in 1995.  Stone
produced approximately 5.0 million tons of unbleached linerboard and kraft paper
in 1995, which accounted for approximately 63% of its total tonnage produced for
1995.  Stone had net sales of approximately  $7.4 billion in 1995. Stone owns or
has an interest in  186 manufacturing facilities in  the United States,  Canada,
Germany,   France,  Belgium,  the  United  Kingdom,  Venezuela,  China  and  the
Netherlands, including  23 mills.  Stone  also maintains  sales offices  in  the
United  States, Canada,  the United  Kingdom, Germany,  Belgium, France, Mexico,
China and Japan  and has  a forestry  operation in Costa  Rica and  has a  joint
venture relationship in Venezuela.
 
   
    The  Company  believes  that  Four  M  is  one  of  the  largest independent
converters of corrugated packaging materials in North America. Four M sells  its
products  to national, regional  and local accounts,  which include companies in
the food, household products, cosmetic, personal care, beverage, pharmaceutical,
chemical and high-technology industries.  After giving pro  forma effect to  the
Four M Acquisition, Four M would have (i) generated approximately $543.4 million
in  net sales in  1995 and (ii)  sold approximately 10.0  billion square feet of
corrugated containers  and  partitions  in 1995.  As  a  result of  the  Four  M
Acquisition,  Four M currently operates 28  converting facilities located in the
Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Southeast regions  of the United States, including  19
integrated  corrugating  plants, four  corrugated  sheet or  specialty container
plants, and four corrugated partition plants.
    
 
   
    Finance Corp.  is a  subsidiary  of the  Company  that was  incorporated  in
Delaware  for  the purpose  of serving  as co-issuer  of the  Notes in  order to
facilitate the Offering of the Old  Notes and the Exchange Offer. Finance  Corp.
does  not  have any  substantial  operations or  assets  and does  not  have any
revenues; thus, the separate financial statements of Finance Corp. have not been
included in the financial statements included elsewhere herein.
    
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    Linerboard and corrugating medium  are the principal  raw materials used  in
the  production  of  corrugated  containers. Corrugating  medium  is  fluted and
laminated to linerboard  to produce corrugated  sheets. Linerboard provides  the
strength  component of a  container while corrugating  medium provides rigidity.
Linerboard is manufactured in a wide range of basis weights and grades.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    Demand for  linerboard  is  directly  related to  the  level  of  corrugated
container  shipments.  Approximately 90%  of all  industrial and  consumer goods
transported in the United States utilize some form of corrugated or solid  fiber
container,  cushioning  or partition.  Shipments  of corrugated  containers have
increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3.0% since 1970.
 
    The United States linerboard industry has a high degree of integration, with
more than  70%  of  linerboard  production  transferred  to  manufacturers'  own
converting  plants or  traded with  other manufacturers  to save  freight costs.
Approximately half of the remaining  production is sold to independent  domestic
corrugated converters, and the other half is exported.
 
    Linerboard  produced in the United  States is predominantly unbleached kraft
linerboard. However, demand for products with higher performance characteristics
(lighter basis weights and greater  strength) and improved aesthetics  (graphics
and  color)  has  increased  in  the past  several  years.  Demand  for bleached
linerboard (mottled white and  white-top) currently represents approximately  8%
of  the  total linerboard  market. The  premium price  commanded by  this higher
value-added product  results  in  higher  margins  for  manufacturers  of  these
products.
 
    Domestic  linerboard prices tend to be  highly cyclical. Prices usually rise
during the middle and later stages of an economic recovery but fall when  demand
weakens  and manufacturers compete for business  to keep their capital intensive
mills operating at  higher utilization  rates. Prices  tend to  be highest  when
operating  rates are approximately  95% or higher and  when inventories at mills
and container plants  are at  5.5 weeks of  supply or  lower. High  inventories,
particularly at mills, usually indicate competitive pricing.
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             $/TON    LINERBOARD PRICE TREND
<S>        <C>        <C>                     <C>
                               Mottled White   Unbleached Kraft
1991              1Q                     495                350
                  2Q                     495                325
                  3Q                     475                320
                  4Q                     485                350
1992              1Q                     495                350
                  2Q                     495                350
                  3Q                     495                340
                  4Q                     495                340
1993              1Q                     495                330
                  2Q                     480                295
                  3Q                     475                280
                  4Q                     475                320
1994              1Q                     475                320
                  2Q                     505                350
                  3Q                     510                390
                  4Q                     565                430
1995              1Q                     620                480
                  2Q                     670                530
                  3Q                     670                530
                  4Q                     650                500
1996              1Q                     605                450
</TABLE>
 
Source: Pulp & Paper Week. Pulp & Paper 1996 North American Factbook
 
    In  1994, linerboard prices  increased sharply and  near shortage conditions
prevailed by the  second half of  the year.  In the eastern  United States,  the
price  of linerboard (42 lb.) rose from below  $300 per ton in the third quarter
of 1993 to approximately $425 per ton  by the fourth quarter of 1994,  exceeding
the  previous peak of approximately $410 per ton in 1988. Linerboard prices rose
through the  middle  of  1995.  In the  middle  of  1995,  corrugated  container
shipments   began   to   decrease  as   manufacturers   and   retailers  trimmed
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
inventory buildups. As  a result of  this decrease, linerboard  prices began  to
decrease  and  this  softening  in demand,  together  with  increased linerboard
capacity, has had an adverse impact on linerboard prices and operating rates  at
mills.
 
STRATEGY
 
    The  Company  intends  to  capitalize  on  Stone's  operating  experience to
implement an operating  strategy for  the Mill  that the  Company believes  will
enable  it to increase  productivity and profitability.  The Company's operating
strategy includes:
 
    - INCREASING LINERBOARD PRODUCTION.  The Company believes it will be able to
      increase production yields by improving product quality consistency and by
      decreasing machine downtime through technology upgrades of its machines.
 
    - IMPROVING OPERATING EFFICIENCY.  The Company  believes it will be able  to
      improve   operating  efficiency   by  reducing  the   frequency  of  grade
      changeovers, implementing new  operating and training  procedures for  its
      employees and decreasing machine downtime.
 
    - REDUCING  COSTS.  The Company believes it  will be able to reduce costs by
      preventive  maintenance  and   process  improvements.  Through   increased
      production  and improved operating efficiency, the Company believes it can
      also lower  operating costs  per ton.  Areas targeted  for cost  reduction
      include raw materials, labor and energy.
 
THE MILL
 
    The  Company's operations  consist solely  of the  Mill which  is located on
approximately 80 acres of land in Port  St. Joe, Florida. The Mill produces  two
types  of  linerboard, mottled  white and  unbleached kraft.  In 1995,  the Mill
produced  approximately   227,300  tons   of   mottled  white   linerboard   and
approximately  214,000 tons of unbleached  kraft linerboard, an approximate 8.2%
and 7.1% decrease from  1994, respectively. The Mill's  operations consist of  a
wood  yard, a pulping  system, paper machines, and  related utility, storage and
transportation facilities. The Mill cuts  and chips wood, processes the  chipped
wood into pulp and then converts the pulp into linerboard by processing the pulp
through paper machines.
 
    The  wood yard consists  of (i) facilities for  receiving roundwood by truck
and wood chips by both  rail and truck, (ii) a  roundwood storage pile, (iii)  a
wood chip storage area, (iv) equipment for roundwood and wood chip handling, (v)
debarking drums and (vi) a chip screening system. Roundwood is received in 16-20
foot  lengths and then  processed by feeding  them into a  debarking drum. After
debarking, the logs are  sent through the chipper,  screened and then stored  in
outdoor  storage areas or bins. Purchased wood  chips are also stored in outdoor
storage areas or bins.
 
    The Mill  operates ten  batch digesters  and a  continuous process  digester
which have an aggregate capacity to produce approximately 1,620 tons of pulp per
day.  In the pulping process, the wood  chips are combined with white liquor and
cooked, producing black liquor and pulp. The pulp is washed, refined,  screened,
cleaned, thickened, and stored in tanks. The Mill's bleaching system enables the
Company  to produce mottled  white linerboard. The bleached  pulp system has the
capacity to produce approximately 600 tons  per day while the unbleached  system
can produce approximately 1,050 tons per day. The Company burns the black liquor
produced  during  the  pulping process  in  its chemical  recovery  boiler which
reconstitutes the black liquor into white liquor for reuse in the digesters  and
fulfills some of the Mill's energy requirements. See "--Energy Requirements."
 
    The  Mill operates  two fourdrinier paper  machines which  convert pulp into
linerboard and  have  a combined  capacity  of 1,625  tons  per day.  After  the
linerboard  is  processed through  the paper  machine,  it is  further processed
through a series  of dryers  which reduce its  moisture content.  Once dry,  the
linerboard  is  wound into  rolls, finished  and  transported to  the linerboard
warehouse on an  in-floor conveyor  system. The  Company's warehouse  facilities
adjoin  the truck loading area and have the capacity to store up to 10,000 tons,
or about six days production, of linerboard.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS
 
    The Mill produces two types of  linerboard, mottled white (a premium  priced
product) and unbleached kraft. In 1994 and 1995, approximately 52% of production
in  tons was mottled  white linerboard. Demand for  mottled white linerboard has
increased significantly in recent years. In 1995, mottled white linerboard  sold
at an average of approximately $150 over the price of unbleached linerboard on a
per ton basis. Mottled white linerboard has better printing characteristics than
unbleached linerboard and can be used in point-of-sale displays.
 
    The  Mill also produces linerboard in a variety of grades and basis weights.
The following grades were shipped in 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             LINERBOARD MILL SHIPMENTS BY PRODUCT--1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
PRODUCT                              TONS SHIPPED      SHIPMENTS
- -----------------------------------  ------------  ------------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>
Mottled White
  31-38 lb.........................       42,502             10%
  42 lb............................      156,868             36
  56 - 69 lb.......................       25,452              6
                                     ------------           ---
Total Mottled White................      224,822             52
                                     ------------           ---
Unbleached Kraft
  33-38 lb.........................       41,008              9
  42 lb............................      143,853             33
  47-69 lb.........................       25,926              6
                                     ------------           ---
Total Unbleached Kraft.............      210,787             48
                                     ------------           ---
  Total............................      435,609            100%
                                     ------------           ---
                                     ------------           ---
</TABLE>
 
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
 
    Pursuant to the Output Purchase Agreement, Stone and Four M have each agreed
to purchase one-half of the Mill's entire linerboard production at a price  that
is  $25 per ton below the price of  such product published in PULP & PAPER WEEK,
an industry trade publication,  under the section  entitled "Price Watch:  Paper
and  Paperboard," subject  to a minimum  purchase price,  which minimum purchase
price is intended to generate sufficient  funds to cover cash operations  costs,
cash  interest expense  and maintenance  capital expenditures.  The Company must
also use its best efforts to operate the Mill at a production rate not less than
the average capacity utilization rate of domestic linerboard producers. See "The
Acquisition."
 
    Pursuant to  the terms  of the  Output Purchase  Agreement, prices  for  the
Company's linerboard products, which will be based on public market prices, will
depend primarily upon general levels of supply and demand for such products. The
general  levels  of supply  and demand  for  such products  in turn  depend upon
general levels  of  industry capacity,  economic  activity and  the  demand  for
products  which  are packaged  and shipped  in  corrugated containers  made from
linerboard. Linerboard producers  compete for sales  with producers of  packages
made from plastic or other materials. The demand for foreign sales of linerboard
is  influenced by prices and by changes in the capacity of foreign businesses to
manufacture such products.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company is located adjacent to U.S. Highway 98 and near the Apalachicola
Northern Railroad, a 90-mile shortline railroad owned by St. Joe Paper, both  of
which  provide  ready  access  for  transporting  linerboard  to  the  Company's
customers.
 
SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
 
    The Mill  primarily uses  pulpwood, wood  chips and  recycled fiber  in  the
manufacture  of linerboard. Pursuant  to the Fiber Agreement,  St. Joe Land will
supply pulpwood  and  wood  chips  to  the Company,  and  is  expected  to  meet
approximately  87% of its wood fiber needs during  the first year of the term of
the Agreement, declining to approximately one-half  of its current needs by  the
fourth  year of  the term, based  on prices  published in TIMBER  MART SOUTH, an
industry  publication,   subject   to   adjustment   for   changes   in   market
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
conditions.  The Company believes that such prices  are no less favorable to the
Company than those obtainable in  the open market. As  St. Joe Land reduces  the
volume  of  fiber  being  supplied  to  the  Company,  the  Company  anticipates
purchasing its raw materials from various sawmills, chipmills, contract  loggers
and  dealers  throughout a  75-100 mile  area surrounding  the Mill.  Stone will
manage the wood procurement  effort and will procure,  on a best efforts  basis,
additional wood fiber on behalf of the Company at prices and on terms similar to
wood fiber purchases for Stone's paper mill located in Panama City, Florida. See
"The Acquisition."
 
    Approximately  13% of the Mill's pulp  requirements were met through the use
of recycled fiber in 1995. Recycled fiber is purchased from corrugated container
plants, supermarket chains and paper stock companies. Prices for recycled  fiber
are  sensitive to demand fluctuations. The  Company believes that the demand for
recycled fiber will increase and expects that the cost of purchasing such  fiber
will  also increase as a result of  this increased demand and market conditions.
The Mill contains an OCC facility which  can process up to approximately 28%  of
the total fiber needs of the Company.
 
    The  Company believes that an adequate supply  of fiber will be available to
the Company at competitive prices. The availability of fiber, and its cost,  may
be  subject to  substantial variation,  depending upon  economic and competitive
factors. The supply of pulpwood and wood chips, in particular, is dependent upon
political, environmental and conservation considerations.
 
ENERGY REQUIREMENTS
 
    The Mill produces energy primarily from a chemical recovery boiler and a new
combination bark/gas fueled boiler. The  Mill's boilers use biomass fuel  (scrub
wood,  bark and timber wastes) and black liquor solids (a by-product of the wood
pulping process) to meet  a substantial percentage  of its energy  requirements.
The  Mill has achieved lower energy costs  by using increasing amounts of timber
harvesting and pulp by-products as energy sources. In 1995, fuel oil and natural
gas accounted  for approximately  25.7%  of the  Mill's energy  requirements  as
compared  to approximately 25.9%  in 1994. Pursuant to  the Fiber Agreement, the
Company must purchase biomass from  St. Joe Land during  the first year of  such
Fiber  Agreement and  at the  Company's option  each year  thereafter upon prior
written notification to St. Joe Land at prices no less favorable to the  Company
than would be offered to unrelated third parties. See "The Acquisition."
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    The  Mill's operations and properties are  subject to extensive and changing
federal, state and  local environmental  laws and  regulations, including  those
requirements that regulate discharges into the environment, waste management and
remediation  of environmental contamination.  Environmental permits are required
for the  operation  of  the  Mill.  Such  permits  are  subject  to  revocation,
modification  and renewal.  Governmental authorities  have the  power to enforce
compliance with environmental requirements and  violators are subject to  fines,
injunctions  or both. Third  parties may also  have the right  to sue to enforce
compliance with such regulations. There can be no assurance that material  costs
or  liabilities will not be  incurred by the Company as  a result thereof. It is
also possible that other developments, such as the potential for more  stringent
requirements  of environmental  laws and enforcement  policies thereunder, could
bring into  question the  handling, manufacture,  use, emission  or disposal  of
substances  or pollutants  at linerboard  and market  pulp mills,  including the
Mill. In order to meet changing licensing and regulatory standards, the  Company
may   be  required  to  make   additional  site  or  operational  modifications,
potentially involving substantial expenditures,  and reduction or suspension  of
certain operations.
 
    The  Mill believes  it is  in substantial  compliance with  current federal,
state and local environmental laws and regulations. St. Joe has in the past made
significant capital  expenditures  to  comply  with water,  air  and  solid  and
hazardous   waste  regulations.   The  Company   expects  to   make  significant
expenditures in the future. The  Company anticipates that environmental  capital
expenditures will be approximately $2.0 million in each of 1996 and 1997.
 
    In  November  1993, the  EPA announced  proposed  regulations, known  as the
"cluster rules," that  would require more  stringent controls on  air and  water
discharges from pulp and paper mills under the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air
Act.  In March  1996, the  EPA reopened  the comment  period for  certain of the
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
proposed cluster  rule  air  regulations  and  proposed  additional  regulations
regarding  air discharges. It is expected that  the cluster rules, if adopted as
currently proposed,  would  require  substantial  capital  expenditures  by  the
Company,   particularly  with  respect  to   the  production  of  mottled  white
linerboard. Pulp and  paper manufacturers have  submitted extensive comments  to
the EPA on the proposed regulations in support of the position that requirements
under  the  proposed  regulations  are  unnecessarily  complex,  burdensome  and
environmentally unjustified. It cannot be predicted at this time whether the EPA
will modify  the requirements  in the  final regulations.  Based on  information
presently  available from the EPA,  it is expected that  the EPA will promulgate
the final cluster rules in 1996.  In addition, the Company anticipates that  the
earliest  time for industry  compliance with certain  aspects of the regulations
should not be prior to  the last quarter of 1997,  and that compliance with  the
remaining  elements  will  be  required  by the  end  of  1999.  The  Company is
considering and evaluating the potential  impact of the proposed regulations  on
its operations and capital expenditures over the next several years. The Company
estimates the capital spending that may be required to comply with a majority of
the  final regulations could be $27.0 million over a three-year period beginning
in 1997 (but could reach as high  as $67.0 million under the currently  proposed
regulations). If the Company determines to discontinue the production of mottled
white  linerboard,  the  Company  estimates the  capital  spending  that  may be
required to comply  with the  majority of the  final regulations  could be  $5.0
million  over a three-year period beginning in  1997 (but could reach as high as
$45.0 million under the currently proposed regulations). The ultimate  financial
impact  of the regulations on the Company cannot be accurately estimated at this
time but will  depend on  the nature  of the  final regulations,  the timing  of
required implementation and the cost and availability of new technology.
 
   
    The  Company  may  determine  that under  the  final  regulations  the costs
associated with the production  of mottled white  linerboard may be  prohibitive
and  may discontinue  its production. Because  of the  higher margins associated
with mottled  white  linerboard,  in  the event  the  Company  discontinues  the
production   of  mottled  white  linerboard  and  converts  that  production  to
unbleached kraft  linerboard,  its revenues  and  profit margins  may  decrease;
however,  the Company  does not  expect such  event to  have a  material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. Net sales
of mottled white linerboard were $145.1 million for 1995.
    
 
    In addition, the Company may from time to time be subject to litigation  and
governmental  proceedings  regarding environmental  matters in  which injunctive
and/or monetary relief is sought.
 
    The Mill has notified the DEP of air emission sources that are not currently
permitted and  has  received an  exemption  for  these sources  until  they  are
included  in the Mill's application for an operating permit under Title V of the
Clean Air  Act.  The Company  does  not anticipate  that  additional  permitting
requirements  under the Title V program will impose substantial additional costs
on the Company.
 
    Wastewater from the Mill is handled by  IWTP under a permit issued by  CPSJ.
The  Company will bear the preponderate costs  of operating the IWTP pursuant to
an agreement  with  the  IWTP  and  other industrial  users  of  the  IWTP.  The
wastewater  is discharged from the IWTP into  the Gulf County Canal. The ability
of CPSJ to take wastewater from  the Company is dependent upon CPSJ  maintaining
its  National Pollutant Discharge  Elimination System permit.  CPSJ is appealing
the recent permit issued by the EPA  and is objecting to certain parameters  and
conditions of the permit. The Company will cooperate with CPSJ and believes that
an  unsuccessful appeal would not impair IWTP's ability to accept its wastewater
nor substantially affect its costs.
 
    Based on historical exceedances of state ground water quality standards, the
DEP has asked CPSJ  to conduct ground  water monitoring in  the vicinity of  the
IWTP.  Pursuant to the agreement  with the IWTP and  other industrial users, the
Company may bear a share of remedial costs, if any, to address the ground  water
contamination.  At  this time,  the Company  cannot  estimate the  likelihood of
remediation or  any  associated costs,  or  predict if  the  cost would  have  a
material adverse affect on the Company's business or financial condition.
 
    In  March  1996, the  EPA announced  plans to  propose a  new Clean  Air Act
regulation that may  impose additional  restrictions on the  air emissions  from
combustion    sources    at    the    Mill.   Although    the    EPA    is   not
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
expected to publish  the rule in  proposed form  until late 1996,  based on  the
Company's  current understanding of the rule,  the Company estimates that it may
result in the incurrence of capital costs of approximately $5.0 million to $10.0
million. These  capital costs  are expected  to be  incurred over  a  three-year
period after the rule becomes final.
 
    The Company has detected contamination of ground water from historical black
liquor  spills on the  Mill property. Based on  the concentrations detected, the
Company believes that no remediation will be required. In the event  remediation
is required, however, the Company estimates that its costs will be approximately
$2.1  million. The potential remediation costs for the black liquor ground water
contamination are subject to limited indemnification as discussed below.
 
   
    The Company  believes that  the occurrence  of the  foregoing  environmental
contingencies,  in the  aggregate, could have  a material adverse  impact on the
financial condition of the Company.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the environmental indemnification provisions of the  Acquisition
Agreement,  the Paper Indemnitors have agreed  to indemnify the Company and Four
M, to the extent permissable by law for "On-Site Environmental Liabilities"  (as
defined  in the Acquisition  Agreement) arising from the  operations at the Mill
and the Container Properties prior to the consummation of the Acquisition up  to
a  maximum of  $10.0 million of  the first $17.5  million which will  be paid as
follows: (1) the first $2.5 million by the Company or Four M, (2) the next  $2.5
million  by the Paper Indemnitors,  (3) the next $2.5  million by the Company or
Four M, (4) the next  $2.5 million by the Paper  Indemnitors, (5) the next  $2.5
million  by the Company  or Four M  and (6) the  next $5.0 million  by the Paper
Indemnitors; PROVIDED  that  the  conditions  that give  rise  to  such  On-Site
Environmental  Liabilities are discovered and the Paper Indemnitors are notified
not later than three years after the Closing and, subject to certain exceptions,
remediation expenses are incurred within five years after the Closing. The Paper
Indemnitors will have no  responsibility to indemnify  the Company for  expenses
relating  to On-Site Environmental Liabilities in excess of $17.5 million in the
aggregate or  for any  On-Site Environmental  Liabilities discovered  after  the
third  anniversary of the Closing Date. In  addition to the foregoing, the Paper
Indemnitors have agreed to indemnify the  Company for $1.0 million of the  first
$2.1  million of expenses to remediate suspected black liquor spills at the Mill
which will  be  paid  as follows:  (1)  the  first $0.2  million  by  the  Paper
Indemnitors, (2) the next $0.3 million by the Company, (3) the next $0.3 million
by the Paper Indemnitors, (4) the next $0.3 million by the Company, (5) the next
$0.5  million by  the Paper Indemnitors,  and (6)  the next $0.5  million by the
Company. Any expenses  in excess  of $2.1 million  would be  shared as  provided
below.
    
 
    The Company is solely responsible for On-Site Environmental Liabilities that
arise  from the acts or omissions of the  Company after the Closing Date. In the
event On-Site  Environmental  Liabilities  arise from  acts  or  omissions  that
occurred  both  before and  after  the Closing  Date,  such Liabilities  will be
allocated between St. Joe Paper  and St. Joe, on the  one hand, and the  Company
and  Four M, on the  other hand, based on the  relative contribution of the acts
and omissions  occurring  in each  time  period to  such  On-Site  Environmental
Liabilities.  St. Joe Paper and its affiliates, including St. Joe, have retained
responsibility for all "Off-Site Environmental  Liabilities" (as defined in  the
Acquisition  Agreement). In  the event Off-Site  Environmental Liabilities arise
from acts or  omissions that occurred  both before and  after the Closing  Date,
such Liabilities will be allocated between St. Joe Paper and St. Joe, on the one
hand,  and the  Company and  Four M, on  the other  hand, based  on the relative
contribution of the  acts and omissions  occurring in each  time period to  such
Off-Site  Environmental  Liabilities.  Should a  condition  exist  that requires
remediation costs to be incurred both  within and without the boundaries of  the
real  property, the costs for work within  the boundaries will be deemed On-Site
Environmental Liabilities, and the work  outside such boundaries will be  deemed
Off-Site  Environmental  Liabilities.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions, On-Site
Environmental Liabilities do not include any such liabilities that arise due  to
a change in any law or regulation becoming effective after November 1, 1995.
 
    As  between the Company and Four M, the obligations of the Paper Indemnitors
with respect to  such environmental liabilities  shall be allocated  80% to  the
Company  and 20% to  Four M, with the  Company or Four  M being obligated, under
certain circumstances, to reimburse the other in the event either recovers  more
than its allocated percentage share and the other recovers less.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    The   obligations  of  the   Paper  Indemnitors  with   respect  to  On-Site
Environmental Liabilities shall terminate in  the event that either the  Company
or  Four M is  subject to a "Change  of Control" (as  defined in the Acquisition
Agreement). Change of Control is defined to mean (i) a transaction in which  any
Person  or Group (as defined  in Rule 13d-5 of the  Exchange Act) other than the
"Principals" (as  defined in  the Acquisition  Agreement) or  the "Lenders"  (as
defined in the Acquisition Agreement) acquires more than 50% of the total voting
power  of all classes of voting member  interests of the Company or voting stock
of Four M, as the case may be,  (ii) a transaction in which any Person or  Group
(as  defined in Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or the
Lenders has  a sufficient  number  of nominees  elected  as shall  constitute  a
majority  of  the  members of  the  Management Oversight  Committee  (as defined
herein) of the Company or the Board of Directors of Four M, as the case may  be,
(iii)  the  sale of  all or  substantially all  of the  member interests  of the
Company or capital  stock of  Four M,  as the  case may  be, as  an entirety  or
substantially as an entirety to any Person or Group (as defined in Rule 13d-5 of
the  Exchange Act) other than the Principals or the Lenders and (iv) the sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Four M,  as
the  case may be, as  an entirety or substantially as  an entirety to any Person
other than the  Principals or  the Lenders. For  purposes of  the definition  of
Change  of Control, "Principals" is defined as  (1) Dennis Mehiel in the case of
Four M, (2) Four M and Stone, in the case of the Company, and (3) any Subsidiary
of Dennis Mehiel,  Four M  or Stone,  and "Lenders" is  defined as  one or  more
institutional  lenders which provide debt financing to  the Company or Four M as
of the Closing Date in connection with the Acquisition.
 
    The indemnification provisions  in the Acquisition  Agreement are  generally
intended  to  be the  exclusive remedies  of  the parties  with respect  to such
agreements.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    On July 19, 1996, a civil action  was filed in the Superior Court of  Fulton
County,  Georgia  (the "Suit")  by  Sid Dunken,  a  former employee  of  Four M,
individually and on behalf  of D&M Partnership,  a Georgia partnership,  against
Four  M, Box USA  Group, Inc., Four  M Manufacturing Group  of Georgia, Inc. and
Dennis Mehiel.  The  Company  is not  a  defendant  in the  suit;  however,  the
complaint  alleges that Dunken is entitled to an equity interest in Four M which
includes Four M's  interest in the  Company. In the  alternative, the  complaint
seeks  $150,000,000  in compensatory  damages from  the  defendants, as  well as
punitive damages and attorneys' fees. Four  M believes that the Suit is  without
merit,  intends to defend against  the Suit vigorously and  believes that it has
adequate defenses. However, the Suit is  in a very preliminary stage, and  there
can be no assurance that the outcome of the Suit will not be adverse to Four M.
    
 
   
    From  time to time, St. Joe has  been subject to legal proceedings and other
claims arising  in the  ordinary course  of business  of the  Mill. The  Company
believes  that it  is not presently  a party  to any litigation,  the outcome of
which could reasonably  be expected  to have a  material adverse  effect on  its
financial  condition or results  of operations. The  Company maintains insurance
coverage against claims in an amount which it believes to be adequate.
    
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company owns approximately 80 acres  of land near Port St. Joe,  Florida
on which the Mill is located. As security for the Notes, the Company has granted
the Trustee a mortgage on all of its real property and the improvements thereon.
See "Description of New Notes--Security."
 
    The Company leased to Four M on a net lease basis a certain building located
on its property for a nominal base rent per year.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As  of June  30, 1996,  the Mill  had approximately  625 employees.  Of such
employees, three were engaged in administrative functions, three were engaged in
sales and marketing, 34  were engaged in  accounting, purchasing, personnel  and
security,  412 were engaged  in operations and 173  were engaged in maintenance.
One hundred and sixteen employees were salaried employees and 509 employees were
paid on an  hourly basis. Management  believes that its  employee relations  are
good.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    The  hourly employees of the Company  are represented by three international
unions:  the   United   Paperworkers   International   Union--Local   379,   the
International   Brotherhood   of  Electrical   Workers--   Local  875   and  the
International Association of Machinist  and Aerospace Workers--Local 435.  Since
the  Company  has  not  assumed  St.  Joe's  obligations  under  such collective
bargaining agreements,  the Company  must  negotiate new  collective  bargaining
agreements  covering such employees. There can  be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in renegotiating collective bargaining agreements relating to
the employees at the Mill, or that the Company will not incur increased costs as
a result  of  such  negotiations.  In  addition,  an  extended  interruption  of
operations  at the Mill  could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
    The  following table sets forth  certain information regarding the Company's
executive officers and members of the Company's Management Oversight  Committee,
each  of whom  has served in  the capacity  set forth below  since the Company's
inception.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME                AGE                              POSITION
- ------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>
Harold D. Wright                  58   Chairman and Committee Member
Clinton G. Ames                   73   President
Green Long                        46   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Roger W. Stone                    61   Committee Member
Arnold F. Brookstone              66   Committee Member
Dennis Mehiel                     54   Committee Member
Chris Mehiel                      56   Committee Member
Timothy D. McMillin               53   Committee Member
</TABLE>
 
    HAROLD D.  WRIGHT has  been Senior  Vice President  and General  Manager  of
Stone's  North American  Containerboard, Paper  and Pulp  division since January
1996. From 1991 to  January 1996, he  served as Vice  President of Stone's  U.S.
Mill  division.  Mr.  Wright  has  held  various  management  positions  in  the
containerboard and paper industry for more than 30 years.
 
    CLINTON G. AMES has been a Director of Four M since 1992 and has been  Chief
Executive  Officer of  Four M  Paper Corporation, a  subsidiary of  Four M which
operates a corrugating  medium mill, since  July 1995. From  April 1994  through
July  1995, Mr. Ames served  as Four M's President,  Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Operating Officer.  From 1990 to  1994, he served  as the Chief  Executive
Officer of The Fonda Group, Inc. ("Fonda"), a subsidiary of Four M. From 1988 to
1990,  Mr. Ames served as a  consultant to Four M. Prior  to joining Four M, Mr.
Ames was with Inland Container Corporation for 19 years, commencing in 1968.  In
1974, he became Inland's President and, in 1978, its Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman,  positions he held until  he retired from Inland  in 1987. Mr. Ames is
also a Director of Bell Packaging Corporation.
 
    GREEN LONG has served  as Controller of Stone's  Hodge Mill since 1984.  Mr.
Long  has been involved in the financial  management of pulp and paper mills for
more than 20 years.
 
    ROGER W. STONE has been the Chairman, President and Chief Executive  Officer
of  Stone since 1979.  He is also  a Director of  McDonald's Corporation, Morton
International, Inc.,  Stone-Consolidated  Corporation,  Option  Care,  Inc.  and
Continere Corporation.
 
    ARNOLD  F.  BROOKSTONE retired  from  Stone in  January  1996; he  is  now a
consultant  to  Stone.  Mr.  Brookstone  is  a  director  of  Stone-Consolidated
Corporation,  Donnelly Corporation,  MFRI, Inc.,  Rembrandt Funds  and Continere
Corporation.
 
    DENNIS MEHIEL,  a co-founder  of Four  M, has  been the  Chairman and  Chief
Executive  Officer of Four M  since 1977, except during  a leave of absence from
April 1, 1994 through July  1995. Mr. Mehiel is also  the Chairman of Fonda  and
the MannKraft Corporation, a corrugated container manufacturer.
 
    CHRIS  MEHIEL, a co-founder of Four M  and the brother of Dennis Mehiel, has
been Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Four  M
since September 1995. Mr. Mehiel was President of Fibre Marketing Group, Inc., a
waste paper recovery business which he co-founded, from 1994 to January 1996. He
is  the President  of the  managing member  of Fibre  Marketing Group,  LLC, the
successor to Fibre Marketing Group, Inc. From 1993 to 1994, Mr. Mehiel served as
President and Chief  Operating Officer  of MannKraft Corporation.  From 1982  to
1992,  Mr.  Mehiel  served  as  the President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer of
Specialty Industries,  Inc.,  a waste  paper  processing and  box  manufacturing
company.
 
    TIMOTHY D. MCMILLIN has been a Director of Four M since 1983 and Senior Vice
President  and  Chief Financial  Officer of  Four M  since September  1995. From
November 1994 to September 1995, he was Chairman of Executive Advisors, Inc.,  a
consulting  firm specializing in financial restructuring. From 1991 to 1994, Mr.
McMillin was an  independent strategic  and financial  consultant. Mr.  McMillin
spent over 25 years
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
in  the financial services industry and  served in various capacities, including
Executive Vice President,  at Maryland  National Bank,  from 1965  to 1990.  Mr.
McMillin  is a Director of EIL Instruments, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor
of testing, measurement and energy control systems.
    
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
    No executive officer of the Company was paid any compensation by the Company
during 1995. Clinton G. Ames  is the only executive  officer who is expected  to
earn  more than $100,000 in total compensation  in 1996. Mr. Ames' annual salary
for 1996  is $150,000  plus  a bonus,  the  amount of  which  has not  yet  been
determined.  The Company  has no  officer holding  the title  of Chief Executive
Officer. The  Company  does  not  at  this time  contemplate  that  any  of  its
executives  will  be  provided  with  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  stock
appreciation rights, phantom stock or similar equity benefits.
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                               SECURITY OWNERSHIP
 
   
    Each of Stone, through its wholly owned subsidiary SSJ Corporation, and Four
M, through its wholly owned  subsidiary Box USA Paper Corporation,  beneficially
own  50% of the membership interests of the Company. Each of SSJ Corporation and
Box USA Paper Corporation owns 50% of the membership interests of Florida  Coast
Holding,  which, in turn, owns a 99% membership interest in the Company. Florida
Coast Paper Corporation,  a wholly  owned subsidiary of  Florida Coast  Holding,
owns  a 1% interest in the Company. The membership interests in the Company have
been pledged to Stone as  security for its $30.0  million loan to Florida  Coast
Holding.  Dennis Mehiel currently owns all  the outstanding common stock of Four
M. There is no person  known to the Company to  be the beneficial owner of  more
than  10% of Stone's common stock. Finance Corp. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company.  The  following chart  illustrates  the ownership  of  the  Company
following the Acquisition:
    
 
                             [ORGANIZATIONAL CHART]
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
                       FLORIDA COAST MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth the membership interests in the Company:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                         ----------------------------------------------
                                                                               NUMBER OF UNITS          PERCENTAGE OF
                      NAME AND ADDRESS OF MEMBER                          OF COMMON MEMBER INTEREST       OWNERSHIP
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                          <C>
Florida Coast Paper Holding Co., L.L.C.(1).............................
  600 U.S. Highway 98
  Port St. Joe, FL 32456                                                             39,600                      99%
Florida Coast Paper Corporation........................................
  600 U.S. Highway 98
  Port St. Joe, FL 32456                                                                400                       1%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1)   Each of SSJ  Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary  of Stone, and Box USA
    Paper Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Four M, owns a 50%  interest
     in this limited liability company.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The  New Notes  will be  issued pursuant  to an  indenture (the "Indenture")
between the Issuers and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee
(the "Trustee").  The  terms  of the  New  Notes  include those  stated  in  the
Indenture  and  those made  part  of the  Indenture  by reference  to  the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The New Notes are subject  to
all  such terms, and Holders of New Notes  are referred to the Indenture and the
Trust Indenture  Act for  a  statement thereof.  The  following summary  of  the
Indenture  does not purport to  be complete and is  qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Indenture, including  the definitions therein of certain  terms
used  below.  Copies of  the  Indenture, Collateral  Documents  and Registration
Rights Agreement are available as  set forth under "Available Information."  The
definitions  of certain terms used in the  following summary are set forth below
under "--Certain Definitions."
    
 
    The New Notes will be senior  secured obligations of the Issuers, will  rank
senior  in right of payment to all  subordinated indebtedness of the Issuers and
will rank  PARI  PASSU in  right  of payment  with  all senior  borrowings.  See
"--Security."
 
    Finance  Corp.  is  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  that was
incorporated in Delaware for the purpose of serving as a co-issuer of the Notes.
The Company believes that Holders  of the New Notes  may be restricted in  their
ability  to purchase debt securities of limited liability companies, such as the
Company, unless  such  debt securities  are  jointly issued  by  a  corporation.
Finance  Corp. will not have  any substantial operations or  assets and will not
have any revenues.  As a  result, Holders  of the  New Notes  should not  expect
Finance Corp. to participate in servicing the interest and principal obligations
on  the  New  Notes.  See "--Certain  Covenants--Restrictions  on  Activities of
Finance Corp."
 
SECURITY
 
    The New Notes will be secured by  a first mortgage on all real property  and
improvements  comprising  the Mill  and a  first  priority security  interest in
substantially all of the equipment of the  Mill and certain other assets of  the
Company  (but excluding, among other  things, inventory and accounts receivable,
and the  proceeds  thereof).  The  Company entered  into  a  Mortgage,  Security
Agreement,  Fixture  Filing  Statement  and  Assignment  of  Rents,  Leases  and
Leasehold Interests (the "Mortgage") providing for  the grant by the Company  to
the  Trustee, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent") for
the ratable benefit of the Holders of the  Notes, of a mortgage in the land  and
the  improvements thereon.  The Company entered  into a  security agreement (the
"Security Agreement") providing for the grant  by the Company to the  Collateral
Agent  for the ratable benefit  of the Holders of the  Notes of a first priority
security interest in substantially all of the equipment and certain other assets
of the Company.  Such mortgage  and security  interests secure  the payment  and
performance  when  due  of all  of  the  Obligations of  the  Issuers  under the
Indenture, the New Notes and the Collateral Documents. The Company has the right
to grant a security interest in accounts receivable and inventory of the Company
and any and  all proceeds thereof  to secure its  obligations under any  working
capital  facility which is a Qualifying Facility (as such term is defined in the
Subordinated Credit Agreement).
 
    In the event that any Collateral  is sold in accordance with the  provisions
of  the Indenture and the Net Proceeds  therefrom are applied in accordance with
the terms of  the covenant  entitled "--Repurchase at  Option of  Holders--Asset
Sales and Events of Loss," the Collateral Agent shall release the Liens in favor
of  the Collateral  Agent in the  Collateral sold; PROVIDED  that the Collateral
Agent shall  have received  from the  Company an  Officer's Certificate  and  an
Opinion  of Counsel that such Net Proceeds have been or will be so applied. Upon
the full and  final payment and  performance of all  Obligations of the  Issuers
under  the Indenture, the New Notes and the Collateral Documents, the Collateral
Documents shall terminate and the Collateral shall be released from the Lien  of
the  applicable Collateral Document. If an  Event of Default (as defined herein)
has occurred  and is  continuing, the  rights  and remedies  of the  Trustee  as
Collateral Agent for the Holders of the New Notes with respect to the Collateral
is as set forth in the Collateral Documents.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
    The  New  Notes will  be  limited in  aggregate  principal amount  to $165.0
million and will mature on June 1,  2003. Interest on the New Notes will  accrue
at the rate of 12 3/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
June  1 and December 1 of each year,  commencing on December 1, 1996, to Holders
of record on the immediately preceding May  15 and November 15. Interest on  the
New  Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid
or, if no interest has  been paid, from the date  of issuance. Interest will  be
computed  on the  basis of  a 360-day  year comprised  of twelve  30-day months.
Principal of, premium and interest, if any, on the New Notes will be payable  at
the  office or  agency of  the Issuers  maintained for  such purpose  or, at the
option of the Issuers, payment of interest, if any, may be made by check  mailed
to  the Holders of the New Notes at  their respective addresses set forth in the
register of Holders of New Notes; PROVIDED that all payments with respect to New
Notes to the Holders  who have given wire  transfer instructions to the  Issuers
will  be required to be made by  wire transfer of immediately available funds to
the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the
Issuers, the  Issuers'  office or  agency  will be  the  office of  the  Trustee
maintained  for such purpose. The  New Notes will be  issued in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
    The New Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to June 1,
2000. Thereafter, the New Notes will be  subject to redemption at the option  of
the  Issuers, in whole or in part, upon not  less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal  amount)
set  forth  below plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest,  if any,  thereon  to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on June 1 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                     PERCENTAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>
2000...................................................................    106.375%
2001...................................................................    103.188%
2002 and thereafter....................................................    100.000%
</TABLE>
 
    Notwithstanding the  foregoing, at  any  time prior  to  June 1,  1999,  the
Issuers may redeem up to one-third in aggregate principal amount of New Notes at
a redemption price of 112.75% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus
accrued  and unpaid interest, if  any, thereon to the  redemption date, with the
net proceeds of  a public  offering of  Capital Stock  (other than  Disqualified
Stock)  of the Company; PROVIDED that at least two-thirds in aggregate principal
amount of the New Notes originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and PROVIDED, further, that
such redemption shall occur within 60 days after the date of the closing of such
public offering of Capital Stock of the Company.
 
    In addition, upon the  occurrence of a  Change of Control  prior to June  1,
2000,  the Issuers, at their  option, may redeem all, but  not less than all, of
the outstanding New Notes at a redemption  price equal to 100% of the  principal
amount  thereof plus  the applicable  Make-Whole Premium  (a "Change  of Control
Redemption"). The Issuers shall give not less than 30 and not more than 60 days'
notice (a "Change  of Control Purchase  Notice") of such  redemption within  ten
days  following a  Change of Control.  In the  event that the  Issuers give such
notice, the Issuers shall not be obligated to make a Change of Control Offer  as
described under "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change of Control."
 
SELECTION AND NOTICE
 
    If  less than all of the New Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection
of New Notes for redemption will be  made by the Trustee in compliance with  the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
New  Notes are listed,  or, if the  New Notes are  not so listed,  on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and  appropriate;
PROVIDED  that no New Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices
of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more  than
60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of New Notes to be redeemed at
its  registered address.  If any New  Note is to  be redeemed in  part only, the
notice of redemption that relates  to such New Note  shall state the portion  of
the   principal   amount  thereof   to   be  redeemed.   A   new  New   Note  in
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
principal amount equal to the unredeemed  portion thereof will be issued in  the
name  of the Holder thereof  upon cancellation of the  original New Note. On and
after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on New Notes or portions of
them called for redemption.
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
    Except as set forth below under "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the
Issuers are not required to make  mandatory redemption or sinking fund  payments
with respect to the New Notes.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
    CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Upon  the occurrence of a  Change of Control, unless  the Issuers shall have
delivered  a  Change  of  Control  Purchase  Notice  as  described  above  under
"--Optional Redemption," each Holder of New Notes will have the right to require
the  Issuers  to repurchase  all or  any part  (equal to  $1,000 or  an integral
multiple thereof) of  such Holder's New  Notes pursuant to  the offer  described
below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
thereon  to the date of  purchase (the "Change of  Control Payment"). Within ten
days following any Change  of Control, the  Issuers will mail  a notice to  each
Holder  describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of
Control and offering to repurchase New Notes pursuant to the procedures required
by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuers will comply with  the
requirements  of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and  regulations  are
applicable  in connection with the repurchase of the  New Notes as a result of a
Change of Control.
 
    On the  Change of  Control Payment  Date, the  Issuers will,  to the  extent
lawful,  (1)  accept for  payment  all New  Notes  or portions  thereof properly
tendered pursuant to the  Change of Control Offer,  (2) deposit with the  Paying
Agent  an amount equal  to the Change of  Control Payment in  respect of all New
Notes or portions thereof so tendered and  (3) deliver or cause to be  delivered
to  the Trustee the New Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
stating the aggregate principal  amount of New Notes  or portions thereof  being
purchased  by the Issuers. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of
New Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such New Notes, and  the
Trustee  will  promptly authenticate  and mail  (or cause  to be  transferred by
book-entry) to each  Holder a  new New  Note equal  in principal  amount to  any
unpurchased  portion of  the New Notes  surrendered, if any;  PROVIDED that each
such new  New Note  will be  in  a principal  amount of  $1,000 or  an  integral
multiple  thereof. The Issuers will publicly  announce the results of the Change
of Control  Offer on  or as  soon as  practicable after  the Change  of  Control
Payment Date.
 
    Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
does  not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the New Notes to require
that the Issuers repurchase or redeem the New Notes in the event of a  takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction. The Issuers' ability to pay cash to the
Holders  of New  Notes upon  a repurchase  may be  limited by  the Issuers' then
existing financial resources.
 
    The Issuers will not be  required to make a Change  of Control Offer upon  a
Change  of Control  if a third  party makes the  Change of Control  Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and
purchases all New Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change  of
Control Offer.
 
    "CHANGE  OF CONTROL" means the  occurrence of any of  the following: (i) the
adoption of a plan  relating to the liquidation  or dissolution of the  Company,
(ii)   the  loss,  destruction,  damage,  condemnation,  seizure,  confiscation,
requisition of the use or taking by  exercise of the power of eminent domain  or
otherwise,  of a substantial part  of the assets comprising  the Mill, (iii) the
consummation of any  transaction (including, without  limitation, any merger  or
consolidation)  the result of  which is that  (a) any "person"  (as such term is
used in  Section  13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange  Act),  other than  Stone  and  its
Subsidiaries  or Four M and its Subsidiaries, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
such term is  defined in  Rule 13d-3  and Rule  13d-5 under  the Exchange  Act),
directly  or indirectly,  of more  of the voting  interests in  the Company than
Stone and its
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries or (b) Stone and its  Subsidiaries are the "beneficial owners"  (as
such  term is  defined above) of  less than 35%  of the voting  interests in the
Company, (iv)  the first  day on  which  more than  50% of  the members  of  the
Management  Committee are not Continuing  Members or (v) the  first day on which
the Company fails to own 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests  of
Finance  Corp.  For  purposes of  this  definition,  any transfer  of  an equity
interest of  an entity  that was  formed  for the  purpose of  acquiring  voting
interests in the Company will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such
voting interests as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity that
has been so transferred.
 
    "CONTINUING  MEMBER" means, as  of any date of  determination, any member of
the Management Committee who (i) was a member of the Management Committee on the
date of  the  Indenture  or  (ii)  was either  nominated  for  election  to  the
Management Committee with the approval of at least 50% of the Continuing Members
who  were members of the Management Committee  at the time of such nomination or
election or was designated for election to the Management Committee by Stone  or
by Four M.
 
    ASSET SALES AND EVENTS OF LOSS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in an  Asset Sale unless (a) the Company
or  the  applicable  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as  the  case  may  be,   receives
consideration  in respect of and concurrently with  such Asset Sale of an amount
that is at  least equal  to the  fair market value  of the  relevant assets,  as
determined  in  good faith  by the  Management  Committee, and  (b) 75%  of such
consideration is  in  cash  or  Cash Equivalents.  Within  270  days  after  the
consummation  of  such Asset  Sale,  the Company  may  apply, or  may  cause the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary to  apply, all of  the Net Proceeds  therefrom,
individually  or  in  combination,  (i)  to  purchase  or  otherwise  invest  in
additional assets or (ii) to repay Indebtedness secured by such assets, PROVIDED
that the lien  securing such Indebtedness  was permitted to  be incurred by  the
Indenture.  Any  such  Net  Proceeds not  so  applied  shall  constitute "Excess
Proceeds" and shall be  applied to make an  Excess Proceeds Offer in  accordance
with the terms described below.
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries  to, engage in  a Collateral Asset  Sale unless (a)
such Collateral  Asset Sale  involves  the Mill  in  its entirety,  or  involves
Collateral  with a fair market value not  exceeding $10.0 million on the date of
consummation of the sale  thereof (a "Partial Collateral  Asset Sale"); (b)  the
Company  receives  consideration  in  respect  of  and  concurrently  with  such
Collateral Asset  Sale  at  least  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of  such
Collateral;  (c) with  respect to each  such Collateral Asset  Sale, the Company
delivers an Officers'  Certificate to  the Trustee dated  no more  than 30  days
prior  to  the  date of  consummation  of  the relevant  Collateral  Asset Sale,
certifying that (i) such sale complies with clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii)  the
fair  market value of the Collateral being  sold was determined in good faith by
the Management Committee  (whose determination  was based  on the  opinion of  a
nationally recognized qualified independent appraiser prepared contemporaneously
with  such  Collateral Asset  Sale and  which  opinion will  be evidenced  by an
opinion letter  of  the independent  appraiser  and attached  to  the  Officers'
Certificate)  as evidenced by copies of a resolution of the Management Committee
adopted in respect of and concurrently  with such Collateral Asset Sale; (d)  in
the  case  of  a Partial  Collateral  Asset  Sale, the  opinion  letter  of such
independent appraiser pursuant to  clause (c) above  states that, excluding  the
fair  market value of  the portion of  the Collateral being  sold, the aggregate
fair market value of the portion of  such Collateral not being sold will not  be
less  than the aggregate  fair market value  of such portion  of such Collateral
prior to the  sale of,  and prior to  the release  of the Lien  of the  Trustee,
pursuant  to the applicable security  document, on the portion  of the Mill; (e)
100% of such  consideration is  in cash  or Cash  Equivalents; and  (f) the  Net
Proceeds  therefrom  shall be  paid  directly by  the  purchaser thereof  to the
Trustee, pursuant to the applicable security document, as additional Collateral.
The Net Proceeds  of all Asset  Sales will promptly  and without commingling  be
deposited  with the Trustee  in the form received  to be held  by the Trustee as
Collateral in the Asset Sale Account until applied as permitted pursuant to this
paragraph. In the case of a  Partial Collateral Asset Sale, the Company,  within
270  days from the date of consummation  of a Partial Collateral Asset Sale, may
apply all  of the  Net Proceeds  therefrom to  purchase or  otherwise invest  in
Replacement  Collateral. Any such  Net Proceeds not  so applied shall constitute
"Excess Proceeds"  and shall  be applied  to make  an Excess  Proceeds Offer  in
accordance with the terms of the last paragraph of this covenant. In the case of
a Collateral Asset Sale other than a Partial
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
Collateral  Asset  Sale, the  Company shall  comply  with the  covenant entitled
"Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets" and all of the Net Proceeds therefrom
shall constitute  "Excess Proceeds"  and  shall be  applied  to make  an  Excess
Proceeds Offer in accordance with the terms described below.
 
    The Indenture provides that if the Company suffers an Event of Loss, (a) the
Net  Proceeds therefrom shall be  paid directly by the  party providing such Net
Proceeds to  the Trustee,  pursuant  to the  applicable Collateral  Document  as
additional  Collateral,  (b)  such  Net  Proceeds  shall  promptly  and  without
commingling be deposited with the Trustee in the form received to be held by the
Trustee as Collateral in  the Event of Loss  Account until applied as  permitted
pursuant  to this paragraph and (c) the  Company shall take such actions, at its
sole expense, as may  be required to  ensure that the  Trustee, pursuant to  the
applicable  Collateral  Document, has  from  the date  of  such deposit  a first
ranking Lien (subject to Permitted Liens)  on such Net Proceeds pursuant to  the
terms  of the applicable Collateral Document. Within  270 days of receipt of the
Net Proceeds from any such Event of Loss,  the Company may apply all of the  Net
Proceeds   received  therefrom,  together  with  all  interest  earned  thereon,
individually  or  in  combination,  (i)  to  purchase  or  otherwise  invest  in
Replacement  Collateral or (ii) to restore the relevant Collateral. In the event
that the  Company elects  to restore  the relevant  Collateral pursuant  to  the
foregoing clause (b)(ii), within six months of receipt of such Net Proceeds from
an  Event of Loss,  the Company shall  (x) give the  Trustee irrevocable written
notice of such election and (y) enter into a binding commitment to restore  such
Collateral,  a copy of which shall be supplied to the Trustee, and shall have 24
months from the date  of such binding commitment  to complete such  restoration,
which  shall be  carried out with  due diligence.  Any such Net  Proceeds not so
applied shall  constitute "Excess  Proceeds" and  shall be  applied to  make  an
Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with the terms of the last paragraph of this
covenant.
 
    Under  the terms  of the  Indenture, in the  event that  the Company decides
pursuant to  the third  sentence of  the second  paragraph of  this covenant  or
clause  (i) of the preceding paragraph to  apply any portion of the Net Proceeds
from a Collateral  Asset Sale  or Event of  Loss, respectively,  to purchase  or
otherwise  invest in  Replacement Collateral, (i)  the Company  shall deliver an
Officers' Certificate to the  Trustee dated no  more than 30  days prior to  the
date  of  consummation of  the  relevant investment  in  Replacement Collateral,
certifying that  the  purchase  price  for  the  amount  of  the  investment  in
Replacement Collateral does not exceed the fair market value of such Replacement
Collateral  as  determined  in good  faith  by the  Management  Committee (whose
determination shall be based on the opinion of a qualified independent appraiser
prepared  contemporaneously  with  such  consummation  of  the  purchase  of  or
investment  in the Replacement Collateral and which opinion will be evidenced by
an opinion letter  of the independent  appraiser and attached  to the  Officers'
Certificate), as evidenced by copies of a resolution of the Management Committee
adopted  in respect of and concurrently  with the investment in such Replacement
Collateral; and (ii) the Company shall  take such actions, at its sole  expense,
as  shall  be  required  to  permit  the  Trustee,  pursuant  to  the applicable
Collateral Document,  to  release  such  Net  Proceeds  from  the  Lien  of  the
applicable Collateral Document and to ensure that the Trustee has, from the date
of such purchase or investment, a first ranking Lien (subject to Permitted Liens
on  such  Collateral)  on  such  Replacement  Collateral  under  the  applicable
Collateral Document.
 
    When the  aggregate amount  of  Excess Proceeds  exceeds $5.0  million,  the
Company  will be  required to  make an  offer to  all Holders  of New  Notes (an
"Excess Proceeds Offer") to purchase the  maximum principal amount of New  Notes
that  may be purchased out of the Excess  Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in
an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and  unpaid
interest,  if  any, thereon  to the  date  of purchase,  in accordance  with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate  amount
of  New Notes  tendered pursuant to  an Excess  Proceeds Offer is  less than the
Excess Proceeds, the Company may use  any remaining Excess Proceeds for  general
corporate  purposes. If the aggregate principal  amount of New Notes surrendered
by Holders thereof  exceeds the  amount of  Excess Proceeds,  the Trustee  shall
select  the New Notes  to be purchased on  a pro rata  basis. Upon completion of
such offer to purchase, the  amount of Excess Proceeds  shall be reset at  zero.
The Trustee shall continue to have and the Company shall grant to the Trustee on
behalf of the Holders a first priority Lien on any properties or assets acquired
with  the Net Proceeds of any such Asset Sale  or Event of Loss on the terms set
forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or  indirectly: (i) declare or pay  any
dividend  or make any other payment or  distribution on account of the Company's
or any  of its  Restricted Subsidiaries'  Equity Interests  (including,  without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving
the  Company)  or to  the direct  or  indirect holders  of the  Company's Equity
Interests in  their capacity  as  such (other  than dividends  or  distributions
payable  in Equity Interests  (other than Disqualified Stock)  of the Company or
dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Equity Interests of the  Company or any direct or indirect  parent
of  the Company or  other Affiliate of  the Company (other  than any such Equity
Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of  the
Company);  (iii) make any principal payment  on, or purchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value  any Indebtedness that is subordinated  to
the  New Notes, except at final maturity; (iv) make any payment of cash interest
on  any  subordinated  debt  permitting  payment  of  interest  with  securities
subordinated  to the  New Notes; (v)  make the  payment of cash  interest on, or
principal of, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (xiii) of the  second
paragraph  of the covenant entitled "--Incurrence of Indebtedness"; or (vi) make
any Restricted Investment  (all such  payments and  other actions  set forth  in
clauses  (i) through  (vi) above being  collectively referred  to as "Restricted
Payments"), unless, at the  time of and after  giving effect to such  Restricted
Payment:
 
        (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
    or would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
        (b)  the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
    giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been  made
    at  the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted
    to incur at  least $1.00 of  additional Indebtedness pursuant  to the  Fixed
    Charge  Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant
    described above under caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness"; and
 
        (c) such Restricted Payment,  together with the  aggregate of all  other
    Restricted  Payments  made by  the Company  and its  Restricted Subsidiaries
    after the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted  by
    clauses  (2) - (5),  but including Restricted  Payments permitted by clauses
    (1) and (6), of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of  (i)
    50%  of the Consolidated Net Income of  the Company for the period (taken as
    one accounting  period)  from the  beginning  of the  first  fiscal  quarter
    commencing  after the date of the Indenture to the end of the Company's most
    recently ended fiscal  quarter for which  internal financial statements  are
    available  at the time of such  Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated
    Net Income for such period  is a deficit, less  100% of such deficit),  plus
    (ii)  100% of the aggregate  net cash proceeds received  by the Company from
    the issue or sale since the date of the Indenture of Equity Interests of the
    Company or of debt securities of  the Company that have been converted  into
    such  Equity  Interests (other  than Equity  Interests (or  convertible debt
    securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than  Disqualified
    Stock  or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock),
    plus (iii) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made  after
    the date of the Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid
    for  cash, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such
    Restricted Investment (less  the cost of  disposition, if any)  and (B)  the
    initial amount of such Restricted Investment.
 
    The  foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend
within 60  days after  the  date of  declaration thereof,  if  at said  date  of
declaration  such  payment  would  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of the
Indenture; (2) the  redemption, repurchase, retirement  or other acquisition  of
any  Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of,
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of
other Equity  Interests of  the  Company (other  than any  Disqualified  Stock);
PROVIDED that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such  redemption, repurchase, retirement or  other acquisition shall be excluded
from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
(3) the defeasance, redemption or  repurchase of subordinated Indebtedness  with
the  net cash proceeds from an  incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
or the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of Equity Interests  of the  Company (other than  Disqualified Stock);  PROVIDED
that  the amount of  any such net cash  proceeds that are  utilized for any such
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other  acquisition shall be excluded  from
clause  (c)(ii) of  the preceding  paragraph; (4)  so long  as the  Company is a
limited liability company and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, distributions in respect of members' income tax liability  in
an  amount  not  to  exceed  the Tax  Amount  (each  such  distribution,  a "Tax
Distribution"); (5) the  repayment of borrowings  under the Liquidity  Facility;
and  (6) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of any  Equity Interests  of the  Company or  any Restricted  Subsidiary of  the
Company  held  by  any  member  of  the  Company's  (or  any  of  its Restricted
Subsidiaries')  management  pursuant  to  any  management  equity   subscription
agreement  or stock option agreement; PROVIDED that the aggregate price paid for
all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired  or retired Equity Interests shall  not
exceed  $500,000 in  any twelve-month  period plus  the aggregate  cash proceeds
received by the Company during such  twelve-month period from any reissuance  of
Equity  Interests by the Company to members of management of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and no Default or Event of Default shall have  occurred
and be continuing immediately after such transaction.
 
    The  Company  may designate  any Restricted  Subsidiary, other  than Finance
Corp., to be an  Unrestricted Subsidiary if such  designation would not cause  a
Default.  For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments
by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid  in
cash)  in the Subsidiary so designated will  be deemed to be Restricted Payments
at the  time  of such  designation  and will  reduce  the amount  available  for
Restricted  Payments  under  the  first paragraph  of  this  covenant.  All such
outstanding Investments will be  deemed to constitute  Investments in an  amount
equal  to the greatest of (x) the net book value of such Investments at the time
of such designation, (y) the fair market  value of such Investments at the  time
of  such designation and (z) the original  fair market value of such Investments
at the time  they were made.  Such designation  will only be  permitted if  such
Restricted  Payment  would be  permitted  at such  time  and if  such Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
    The amount of all  Restricted Payments (other than  cash) shall be the  fair
market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Management Committee set forth in
an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the Restricted
Payment  of  the asset(s)  proposed to  be  transferred by  the Company  or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may  be, pursuant to the Restricted  Payment.
Not  later than  the date  of making any  Restricted Payment,  the Company shall
deliver to the  Trustee an  Officers' Certificate stating  that such  Restricted
Payment  is permitted  and setting forth  the basis upon  which the calculations
required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were computed, which calculations
may be based upon the Company's latest available financial statements.
 
    INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries  to,  directly or  indirectly,  create, incur,  issue,  assume,
guaranty  or  otherwise become  directly or  indirectly liable,  contingently or
otherwise, with respect to  (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness  (including
Acquired  Debt)  and that  the Company  will not  issue any  Disqualified Stock;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company  may incur Indebtedness (including  Acquired
Debt)  or issue shares of Disqualified Stock  if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
for the  Company's most  recently  ended four  full  fiscal quarters  for  which
internal  financial statements are  available immediately preceding  the date on
which such additional  Indebtedness is  incurred or such  Disqualified Stock  is
issued  would have  been at  least 2.5  to 1,  determined on  a pro  forma basis
(including a pro  forma application of  the net proceeds  therefrom), as if  the
additional  Indebtedness had been  incurred, or the  Disqualified Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
 
    The foregoing provisions will not apply to:
 
        (i) the  incurrence by  the Company  or its  Restricted Subsidiaries  of
    Indebtedness  in respect of the Liquidity Facility in an aggregate principal
    amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million;
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
        (ii) the incurrence by  the Company and  its Restricted Subsidiaries  of
    the Existing Indebtedness;
 
       (iii)  the incurrence by  the Company of  Indebtedness represented by the
    Notes;
 
        (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
    of  Indebtedness  represented   by  Capital   Lease  Obligations,   mortgage
    financings  or purchase  money obligations,  in each  case incurred  for the
    purpose of  financing all  or any  part of  the purchase  price or  cost  of
    construction  or improvement  of property,  plant or  equipment used  in the
    business of  the Company  or  such Restricted  Subsidiary, in  an  aggregate
    principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
        (v)  the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
    of Indebtedness  in connection  with  the acquisition  of  assets or  a  new
    Restricted  Subsidiary; PROVIDED that such  Indebtedness was incurred by the
    prior owner  of such  assets or  such Restricted  Subsidiary prior  to  such
    acquisition by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and was not
    incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition by the
    Company  or one of it Restricted Subsidiaries; and PROVIDED FURTHER that the
    principal amount (or  accreted value, as  applicable) of such  Indebtedness,
    together  with any other outstanding  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
    clause (v), does not exceed $10.0 million;
 
        (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
    of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds of  which
    are   used  to  extend,  refinance,   renew,  replace,  defease  or  refund,
    Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred;
 
       (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
    of intercompany Indebtedness  between or among  the Company and  any of  its
    Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  (1) if the
    Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is  expressly
    subordinate  to the payment in  full of all Obligations  with respect to the
    New Notes and (2)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
    that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than  the
    Company  or a Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary and (B)  any sale or other
    transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company
    or a Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary shall be  deemed, in each case,  to
    constitute  an  incurrence  of  such Indebtedness  by  the  Company  or such
    Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
 
      (viii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
    of Hedging  Obligations that  are  incurred for  the  purpose of  fixing  or
    hedging  interest rate risk  with respect to  any floating rate Indebtedness
    that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding;
 
        (ix) the  incurrence  by  the  Company's  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  of
    Non-Recourse  Debt; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  if any such Indebtedness ceases
    to be Non-Recourse Debt of an  Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall  be
    deemed   to  constitute  an  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  by  a  Restricted
    Subsidiary of the Company;
 
        (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company to finance the construction  of
    environmental-related  capital  projects of  the  Company or  its Restricted
    Subsidiaries, PROVIDED that  the aggregate amount  of Indebtedness  incurred
    pursuant to this clause (x) does not exceed $30.0 million;
 
        (xi)  the incurrence by  the Company of  Indebtedness represented by the
    Seller Note;
 
       (xii) Indebtedness  of  the Company  in  addition to  that  described  in
    clauses  (i) through (xi) above so long as the aggregate principal amount of
    all such  Indebtedness incurred  under this  clause (xii)  shall not  exceed
    $20.0 million at any one time outstanding; and
 
      (xiii)  Indebtedness to  Stone or  Four M  in an  aggregate amount  not to
    exceed $25.0 million, PROVIDED that (a) such Indebtedness is subordinated in
    right of payment to the New Notes at least to the extent of the Indebtedness
    pursuant to the Subordinated Credit Facility as in effect on the date of the
    Indenture, (b) such Indebtedness contains  no events of default or  remedies
    other than those contained in the
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    Subordinated  Credit Facility as in effect on  the date of the Indenture and
    (c) such Indebtedness has a Weighted  Average Life to Maturity greater  than
    the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the New Notes.
 
    LIENS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its  Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien on any  asset now owned or hereafter  acquired, or any income  or
profits  therefrom or  assign or convey  any right to  receive income therefrom,
except Permitted Liens.
 
    DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted  Subsidiaries to,  directly or  indirectly, create  or  otherwise
cause  or suffer to exist or become  effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of  any Restricted Subsidiary  to (i)(a) pay  dividends or make  any
other  distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on
its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company  or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make  loans or advances to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the  Company or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries, except for  such
encumbrances  or  restrictions  existing  under or  by  reason  of  (a) Existing
Indebtedness as in effect on  the date of the  Indenture, (b) the Indenture  and
the  New Notes, (c) applicable law, (d) any instrument governing Indebtedness or
Capital Stock of  a Person  acquired by  the Company  or any  of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent
such Indebtedness was incurred  in connection with or  in contemplation of  such
acquisition),  which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the  properties or  assets  of any  Person, other  than  the Person,  or  the
property  or assets of  the Person, so  acquired, PROVIDED that,  in the case of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by  the terms of the Indenture  to
be  incurred and, in any event, the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person is not
taken into account in determining whether such acquisition was permitted by  the
terms  of the Indenture, (e) by reason of customary non-assignment provisions in
leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with  past
practices,  (f) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that  impose restrictions of the  nature described in  clause
(iii)   above  on  the  property  so  acquired,  or  (g)  Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness,  PROVIDED  that  the  restrictions  contained  in  the  agreements
governing  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness  are no more restrictive than
those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.
 
    MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or
into (whether or  not the  Company is the  surviving entity),  or sell,  assign,
transfer,  lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties  or  assets  in  one   or  more  related  transactions,  to   another
corporation,  Person or  entity unless  (i) the Company  is the  survivor or the
entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the  Company) or  to which  such sale,  assignment, transfer,  lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or limited
liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
state  thereof or the District of Columbia;  (ii) the entity or Person formed by
or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the
entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance  or
other  disposition  shall have  been  made assumes  all  the obligations  of the
Company under  the  New Notes  and  the  Indenture pursuant  to  a  supplemental
indenture  in a form  reasonably satisfactory to  the Trustee; (iii) immediately
after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) except in
the case of  a merger  of the  Company with or  into a  Wholly Owned  Restricted
Subsidiary  of the  Company, the Company  or the  entity or Person  formed by or
surviving any such consolidation  or merger (if other  than the Company), or  to
which  such sale, assignment,  transfer, lease, conveyance  or other disposition
shall have been made (A) will have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after  the
transaction  equal to or greater than the  Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately preceding  the  transaction  and  (B) will,  at  the  time  of  such
transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to
incur  at least  $1.00 of additional  Indebtedness pursuant to  the Fixed Charge
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
Coverage Ratio test set forth in  the first paragraph of the covenant  described
above  under the  caption "--Incurrence  of Indebtedness."  For purposes  of the
Indenture, a sale by the Company of the Mill, or substantially all the assets of
the Mill, shall be deemed to be a sale of substantially all of the assets of the
Company.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company  is permitted to reorganize as  a
corporation  in  accordance with  the procedures  established in  the Indenture,
PROVIDED that the  Company shall  have delivered to  the Trustee  an opinion  of
counsel  in the  United States reasonably  acceptable to  the Trustee confirming
that such reorganization is not  adverse to the Holders  of New Notes (it  being
recognized  that such reorganization  shall not be  deemed materially adverse to
the Holders of  New Notes  solely because  (i) of  the accrual  of deferred  tax
liabilities  resulting  from  such  reorganization  or  (ii)  the  successor  or
surviving corporation (A) is subject to income tax as a corporate entity or  (B)
is  considered  to be  an  "includible corporation"  of  an affiliated  group of
corporations within the meaning  of Section 1504(a) of  the Code or any  similar
state or local law) and certain other conditions are satisfied.
 
    ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The  Indenture provides that the  Company (i) will not,  and will not permit
any of  its Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries to,  transfer, convey,  sell,
lease  or otherwise dispose of any Capital  Stock of any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of  the Company  to any  Person (other  than the  Company or  another
Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary), unless  such transfer,  conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition (a) is of all the Capital Stock of such Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary and (b) complies with  the covenant described above under
the caption "--Repurchase at  the Option of Holders--Asset  Sales and Events  of
Loss"  and (ii) will  not permit any  Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the
Company to issue any of  its Equity Interests (other  than, if required by  law,
shares   of  Capital  Stock  constituting  directors'  qualifying  shares  of  a
Subsidiary that is organized outside of  the United States) to any Person  other
than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise  dispose  of any  of  its properties  or  assets to,  or  purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any contract, agreement,
understanding, loan,  advance or  guarantee with,  or for  the benefit  of,  any
Affiliate  (each of the foregoing, an  "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (i) such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are  no less favorable to the Company  or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable  transaction by  the Company  or such  Restricted Subsidiary  with an
unrelated Person and (ii) the Company  delivers to the Trustee (a) with  respect
to  any  Affiliate  Transaction  or  series  of  related  Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the
Management Committee set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that  such
Affiliate  Transaction complies  with clause (i)  above and  that such Affiliate
Transaction has been approved by the unanimous vote of the Management  Committee
and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions  involving aggregate  consideration in  excess of  $5.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the  Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from  a
financial  point  of  view issued  by  an  investment banking  firm  of national
standing with total  assets in  excess of $1.0  billion; PROVIDED  that (1)  any
employment  agreement  entered into  by  the Company  or  any of  its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the  ordinary course of  business and consistent  with the  past
practice  of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (2) transactions between
or among  the  Company  and/or its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (3)  transactions
pursuant  to the Output Purchase Agreement, the Stone Procurement Agreement, the
Liquidity Facility and the Indemnification Reimbursement Agreement, in each case
as in effect on the date of the Indenture, and the Waste Paper Supply  Agreement
to be entered into subsequent to that date, (4) the lease by Box USA Group, Inc.
of  the corrugator facility owned  by the Company (the  "Box USA Lease") and (5)
Restricted  Payments  and  Permitted  Investments  that  are  permitted  by  the
provisions  of  the  Indenture  described  above  under  the  caption "--Certain
Covenants--Restricted Payments," in  each case,  shall not  be deemed  Affiliate
Transactions.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
   
    The  Indenture provides that if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall
acquire or create a Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture, then such  newly
acquired   or  created  Subsidiary  shall  execute  a  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  a
Contribution Agreement, a  Security Pledge Agreement  and a Subsidiary  Security
Agreement  and deliver an opinion of counsel in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture; PROVIDED, that this covenant shall not apply to all Subsidiaries that
have been properly  designated as Unrestricted  Subsidiaries in accordance  with
the   Indenture  for  so  long  as  they  continue  to  constitute  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. The Notes  will be jointly  and severally guaranteed  by any  such
newly acquired or created Subsidiary and the obligations of such Subsidiary will
be full and unconditional.
    
 
    BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
 
    The  Company will not, and will not  permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any
business  other  than  the  paper  manufacturing  business  and  such   business
activities as are incidental or related thereto.
 
    RESTRICTIONS ON ACTIVITIES OF FINANCE CORP.
 
    In  addition  to the  other  restrictions set  forth  in the  Indenture, the
Indenture provides that Finance Corp. may  not hold any material assets,  become
liable  for  any  material obligations  or  engage in  any  significant business
activities; PROVIDED that  Finance Corp.  may be  a co-obligor  with respect  to
Indebtedness  if the Company is  a primary obligor of  such Indebtedness and the
net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained  by the Company or loaned to  one
or more of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries other than Finance Corp.
 
    MAINTENANCE OF LIQUIDITY FACILITY
 
    The  Indenture  provides  that  the  Company  shall  maintain  the Liquidity
Facility which permits  borrowings by the  Company of an  aggregate of not  less
than  $20.0 million in existence at all times and shall enforce its rights under
the Liquidity Facility.
 
    PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT
 
    The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries
will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether
by  way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any  Holder of any New Notes for or as
an inducement  to any  consent,  waiver or  amendment of  any  of the  terms  or
provisions  of  the Indenture  or  the New  Notes  unless such  consideration is
offered to be  paid or is  paid to all  Holders of the  New Notes that  consent,
waive  or  agree  to amend  in  the time  frame  set forth  in  the solicitation
documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
    REPORTS
 
    The Indenture  provides that,  whether  or not  required  by the  rules  and
regulations  of the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission"), so
long as any New Notes are outstanding,  the Company will furnish to the  Holders
of  New Notes (i) all  quarterly and annual financial  information that would be
required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and  10-K
if  the  Company were  required to  file such  forms, including  a "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  that
describes  the financial condition and results  of operations of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only,  a
report  thereon by the Company's certified  independent accountants and (ii) all
current reports that would be required to  be filed with the Commission on  Form
8-K  if the Company were required to file such reports. In addition, if required
by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy  of
all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability and
make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors
upon  request. In addition, the Company has agreed  that, for so long as any New
Notes remain  outstanding, it  will furnish  to the  Holders and  to  securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required
to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
    The  Indenture provides that  each of the following  constitutes an Event of
Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, if any,
the   New    Notes;   (ii)    default    in   payment    when   due    of    the
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
principal  of or premium, if any, on the New Notes; (iii) failure by the Company
to comply with the provisions described under the captions "--Repurchase at  the
Option   of  Holders--Change  of  Control,"   "--Repurchase  at  the  Option  of
Holders--Asset Sales  and  Events  of  Loss,"  "--Certain  Covenants--Restricted
Payments,"   "--Certain   Covenants--Maintenance  of   Liquidity   Facility"  or
"--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness";  (iv) failure by the  Company
for  30 days  after notice  to comply with  any of  its other  agreements in the
Indenture or the New Notes; (v) default  by any party under the Output  Purchase
Agreement  or the Subordinated  Credit Agreement, which  default remains uncured
for 30 days;  (vi) default  under any  mortgage, indenture  or instrument  under
which  there may  be issued or  by which there  may be secured  or evidenced any
Indebtedness for  money  borrowed  by  the Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted  Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness  or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the  date of the  Indenture, which default (a)  is caused by  a
failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the
date of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such  Indebtedness under which there has been  a Payment Default or the maturity
of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more; (vii) failure
by the Company  or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries to  pay final  judgments
aggregating  in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed  for  a period  of  60  days; (viii)  breach  by the  Company  or  any
Subsidiary  of  any  material  representation  or  warranty  set  forth  in  any
Collateral Document,  or  default  by  the Company  or  any  Subsidiary  in  the
performance  of any covenant set forth  in any Collateral Document (after giving
effect to any applicable grace or  cure periods), or repudiation by the  Company
or  any  Subsidiary of  its obligations  under any  Collateral Document,  or any
Collateral Document shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable
or invalid or cease for any reason to  be in full force and effect; (ix)  except
as  permitted by the  Indenture, any Subsidiary  Guarantee shall be  held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason
to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on  behalf
of  any Guarantor, shall deny or  disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; and (x) certain  events of bankruptcy or  insolvency with respect  to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
    If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of  at  least 25%  in principal  amount of  the then  outstanding New  Notes may
declare all the New Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the case  of an Event  of Default arising  from certain events  of
bankruptcy   or  insolvency,  with  respect  to  the  Company,  any  Significant
Subsidiary or any group of  Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,  would
constitute  a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding  New Notes will become due
and payable without further action or notice.  Holders of the New Notes may  not
enforce  the Indenture  or the  New Notes except  as provided  in the Indenture.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding New Notes may direct the  Trustee in its exercise of any  trust
or  power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders  of the New Notes notice of any
continuing Default or  Event of Default  (except a Default  or Event of  Default
relating  to  the  payment  of  principal or  interest)  if  it  determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.
 
    In the case  of any  Event of  Default occurring  by reason  of any  willful
action  (or inaction) taken (or  not taken) by or on  behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay if the Company then had elected  to redeem the New Notes pursuant to  the
optional  redemption provisions  of the  Indenture, an  equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately  due and payable to  the extent permitted by  law
upon  the acceleration of the New Notes. If  an Event of Default occurs prior to
June 1, 2000 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not  taken)
by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on
redemption of the New Notes prior to June 1, 2000, then the premium specified in
the  Indenture  shall also  become  immediately due  and  payable to  the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the New Notes.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    The Holders of  a majority in  aggregate principal amount  of the New  Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the  New  Notes  waive  any  existing  Default  or  Event  of  Default  and  its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the New Notes.
 
    The Company  is required  to deliver  to the  Trustee annually  a  statement
regarding  compliance  with  the Indenture,  and  the Company  is  required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event  of Default, to deliver to the Trustee  a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF MANAGERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND MEMBERS
 
    No  manager, officer,  employee, incorporator  or member  of the  Company or
Finance Corp., as  such, shall  have any liability  for any  obligations of  the
Issuers  under the New Notes,  the Indenture or the  Collateral Documents or for
any claim based on, in  respect of, or by reason  of, such obligations or  their
creation.  Each Holder of New Notes by  accepting a New Note waives and releases
all such liability.  The waiver and  release are part  of the consideration  for
issuance of the New Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such
a waiver is against public policy.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
    The  Company may, at  its option and at  any time, elect to  have all of its
obligations discharged  with  respect  to  the  outstanding  New  Notes  ("Legal
Defeasance")  except for (i) the  rights of Holders of  outstanding New Notes to
receive payments in respect  of the principal of,  and premium and interest,  if
any,  on such New  Notes when such payments  are due from  the trust referred to
below, (ii) the Company's obligations with  respect to the New Notes  concerning
issuing  temporary New Notes,  registration of New  Notes, mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen New Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for  payment
and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties  and  immunities  of  the  Trustee,  and  the  Company's  obligations  in
connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the  Indenture.
In  addition, the Company may, at its option  and at any time, elect to have the
obligations of the Company released with  respect to certain covenants that  are
described  in the Indenture ("Covenant  Defeasance") and thereafter any omission
to comply  with such  obligations shall  not constitute  a Default  or Event  of
Default  with respect to the New Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs,
certain   events   (not   including   non-payment,   bankruptcy,   receivership,
rehabilitation    and    insolvency   events)    described    under   "--Certain
Covenants--Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of
Default with respect to the New Notes.
 
    In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit  of
the  Holders of  the New  Notes, cash  in U.S.  dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient,  in
the  opinion of a nationally recognized  firm of independent public accountants,
to pay  the  principal  of, premium,  if  any,  and interest,  if  any,  on  the
outstanding  New Notes  on the stated  maturity or on  the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the New Notes are
being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (ii) in the  case
of  Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion
of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee  confirming
that  (A) the  Company has received  from, or  there has been  published by, the
Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture,  there
has  been a change in  the applicable federal income tax  law, in either case to
the effect that, and based thereon  such opinion of counsel shall confirm  that,
the Holders of the outstanding New Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same  times  as  would have  been  the case  if  such Legal  Defeasance  had not
occurred; (iii)  in the  case of  Covenant Defeasance,  the Company  shall  have
delivered  to the Trustee an opinion of  counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the  Trustee confirming that  the Holders of  the outstanding  New
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
a  result of such Covenant Defeasance and  will be subject to federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Covenant
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
Defeasance had not  occurred; (iv)  no Default or  Event of  Default shall  have
occurred  and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting  from the borrowing  of funds to  be applied to  such
deposit)  or insofar as  Events of Default from  bankruptcy or insolvency events
are concerned, at any time in the period  ending on the 91st day after the  date
of  deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in
a breach or violation of, or  constitute a default under any material  agreement
or  instrument (other  than the Indenture)  to which  the Company or  any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or  by which the Company or  any of its Subsidiaries  is
bound; (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
to  the effect that  after the 91st  day following the  deposit, the trust funds
will not be  subject to  the effect  of any  applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization  or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; (vii) the
Company must deliver to  the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating that  the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of
New  Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (viii)
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an  opinion
of  counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
    A Holder  may  transfer  or  exchange  New  Notes  in  accordance  with  the
Indenture.  The  Registrar and  the Trustee  may require  a Holder,  among other
things, to  furnish appropriate  endorsements and  transfer documents,  and  the
Company  may require  a Holder  to pay  any taxes  and fees  required by  law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or  exchange
any  New Note  selected for  redemption. Also,  the Company  is not  required to
transfer or exchange any New Note for a period of 15 days before a selection  of
New Notes to be redeemed.
 
    The  registered Holder of a New Note will  be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture  and
the  New Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of
at least  a majority  in principal  amount  of the  New Notes  then  outstanding
(including,  without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, New Notes), and any existing  default
or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the New Notes may be waived
with  the consent of the  Holders of a majority in  principal amount of the then
outstanding New Notes (including consents  obtained in connection with a  tender
offer  or exchange offer for New  Notes). In addition, the Collateral Documents,
the Subordinated Credit Agreement and the  Output Purchase Agreement may not  be
amended  or  supplemented without  the  consent of  the  Holders of  at  least a
majority in principal amount of the New Notes then outstanding and any  existing
default  or  compliance  with any  provision  of the  Collateral  Documents, the
Subordinated Credit  Agreement and  the  Output Purchase  Agreement may  not  be
waived  without the consent of the Holders  of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding New Notes.
 
    Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may  not
(with  respect to any New Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce the
principal amount  of New  Notes  whose Holders  must  consent to  an  amendment,
supplement  or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity
of any New Note or  alter the provisions with respect  to the redemption of  the
New Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under
the  caption "--Repurchase at the Option of  Holders"), (iii) reduce the rate of
or change the time for payment of interest on any New Note, (iv) waive a Default
or Event  of Default  in the  payment of  principal of  or premium,  if any,  or
interest  on the New Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the New Notes
by the Holders of at least a  majority in aggregate principal amount of the  New
Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration),
(v) make any New Notes payable in money other than that stated in the New Notes,
(vi)  make any change in the provisions  of the Indenture relating to waivers of
past Defaults or  the rights  of Holders  of New  Notes to  receive payments  of
principal  of or premium,  if any, or interest  on the New  Notes, (vii) waive a
redemption payment with respect to any  New Note (other than a payment  required
by  one of the covenants described above  under the caption "--Repurchase at the
Option of Holders"), (viii) consent to a release of
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
the security interest in the Collateral or make any change in the provisions  of
the  Indenture or the Collateral Documents  relating to the security interest of
the Trustee in Collateral or (ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and
waiver provisions.
 
    Notwithstanding the  foregoing, without  the consent  of any  Holder of  New
Notes,  the Company and the  Trustee may amend or  supplement the Indenture, the
New Notes, the Collateral  Documents, the Subordinated  Credit Agreement or  the
Output  Purchase  Agreement  to  cure any  ambiguity,  defect  or inconsistency,
to provide  for  uncertificated  New  Notes  in  addition  to  or  in  place  of
certificated  New  Notes,  to  provide  for  the  assumption  of  the  Company's
obligations to Holders of New Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to
make any change  that would  provide any additional  rights or  benefits to  the
Holders  of New Notes or  that does not adversely  affect the legal rights under
the Indenture of any such Holder, to provide for additional collateral to secure
the New Notes  or to  comply with  requirements of  the Commission  in order  to
effect  or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act.
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
    The Indenture contains  certain limitations  on the rights  of the  Trustee,
should  it become a  creditor of the  Company, to obtain  payment from claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions;  however,  if  it  acquires  any  conflicting  interest,  it  must
eliminate  such  conflict  within  90  days  and  apply  to  the  Commission for
permission to continue or resign.
 
    The Holders of a  majority in principal amount  of the then outstanding  New
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain exceptions. The  Indenture provides  that in  case an  Event of  Default
shall  occur (which shall  not be cured),  the Trustee will  be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs.  Subject to such  provisions, the Trustee  will be under  no
obligation  to exercise any of  its rights or powers  under the Indenture at the
request of any Holder of New Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.
 
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
 
    The New Notes to be resold as  set forth herein will initially be issued  in
the  form  of one  Global  Note (the  "Global Note").  The  Global Note  will be
deposited on the closing date of the  Exchange Offer with, or on behalf of,  the
Depositary  and  registered  in  the name  of  Cede  & Co.,  as  nominee  of the
Depositary (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder").
 
    New  Notes  that   are  issued   as  described  below   under  the   caption
"--Certificated  Securities" will be issued in the form of registered definitive
certificates (the "Certificated Securities"). Upon the transfer of  Certificated
Securities,  such  Certificated  Securities  may,  unless  the  Global  Note has
previously been  exchanged  for Certificated  Securities,  be exchanged  for  an
interest in the Global Note representing the principal amount of New Notes being
transferred.
 
    The  Depositary is a limited-purpose trust  company that was created to hold
securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants"
or  the  "Depositary's  Participants")  and  to  facilitate  the  clearance  and
settlement  of  transactions  in such  securities  between  Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The  Depositary's
Participants  include  securities  brokers and  dealers  (including  the Initial
Purchaser), banks and trust companies,  clearing corporations and certain  other
organizations.  Access to  the Depositary's  system is  also available  to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively,  the
"Indirect  Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own  securities
held   by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Depositary  only  through  the  Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
    The  Company  expects  that  pursuant  to  procedures  established  by   the
Depositary  (i) upon deposit of the Global  Note, the Depositary will credit the
accounts of Participants designated  by the Initial  Purchaser with portions  of
the  principal amount  of the Global  Note and  (ii) ownership of  the New Notes
evidenced by the
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
Global Note will  be shown on,  and the  transfer of ownership  thereof will  be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the
interests  of the Depositary's Participants),  the Depositary's Participants and
the Depositary's Indirect Participants. Prospective purchasers are advised  that
the  laws of some states require that  certain persons take physical delivery in
definitive form  of  securities that  they  own. Consequently,  the  ability  to
transfer New Notes evidenced by the Global Note will be limited to such extent.
 
    So  long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any New Notes,
the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of
any New  Notes evidenced  by the  Global Note.  Beneficial owners  of New  Notes
evidenced  by  the Global  Note will  not  be considered  the owners  or Holders
thereof under  the Indenture  for any  purpose, including  with respect  to  the
giving  of any directions, instructions or  approvals to the Trustee thereunder.
Neither the Company nor  the Trustee will have  any responsibility or  liability
for  any aspect of the records of the Depositary or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any records of the Depositary relating to the New Notes.
 
    Payments in respect of the principal  of, premium, if any, and interest,  on
any New Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable
record  date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global
Note Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture.  Under
the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in
whose  names New Notes, including the Global  Note, are registered as the owners
thereof for the purpose  of receiving such  payments. Consequently, neither  the
Company nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the
payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of New Notes. The Company believes,
however, that it is currently the policy of the Depositary to immediately credit
the  accounts  of  the  relevant Participants  with  such  payments,  in amounts
proportionate to  their  respective  holdings of  beneficial  interests  in  the
relevant  security as shown  on the records  of the Depositary.  Payments by the
Depositary's Participants  and the  Depositary's  Indirect Participants  to  the
beneficial  owners of  New Notes will  be governed by  standing instructions and
customary  practice  and  will  be   the  responsibility  of  the   Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
CERTIFICATED SECURITIES
 
    Subject  to certain conditions,  any person having  a beneficial interest in
the Global  Note may,  upon request  to the  Trustee, exchange  such  beneficial
interest  for New Notes  in the form  of Certificated Securities.  Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is  required to register  such Certificated Securities  in
the  name of, and cause the same to  be delivered to, such person or persons (or
the nominee  of any  thereof). In  addition,  if (i)  the Company  notifies  the
Trustee  in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able to act as a
depositary and the Company is unable  to locate a qualified successor within  90
days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it
elects to cause the issuance of New Notes in the form of Certificated Securities
under  the Indenture,  then, upon  surrender by  the Global  Note Holder  of its
Global Note, New  Notes in  such form  will be issued  to each  person that  the
Global  Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the beneficial owner of
the related New Notes.
 
    Neither the Company  nor the Trustee  will be  liable for any  delay by  the
Global Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of New
Notes  and the  Company and the  Trustee may  conclusively rely on,  and will be
protected in  relying  on, instructions  from  the  Global Note  Holder  or  the
Depositary for all purposes.
 
SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
 
    The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the New Notes represented
by  the Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) be made
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
Global Note Holder. With  respect to Certificated  Securities, the Company  will
make  all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest, by wire transfer
of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders  thereof
or,  if no such account  is specified, by mailing a  check to each such Holder's
registered address.  Secondary  trading in  long-term  notes and  debentures  of
corporate  issuers is generally settled in  clearing-house or next-day funds. In
contrast, the  New Notes  represented by  the  Global Note  are expected  to  be
eligible  to trade  in the  Depositary's Same-Day  Funds Settlement  System, and
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
any permitted  secondary  market  trading  activity  in  such  New  Notes  will,
therefore,  be required by the Depositary to be settled in immediately available
funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in the Certificated Securities
will also be settled in immediately available funds.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
 
    The Company and the Initial  Purchaser entered into the Registration  Rights
Agreement dated May 30, 1996. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company  agreed  to file  with the  Commission  the Exchange  Offer Registration
Statement on the appropriate form under  the Securities Act with respect to  the
New  Notes. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company will offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant
to the  Exchange  Offer  who  are  able  to  make  certain  representations  the
opportunity  to exchange their Transfer Restricted  Securities for New Notes. If
the Company  does  not  meet  its  obligations  under  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement, it may be required to pay Liquidated Damages to holders of Old Notes.
 
    Holders  of  New Notes  are  not entitled  to  any registration  rights with
respect to the New Notes. The Company agrees  for a period of 270 days from  the
effective  date of  this Prospectus to  make available a  prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities  Act to any broker-dealer  for use in  connection
with  any resale  of any  New Notes.  The Registration  Statement of  which this
Prospectus is a  part constitutes  the registration statement  for the  Exchange
Offer  which  is the  subject  of the  Registration  Rights Agreement.  Upon the
closing of the Exchange Offer, subject to certain limited exceptions, Holders of
untendered Old Notes will  not retain any rights  under the Registration  Rights
Agreement.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    Set  forth below are certain defined  terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
    "ACQUIRED  DEBT"  means,   with  respect  to   any  specified  Person,   (i)
Indebtedness  of any  other Person  existing at  the time  such other  Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,  including,
without   limitation,   Indebtedness  incurred   in   connection  with,   or  in
contemplation of,  such  other  Person  merging  with  or  into  or  becoming  a
Subsidiary  of such  specified Person, and  (ii) Indebtedness secured  by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
    "AFFILIATE" of  any specified  Person  means any  other Person  directly  or
indirectly  controlling  or controlled  by or  under  direct or  indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition,  "control"
(including,  with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly  or indirectly,  of the power  to direct  or cause  the
direction  of the  management or  policies of  such Person,  whether through the
ownership of  voting  securities,  by  agreement  or  otherwise;  PROVIDED  that
beneficial ownership of 10.0% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.
 
    "ASSET  SALE" means (i) the sale,  lease, conveyance or other disposition of
any assets (including,  without limitation,  by way  of a  sale and  leaseback),
other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past  practices, the sale of the real estate and other assets subject to the Box
USA Lease and the sale of certain real  estate to St. Joe pursuant to an  option
related  thereto and (ii)  the issue or sale  of Equity Interests  in any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries,  in the case  of either clause  (i) or  (ii),
whether  in a single  transaction or a  series of related  transactions (a) that
have a fair market value  in excess of $1.0 million  or (b) for net proceeds  in
excess  of $1.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) a transfer of assets
by the Company  to a Wholly  Owned Restricted  Subsidiary or by  a Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  to the  Company or  to  another Wholly  Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) a Collateral Asset Sale and (iii) a Restricted Payment that  is
permitted    by    the   covenant    described    above   under    the   caption
"-- Certain Covenants  -- Restricted Payments"  will not be  deemed to be  Asset
Sales.
 
    "ASSET  SALE  ACCOUNT" means  a  cash collateral  account  in which  the Net
Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be deposited pursuant to the Indenture.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
    "CAPITAL  LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the  time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.
 
    "CAPITAL STOCK" means  (i) in the  case of a  corporation, corporate  stock,
(ii)  in the  case of  an association  or business  entity, any  and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or  other equivalents (however designated)  of
corporate  stock,  (iii) in  the case  of  a partnership,  partnership interests
(whether general or limited) and (iv)  any other interest or participation  that
confers  on a Person the right to receive  a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
 
    "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) United  States dollars, (ii) securities  issued
or  directly and fully guaranteed or insured  by the United States government or
any agency or  instrumentality thereof having  maturities of not  more than  six
months  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  (iii)  certificates  of  deposit  and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date  of
acquisition,  bankers' acceptances with maturities  not exceeding six months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case  with any domestic commercial bank  having
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of
"B"  or better, (iv) repurchase  obligations with a term  of not more than seven
days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and  (iii)
above  entered into  with any  financial institution  meeting the qualifications
specified in clause  (iii) above  and (v)  commercial paper  having the  highest
rating  obtainable from  Moody's Investors  Service, Inc.  or Standard  & Poor's
Ratings Corporation and in each case  maturing within six months after the  date
of acquisition.
 
    "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
 
    "COLLATERAL" means the Mill and all other property and assets that from time
to  time secures  the New  Notes pursuant  to the  Indenture and  the Collateral
Documents.
 
    "COLLATERAL ASSET  SALE"  means any  direct  or indirect  sale,  conveyance,
lease, transfer or other disposition, including, without limitation, by means of
an   amalgamation,  merger,  consolidation  or   similar  transaction  (each,  a
"Disposition"), or a series of related Dispositions by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries involving  the Collateral,  other than (a)  the sale  of
machinery, equipment, furniture, apparatus, tools or implements or other similar
property  that may be  defective or may have  become worn out  or obsolete or no
longer used or useful in  the operation of the  Mill, the aggregate fair  market
value  of which does not exceed $1.0 million  in any year; (b) the sale or lease
of undeveloped land on the  premises of the Mill with  a value not in excess  of
$1.0  million which will be dedicated to the construction and/or installation of
environmental control equipment required under  applicable law; (c) the sale  of
equipment that has been replaced by equipment of substantially equal value in an
alteration  or improvement  made at  the Mill;  and (d)  a Disposition permitted
pursuant  to  the  "Merger,  Consolidation,  or  Sale  of  Assets"  covenant.  A
Collateral  Asset Sale  shall not  include the  requisition of  title to  or the
seizure, condemnation, forfeiture or casualty of any Collateral.
 
    "COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means  the Mortgage, the  Security Agreement and  any
other  agreements,  instruments, financing  statements  or other  documents that
evidence or set  forth the  Lien of the  Trustee in  the Collateral,  including,
without  limitation, any  Subsidiary Guarantee, Subsidiary  Pledge Agreement and
Subsidiary Security Agreement executed pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW" means, with respect  to any Person for any  period,
the  Consolidated Net Income of  such Person for such  period plus (i) an amount
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with  a
sale of assets not in the ordinary course of business (to the extent such losses
were  deducted in computing  such Consolidated Net  Income), plus (ii) provision
for taxes based on income  or profits or the Tax  Amount of such Person and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period, to  the extent that such provision for
taxes or Tax Amount was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus
(iii)  consolidated  interest  expense  of   such  Person  and  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries  for  such  period, whether  paid  or  accrued and  whether  or not
capitalized (including,  without  limitation,  amortization  of  original  issue
discount,  non-cash interest  payments, the  interest component  of any deferred
payment obligations,  the interest  component of  all payments  associated  with
Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
other  fees and  charges incurred  in respect  of letter  of credit  or bankers'
acceptance  financings,  and   net  payments  (if   any)  pursuant  to   Hedging
Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
Consolidated  Net  Income, plus  (iv)  depreciation and  amortization (including
amortization of goodwill  and other  intangibles but  excluding amortization  of
prepaid  cash expenses that were paid in a  prior period) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and
amortization was deducted  in computing  such Consolidated Net  Income, in  each
case,   on  a  consolidated  basis  and  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes on the income or  profits
of,  and  the depreciation  and amortization  of, a  Subsidiary of  the referent
Person shall be added  to Consolidated Net Income  to compute Consolidated  Cash
Flow  only to the  extent (and in same  proportion) that the  Net Income of such
Subsidiary was  included in  calculating  the Consolidated  Net Income  of  such
Person  and only  if a corresponding  amount would  be permitted at  the date of
determination to be dividended to the  Company by such Subsidiary without  prior
governmental  approval  (that  has not  been  obtained), and  without  direct or
indirect restriction pursuant to  the terms of its  charter and all  agreements,
instruments,  judgments,  decrees,  orders,  statutes,  rules  and  governmental
regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any  period,
the  aggregate of the Net Income of  such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, on  a consolidated basis, determined  in accordance with  GAAP;
PROVIDED  that (i) the  Net Income (but  not loss) of  any Person that  is not a
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall  be
included  only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in
cash to the  referent Person or  a Wholly Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  thereof,
(ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent
that  the declaration or  payment of dividends or  similar distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary of  that Net Income  is not at  the date of  determination
permitted  without any prior governmental approval  (that has not been obtained)
or, directly or  indirectly, by operation  of the  terms of its  charter or  any
agreement,  instrument, judgment,  decree, order, statute,  rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted  Subsidiary or its stockholders,  (iii)
the  Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for
any period prior to  the date of  such acquisition shall  be excluded, (iv)  the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (v)
the  Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not
distributed to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means, with respect  to any Person as of any  date,
the  sum of  (i) the consolidated  equity of  the common equity  holders of such
Person and its consolidated  Restricted Subsidiaries as of  such date plus  (ii)
the  respective amounts reported on such Person's  balance sheet as of such date
with respect to any series of  preferred equity (other than Disqualified  Stock)
that  by  its  terms  is not  entitled  to  the payment  of  dividends  or other
distributions unless such dividends or  other distributions may be declared  and
paid  only out of  net earnings in respect  of the year  of such declaration and
payment, but  only to  the  extent of  any cash  received  by such  Person  upon
issuance  of such preferred equity, less (x) all write-ups (other than write-ups
resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of
a going concern  business made within  12 months after  the acquisition of  such
business) subsequent to the date of the Indenture in the book value of any asset
owned  by  such Person  or a  consolidated  Subsidiary of  such Person,  (y) all
investments as of such date in  unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons  that
are  not Restricted Subsidiaries (except,  in each case, Permitted Investments),
and (z)  all unamortized  debt  discount and  expense and  unamortized  deferred
charges  as of  such date,  all of the  foregoing determined  in accordance with
GAAP.
 
    "DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the  giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
    "DISQUALIFIED  STOCK" means any Capital Stock that,  by its terms (or by the
terms of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it  is
exchangeable),  or upon  the happening of  any event, matures  or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the holder thereof, in whole  or in part, on or prior to the  date
that is 91 days after the date on which the First Mortgage Notes mature.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
    "EQUITY  INTERESTS" means Capital  Stock and all  warrants, options or other
rights to  acquire  Capital Stock  (but  excluding  any debt  security  that  is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
    "EVENT  OF  LOSS" means  (i) the  loss or  destruction of  or damage  to any
assets,  other  than  inventory,  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  (ii) the condemnation, seizure,  confiscation, requisition of the
use or taking by  exercise of the  power of eminent domain  or otherwise of  any
assets  of  the Company  or  any of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  or  (iii) any
consensual settlement in lieu of any event  listed in clause (ii), in each  case
whether  in a single  event or a series  of related events,  that results in Net
Proceeds from all sources in excess of $1.0 million.
 
    "EVENT OF LOSS  ACCOUNT" means a  cash collateral account  in which the  Net
Proceeds from Events of Loss shall be deposited pursuant to the Indenture.
 
    "EXISTING   INDEBTEDNESS"  means   Indebtedness  of  the   Company  and  its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Liquidity Facility) in existence
on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.
 
    "FIXED CHARGE  COVERAGE RATIO"  means with  respect to  any Person  for  any
period,  the ratio of the Consolidated Cash  Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed  Charges of  such Person  for such period.  In the  event that  the
Company  or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries incurs,  assumes, Guarantees or
redeems any  Indebtedness (other  than revolving  credit borrowings)  or  issues
preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed
Charge  Coverage Ratio is  being calculated but  prior to the  date on which the
event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made  (the
"Calculation  Date"), then the  Fixed Charge Coverage  Ratio shall be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or  redemption
of  Indebtedness, or such issuance  or redemption of preferred  stock, as if the
same had  occurred at  the beginning  of the  applicable four-quarter  reference
period.  In addition, for purposes of  making the computation referred to above,
(i) acquisitions that have  been made by  the Company or  any of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  including  through mergers  or  consolidations and  including any
related financing  transactions, during  the  four-quarter reference  period  or
subsequent  to such  reference period  and on or  prior to  the Calculation Date
shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter  reference
period  and  the  Consolidated Cash  Flow  for  such reference  period  shall be
calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the
definition of  Consolidated Net  Income,  and (ii)  the Consolidated  Cash  Flow
attributable  to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded, and (iii) the Fixed  Charges attributable to discontinued  operations,
as  determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date,  shall be excluded, but  only to the extent  that
the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the
referent  Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation
Date.
 
    "FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of
(i) the  consolidated  interest  expense  of  such  Person  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  for  such  period,  whether paid  or  accrued  (including, without
limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments,
the interest  component  of  any  deferred  payment  obligations,  the  interest
component   of  all   payments  associated   with  Capital   Lease  Obligations,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of  letter
of  credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant
to Hedging  Obligations) and  (ii)  the consolidated  interest expense  of  such
Person  and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period,
and (iii)  any  interest expense  on  Indebtedness  of another  Person  that  is
Guaranteed  by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a
Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether  or
not  such Guarantee  or Lien  is called upon)  and (iv)  the product  of (a) all
dividend payments or other  distributions on any series  of preferred equity  of
such  Person, other than dividend payments  or distributions on preferred equity
of the Company paid solely in additional shares of such preferred equity,  times
(b)  a fraction, the numerator  of which is one and  the denominator of which is
one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax  rate
of  such Person (or,  in the case of  a Person that is  a partnership or limited
liability company, the Tax  Rate), expressed as  a decimal, in  each case, on  a
consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    "GAAP"  means  generally accepted  accounting  principles set  forth  in the
opinions and pronouncements of the  Accounting Principles Board of the  American
Institute  of Certified Public Accountants  and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting  Standards Board or  in such other  statements by  such
other  entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
    "GUARANTEE" means  a  guarantee (other  than  by endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct or
indirect, in any manner  (including, without limitation,  letters of credit  and
reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof),  of all  or  any  part  of any
Indebtedness.
 
    "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations  of
such  Person  under  (i)  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate  cap
agreements and  interest rate  collar agreements  and (ii)  other agreements  or
arrangements  designed to protect  such Person against  fluctuations in interest
rates.
 
    "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to  any Person, any indebtedness of  such
Person,  whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes,  debentures  or  similar  instruments or  letters  of  credit  (or
reimbursement   agreements  in  respect  thereof)  or  banker's  acceptances  or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property  or representing any Hedging Obligations,  except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to
the  extent any of the foregoing indebtedness  (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear  as a liability upon  a balance sheet of  such
Person  prepared in accordance with GAAP, as  well as all indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such  indebtedness
is  assumed  by such  Person) and,  to  the extent  not otherwise  included, the
Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.
 
    "INVESTMENTS" means, with  respect to  any Person, all  investments by  such
Person  in  other  Persons (including  Affiliates)  in  the forms  of  direct or
indirect loans  (including guarantees  of  Indebtedness or  other  obligations),
advances  or  capital contributions  (excluding  commission, travel  and similar
advances to officers  and employees made  in the ordinary  course of  business),
purchases  or  other  acquisitions  for  consideration  of  Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other  securities, together  with all items  that are  or would  be
classified  as investments on a balance  sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities  by
the  Company for  consideration consisting  of common  equity securities  of the
Company shall not be deemed to be an Investment.
 
    "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any  kind in respect of such asset,  whether
or  not filed, recorded  or otherwise perfected  under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any option or other  agreement to sell or  give a security interest  in
and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
 
    "LIQUIDITY  FACILITY"  means  the  Subordinated  Credit  Agreement  and  any
Qualifying Facilities  (as  such term  is  defined in  the  Subordinated  Credit
Agreement).
 
    "MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM" with respect to a New Note means an amount equal to the
greater of (i) 106.375% of the outstanding principal amount of such New Note and
(ii)  the excess of (A) the present value of the remaining interest, premium and
principal payments due on such New Note as if such Note was redeemed on June  1,
2000,  computed using a discount  rate equal to the  Treasury Rate plus 50 basis
points, over (B) the outstanding principal amount of such New Note.
 
    "MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE" means  (i) for so  long as the  Company is a  limited
liability  company, the Management  Oversight Committee of  the Company and (ii)
otherwise the board of directors of the Company.
 
    "MILL" means the  real property  described in the  Mortgage, the  linerboard
mill  located thereon and all other property  and assets related thereto, all as
described in the Mortgage and  all property and assets constituting  Replacement
Collateral.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    "NET  INCOME" means, with  respect to any  Person, the net  income (loss) of
such Person, determined  in accordance  with GAAP  and before  any reduction  in
respect  of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss), together with  any related provision  for taxes or  Tax Distributions  on
such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any sale of assets not
in  the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, dispositions
pursuant to  sale and  leaseback transactions)  or (b)  the disposition  of  any
securities  by  such  Person  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or the
extinguishment of  any Indebtedness  of such  Person or  any of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  and (ii)  any extraordinary or  nonrecurring gain  (but not loss),
together with  any related  provision for  taxes or  Tax Distributions  on  such
extraordinary  or nonrecurring gain (but not loss)  and (iii) in the case of any
person that is a limited liability company or a partnership, the Tax Amount  for
such period.
 
    "NET  PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale or Event of Loss
(including, without  limitation,  any  cash  received upon  the  sale  or  other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale or Event of
Loss),  net of  the direct costs  relating to such  Asset Sale or  Event of Loss
(including, without limitation, legal,  accounting and investment banking  fees,
and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,
taxes  or Tax Distributions  paid or payable  as a result  thereof (after taking
into account  any  available tax  credits  or  deductions and  any  tax  sharing
arrangements),  amounts required to be applied  to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien  on the asset or  assets that were the  subject of such  Asset
Sale  or Event  of Loss and  any reserve for  adjustment in respect  of the sale
price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness (i)  as to which neither the  Company
nor  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a)  provides credit support of any kind
(including any  undertaking,  agreement  or  instrument  that  would  constitute
Indebtedness),  (b)  is  directly  or  indirectly  liable  (as  a  guarantor  or
otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which
(including any rights  that the  holders thereof  may have  to take  enforcement
action  against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would  permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any  holder of any  other Indebtedness (other  than the New  Notes
being  offered hereby) of the  Company or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries to
declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to  be
accelerated  or payable prior to its stated  maturity; and (iii) as to which the
lenders have been notified in  writing that they will  not have any recourse  to
the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
    "OBLIGATIONS"    means   any    principal,   interest,    penalties,   fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages  and other  liabilities payable  under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
    "PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS" means  (a) any  Investment in  the Company  or in a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary  of the Company; (b)  any Investment in  Cash
Equivalents;  and (c) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company in a  Person, if as a result  of such Investment (i) such  Person
becomes  a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company and a Guarantor or
(ii) such  Person  is merged,  consolidated  or  amalgamated with  or  into,  or
transfers  or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
 
    "PERMITTED LIENS" means  (i) Liens  securing the  New Notes;  (ii) Liens  on
inventory  and  accounts receivable  and  proceeds thereof  and  certain related
assets securing the  Liquidity Facility; (iii)  Liens in favor  of the  Company;
(iv)  Liens on property of  a Person existing at the  time such Person is merged
into or  consolidated with  the  Company or  any  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
Company;  PROVIDED that such Liens were  in existence prior to the contemplation
of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those
of the  Person  merged into  or  consolidated with  the  Company; (v)  Liens  on
property  existing at  the time  of acquisition  thereof by  the Company  or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; PROVIDED that such Liens were in existence
prior to  the  contemplation of  such  acquisition;  (vi) Liens  to  secure  the
performance  of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds
or other  obligations  of a  like  nature incurred  in  the ordinary  course  of
business;   (vii)  Liens   to  secure  Indebtedness   (including  Capital  Lease
Obligations) permitted by clause  (iv) of the second  paragraph of the  covenant
entitled  "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness" covering only the
assets acquired with such Indebtedness; (viii) Liens
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
existing on the  date of  the Indenture; (ix)  Liens for  taxes, assessments  or
governmental  charges or claims  that are not  yet delinquent or  that are being
contested in  good  faith by  appropriate  proceedings promptly  instituted  and
diligently  concluded; PROVIDED that any  reserve or other appropriate provision
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;  (x)
Liens  incurred  in  the ordinary  course  of  business of  the  Company  or any
Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company with  respect to obligations  that do  not
exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in
connection  with the borrowing of  money or the obtaining  of advances or credit
(other than trade credit in the ordinary  course of business) and (b) do not  in
the  aggregate materially detract  from the value of  the property or materially
impair the use  thereof in  the operation  of business  by the  Company or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary; (xi) the Lien  of the Box USA  Lease; (xii) the Liens of
the Option Agreement and the Warehouse Agreement, in each case as such terms are
defined in the Mortgage;  (xiii) exceptions to title  set forth in Title  Policy
No.  A02-064331 issued by  Commonwealth Land Title  Insurance Company; and (xiv)
Liens on assets of  Unrestricted Subsidiaries that  secure Non-Recourse Debt  of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
    "PERMITTED REFINANCING DEBT" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are  used  to  extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease  or  refund  other
Indebtedness of  the Company  or any  of its  Restricted Subsidiaries;  PROVIDED
that:  (i)  the principal  amount  (or accreted  value,  if applicable)  of such
Permitted Refinancing Debt  does not  exceed the principal  amount (or  accreted
value,  if  applicable) of  the Indebtedness  so extended,  refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable fees and  expenses
incurred  in connection therewith);  (ii) such Permitted  Refinancing Debt has a
final maturity date later than  the final maturity date  of, and has a  Weighted
Average  Life to Maturity equal to or  greater than the Weighted Average Life to
Maturity of,  the Indebtedness  being extended,  refinanced, renewed,  replaced,
defeased  or  refunded; (iii)  if the  Indebtedness being  extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is  subordinated in right of payment  to
the  New Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt  has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the
New Notes on terms at  least as favorable to the  Holders of New Notes as  those
contained  in  the  documentation  governing  the  Indebtedness  being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such  Indebtedness
is  incurred either by  the Company or  by the Restricted  Subsidiary who is the
obligor on  the  Indebtedness  being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,
defeased or refunded.
 
    "REPLACEMENT  COLLATERAL" means, at  any relevant date  in connection with a
Collateral Asset Sale or Event of  Loss, assets used in the linerboard  business
other  than the Collateral, which on such date, (a) constitute similar assets to
Collateral disposed of or destroyed (and do not constitute Capital Stock of  any
Person),  (b) are  acquired by the  Company at  a purchase price  which does not
exceed the fair market value of  such Replacement Collateral (as determined,  in
the  case of each of (a) and (b),  in good faith by the Management Committee, on
the basis  of  the written  opinion  of  a qualified  independent  appraiser  or
financial  advisor  prepared  contemporaneously  with  such  purchase)  and made
available to  the Trustee,  (c)  are free  and clear  of  all Liens  other  than
Permitted Liens, and (d) is subject to the Collateral Documents.
 
    "RESTRICTED   INVESTMENT"  means  an  Investment   other  than  a  Permitted
Investment.
 
    "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of  a Person  means any Subsidiary  of the  referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
    "SELLER NOTE" means that certain Indebtedness issued by the Company pursuant
to  the Asset Purchase Agreement in an  aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$10.0 million.
 
    "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means  any Restricted  Subsidiary that  would be  a
"significant  subsidiary" as defined in Article  1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the  Act, as such  Regulation is in  effect on the  date
hereof.
 
    "SUBORDINATED  CREDIT  AGREEMENT" means  the Subordinated  Credit Agreement,
dated the date of the Indenture, among the Company, Stone and Four M.
 
    "SUBSIDIARY" means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  (i)  any  corporation,
association  or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power  of   Capital   Stock  entitled   (without   regard  to   the   occurrence
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
of  any contingency) to vote in the  election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at  the time  owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly, by  such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof)  and (ii) any partnership (a) the  sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is  such Person or a Subsidiary  of such Person or  (b)
the  only general partners of which are  such Person or one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person (or any combination thereof).
 
    "TAX AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the  combined
federal,  state and local taxes that  would be paid by such  Person if it were a
Delaware corporation filing  separate tax  returns with respect  to its  Taxable
Income  for such Period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that in determining the Tax Amount,
the  effect  thereon  of   any  net  operating   loss  carryforwards  or   other
carryforwards  or tax attributes, such as alternative minimum tax carryforwards,
that would have arisen if such Person were a Delaware corporation shall be taken
into account. Notwithstanding  anything to  the contrary, Tax  Amount shall  not
include  taxes  resulting from  such Person's  reorganization  or change  in the
status as a corporation.
 
    "TAX DISTRIBUTION" means a  distribution in respect  of members' income  tax
liability in an amount not to exceed the Tax Amount.
 
    "TAX  RATE" means the combined federal,  state and local tax rate applicable
to a  Delaware corporation  filing  separate tax  returns  with respect  to  its
Taxable Income.
 
    "TAXABLE  INCOME"  means, with  respect to  any Person  for any  period, the
taxable income or loss of such Person  (or, with respect to a Tax  Distribution,
the  taxable income or  loss of the  Company allocated to  such Person) for such
period for federal  income tax purposes;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  all items  of
income,  gain, loss  or deduction required  to be stated  separately pursuant to
Section 703(a)(1)  of the  Code shall  be included  in taxable  income or  loss;
PROVIDED,  FURTHER, HOWEVER,  that (i) any  basis adjustment  made in connection
with an election under  Section 754 of  the Code shall  be disregarded and  (ii)
such  taxable income shall be increased or  such taxable loss shall be decreased
by the  amount of  any interest  expense incurred  by such  Person that  is  not
treated  as deductible for federal income tax purposes by a partner or member of
such Person.
 
    "TREASURY RATE" means the yield to  maturity at the time of the  computation
of  United States Treasury  securities with a constant  maturity (as compiled by
and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)),
which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date
fixed for prepayment (or,  if such Statistical Release  is no longer  published,
any  publicly available source of similar market  data) most nearly equal to the
then remaining average life of  the series of New  Notes for which a  Make-Whole
Premium is being calculated; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the average life of such
note  is  not equal  to  the constant  maturity  of the  United  States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield  is given, the Treasury Rate shall  be
obtained  by linear  interpolation (calculated to  the nearest  one-twelfth of a
year) from the weekly  average yields of United  States Treasury securities  for
which  such yields are given,  except that if the average  life of such Notes is
less than one year,  the weekly average yield  on actually traded United  States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
 
    "UNRESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY"  means  (i) any  Subsidiary,  other  than Finance
Corp., that is designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary  pursuant
to  a resolution of the  Management Committee, but only  to the extent that such
Subsidiary: (a) has  no Indebtedness other  than Non-Recourse Debt;  (b) is  not
party  to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company
or any  Restricted  Subsidiary of  the  Company unless  the  terms of  any  such
agreement,  contract, arrangement or understanding are  no less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than  those that might be obtained at  the
time  from Persons who are  not Affiliates of the Company;  (c) is a Person with
respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  has
any  direct  or  indirect  obligation (x)  to  subscribe  for  additional Equity
Interests or (y) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to
cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d)  has
not  guaranteed or otherwise directly or  indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (e)  has
at  least one director  on its board  of directors that  is not a  member of the
Management Committee  or an  executive officer  of  the Company  or any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries and has  at least one  executive officer that  is not a
member of the Management Committee or an executive officer of the Company or any
of its
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
Restricted  Subsidiaries;  and  (f)  does  not  own  any  Collateral.  Any  such
designation  by the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy  of the resolution of  the Management Committee  giving
effect  to such  designation and an  Officers' Certificate  certifying that such
designation complied  with the  foregoing conditions  and was  permitted by  the
covenant  described  above  under the  caption  "--Certain Covenants--Restricted
Payments." If, at any time, any  Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet  the
foregoing  requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease
to be  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  for  purposes  of  the  Indenture  and  any
Indebtedness  of such Subsidiary shall be deemed  to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the  Company as of  such date  (and, if such  Indebtedness is  not
permitted  to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the
caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness,"  the Company shall be  in default of  such
covenant).  The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to
be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED that such designation shall be deemed to be
an incurrence of Indebtedness by a  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of  any
outstanding  Indebtedness of  such Unrestricted Subsidiary  and such designation
shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant
described under the caption  "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of  Indebtedness,"
and  (ii) no Default  or Event of  Default would be  in existence following such
designation.
 
    "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any  Indebtedness
at  any  date, the  number of  years obtained  by  dividing (i)  the sum  of the
products  obtained  by  multiplying  (a)  the  amount  of  each  then  remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or  other  required  payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (b)  the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
 
    "WHOLLY  OWNED  RESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY"  of any  Person  means  a Restricted
Subsidiary of  such  Person  all  of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock  or  other
ownership  interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be  owned by  such Person  or by one  or more  Wholly Owned  Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
   
                       FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
    The following discussion is a general summary of the material federal income
tax  consequences expected to result to Holders of the Notes. This discussion is
based on laws, regulations, rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, all of
which are subject to change. Any such change could be retroactive in effect.
    
 
    This discussion does not cover all  aspects of federal income taxation  that
may  be relevant  to a  particular Holder in  light of  such Holder's individual
investment circumstances  or to  Holders  that may  be  subject to  special  tax
treatment  (such as life insurance companies, financial institutions, tax-exempt
organizations (including qualified pension or  profit sharing plans and  foreign
taxpayers)),  and no  aspect of foreign,  state or local  taxation is addressed.
This discussion is limited to Holders  who hold their Notes as "capital  assets"
(generally,  property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). EACH HOLDER IS URGED
TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX  ADVISOR FOR THE FEDERAL AND  STATE INCOME AND OTHER  TAX
CONSEQUENCES  PECULIAR TO SUCH  HOLDER ARISING FROM HOLDING  OR DISPOSING OF THE
NOTES.
 
LEGAL OPINIONS
 
    At the Closing, the Company received an opinion from Kramer, Levin, Naftalis
& Frankel,  counsel  to the  Company,  as to  the  material federal  tax  issues
described in the following two paragraphs. The opinion of such counsel was based
on  currently  applicable law,  which is  subject  to change,  on the  facts and
circumstances in existence  at the closing,  and on the  continuing accuracy  of
certain  representations to be made by the Company. An opinion of counsel is not
binding on  the Internal  Revenue Service  (the  "IRS") and  no ruling  will  be
requested from the IRS on any issues described herein.
 
    First,  in  the opinion  of  counsel, the  Company  should be  treated  as a
partnership and not a corporation for  federal income tax purposes. The  Company
will report as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
    Second, in the opinion of such counsel, the Notes should constitute debt and
not  equity for federal  income tax purposes.  The Company intends  to take that
position.
 
INTEREST
 
    Holders will be required  to report interest income  for federal income  tax
purposes for any interest earned on the Notes in accordance with their method of
tax  accounting. Although not free from  doubt, any Liquidated Damages paid with
respect to an Old Note as a result of the Issuers' failure to comply with  their
obligations  under the Registration Rights Agreement should generally be taxable
to a  Holder  as  ordinary  income  in  accordance  with  their  method  of  tax
accounting.
 
SALE, REDEMPTION AND MATURITY OF THE NOTES
 
    A  Holder will recognize  gain or loss,  if any, on  the sale, redemption or
maturity of a Note equal to the difference between the fair market value of  all
consideration  received  (excluding amounts  received  that are  attributable to
accrued and unpaid interest, which amounts must be included as ordinary interest
income) upon such sale,  redemption or maturity of  the Notes and such  Holder's
adjusted  tax  basis  in the  Notes.  Except  to the  extent  of  any previously
unrecognized accrued market discount, discussed below, such gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss.
 
    Generally, a Holder who purchases Notes subsequent to original issuance at a
"market discount"  (I.E.,  at a  price  below  the stated  redemption  price  at
maturity)  must  treat  gain recognized  on  the  disposition of  such  Notes as
ordinary income to the extent market discount accrued while the debt  instrument
was  held by such  Holder, unless such  Holder made an  election to include such
market discount in income  as it accrued.  Such an election  would apply to  all
market  discount obligations  acquired on  or after the  first day  of the first
taxable year to which  such election applies  and may be  revoked only with  the
consent of the IRS.
 
    Holders  who purchase Notes  subsequent to original  issuance should consult
their own tax advisors regarding the amount of any market discount accrued  with
respect to Notes held by them.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    A  Holder of Notes may  be subject to backup withholding  at the rate of 31%
with respect to interest paid on, or gross proceeds from, the sale of the Notes,
unless such Holder  (a) is a  corporation or comes  within certain other  exempt
categories  or (b) provides a  correct taxpayer identification number, certifies
as to no loss of exemption  from backup withholding and otherwise complies  with
applicable  requirements of the backup withholding  rules. A Holder who does not
provide the  Company with  its  correct taxpayer  identification number  may  be
subject to penalties imposed by the IRS.
 
    The  Company  will report  to  the Holders  and the  IRS  the amount  of any
"reportable payments" (including any interest paid) and any amount withheld with
respect to the Notes during the calendar year.
 
    Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
refund or a credit against the  Holder's federal income tax liability,  provided
that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    Based  on  interpretations  by the  staff  of  the Commission  set  forth in
no-action letters issued to  third parties, the Issuers  believe that New  Notes
issued  pursuant to the Exchange Offer to an Eligible Holder in exchange for Old
Notes may  be offered  for  resale, resold  and  otherwise transferred  by  such
Eligible  Holder (other  than (i)  a broker-dealer  who purchased  the Old Notes
directly from the Issuers for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the  Securities
Act  or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, or (ii) a person
that is an affiliate  of the Issuers  within the meaning of  Rule 405 under  the
Securities  Act),  without  compliance  with  the  registration  and  prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the Eligible Holder  is
acquiring  the  New  Notes  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  is not
participating, and  has  no arrangement  or  understanding with  any  person  to
participate, in a distribution of the New Notes.
 
    Each  broker-dealer that  holds Old  Notes which  were acquired  for its own
account as  a result  of market-making  activities or  other trading  activities
(other  than Old Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or an affiliate of the
Issuers), may  exchange the  Old Notes  for  New Notes  in the  Exchange  Offer.
However, such broker-dealer may be deemed an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the  Securities Act and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resales of  the New  Notes received by  such broker-dealer  in the  Exchange
Offer. This prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by delivery of this
Prospectus,  as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time. The Issuers
have agreed that they  will provide sufficient copies  of the latest version  of
the  Prospectus to broker-dealers  promptly upon request at  any time during the
270 day period  following the effective  date of this  Prospectus to  facilitate
such resales.
 
    The  Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of the New Notes by
broker-dealers. New  Notes received  by broker-dealers  for their  own  accounts
pursuant  to the Exchange  Offer may be  sold from time  to time in  one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of  options on the  New Notes or  a combination of  such methods  of
resale,  at  market prices  at the  time of  resale, at  prices related  to such
prevailing market  prices or  negotiated prices.  Any such  resale may  be  made
directly  to purchasers  or to  or through  brokers or  dealers who  may receive
compensation  in  the  form  of   commissions  or  concessions  from  any   such
broker-dealer  and/or the  purchasers of any  such New  Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant  to
the  Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act  and  any  profit  on  any such  resale  of  New  Notes  and  any
commissions  or concessions  received by  any such persons  may be  deemed to be
underwriting compensation under  the Securities Act.  The Letter of  Transmittal
states  that,  by  acknowledging  that  it  will  deliver  and  by  delivering a
prospectus, a  broker-dealer  will  not  be  deemed  to  admit  that  it  is  an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
    By  acceptance of  the Exchange  Offer, each  broker-dealer and  Holder that
receives the New Notes  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer hereby agrees to  notify
the  Issuers  prior to  using  the Prospectus  in  connection with  the  sale or
transfer of  New Notes,  and  each broker-dealer  and  Holder agrees  that  upon
receipt  of any  notice from  the Issuers of  the existence  of any  fact or the
happening of  any event  that makes  any statement  of a  material fact  in  the
Prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement hereto, or any document incorporated
herein by reference untrue or requires the making of any additions or changes in
the Prospectus  (the  "Notice"), such  broker-dealer  or Holder  will  forthwith
discontinue  the disposition of the New Notes until such broker-dealer or Holder
(i) receives copies of a supplemental  prospectus or (ii) is advised in  writing
by  the Issuers that the  use of the prospectus may  be resumed and has received
copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated herein by
reference. Upon  the Issuers'  request  and at  its  expense, each  Holder  will
deliver  to the  Issuers all  copies, other than  permanent file  copies in such
Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such New Notes that was  current
at the time of receipt of such Notice.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  legality of the New Notes being  issued in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be passed upon for the Issuers by Kramer, Levin, Naftalis &  Frankel,
New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of St. Joe Forest Products Company--Linerboard Mill
Operations  as of December 31, 1994  and 1995, and for each  of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995, have been included herein and in  the
Registration  Statement in  reliance upon the  report of KPMG  Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants,  appearing elsewhere herein, and  upon
the  authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The report of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP refers to a change in the method of accounting for  income
taxes.
 
   
    The financial statement of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. as of May 29,
1996  included in this Prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report
of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................        F-2
Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 1994 and 1995...........................................        F-3
Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995...............................        F-4
Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995...............................        F-5
Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995........................        F-6
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................        F-7
Unaudited Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the period from January 1,
 1996 to May 30, 1996......................................................................................       F-12
Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the period from January 1,
 1996 to May 30, 1996......................................................................................       F-13
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements....................................................................       F-14
FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................       F-16
Balance Sheet as of May 29, 1996...........................................................................       F-17
Notes to Financial Statement...............................................................................       F-18
Unaudited Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996................................................................       F-19
Unaudited Statement of Operations and Changes in Accumulated Deficit for the period from May 30, 1996 to
 June 30, 1996.............................................................................................       F-20
Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the period from May 30, 1996 to June 30, 1996........................       F-21
Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements....................................................................       F-22
FLORIDA COAST PAPER FINANCE CORP.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Finance  Corp.  is a  subsidiary  of the  Company  that was  incorporated in
Delaware for  the purpose  of serving  as co-issuer  of the  Notes in  order  to
facilitate  the Offering of the Old Notes  and the Exchange Offer. Finance Corp.
does not  have  any substantial  operations  or assets  and  does not  have  any
revenues; thus, the separate financial statements of Finance Corp. have not been
included in the financial statements included herein.
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
St. Joe Forest Products Company:
 
    We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of St. Joe
Forest  Products Company--Linerboard Mill Operations as of December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and changes in equity
for each of the years  in the three-year period  ended December 31, 1995.  These
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects, the  financial position  of St.  Joe Forest  Products
Company--Linerboard  Mill Operations as  of December 31, 1994  and 1995, and the
results of  its operations  and its  cash flows  for each  of the  years in  the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
   
    As  disclosed  in note  3(g)  to the  financial  statements, St.  Joe Forest
Products Company--Linerboard Mill  Operations changed its  method of  accounting
for  income  taxes effective  January 1,  1993  to adopt  the provisions  of the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board's  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
    
 
                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Jacksonville, Florida
February 12, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
 
                        STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1994       1995
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>         <C>
                                                      ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................................................................  $   13,561         --
  Accounts receivable......................................................................      12,292      9,249
  Inventories, net.........................................................................      12,108     14,632
  Other assets.............................................................................         831      1,143
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
    Total current assets...................................................................      38,792     25,024
Property, plant and equipment, net.........................................................     171,021    169,424
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
    Total assets...........................................................................  $  209,813    194,448
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
 
                                              LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.........................................................................  $    8,556      7,746
  Accrued liabilities......................................................................         796      1,354
  Accrued reserves.........................................................................       1,424      2,056
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
    Total current liabilities..............................................................      10,776     11,156
Accrued reserves...........................................................................       1,799      2,379
Deferred income taxes......................................................................      34,020     33,553
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
    Total liabilities......................................................................      46,595     47,088
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
Equity in net assets.......................................................................     163,218    147,360
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
    Total liabilities and equity...........................................................  $  209,813    194,448
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
                                                                                             ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
 
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1993       1994       1995
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales.......................................................................  $  153,005    192,886    239,165
Cost of sales...................................................................     167,247    183,800    180,788
Selling, general and administrative expenses....................................       4,199      3,077      4,672
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Operating profit (loss).....................................................     (18,441)     6,009     53,705
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Other income:
  Interest income...............................................................          97        383        962
  Other, net....................................................................         430        227         95
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                         527        610      1,057
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative
 effect of change in accounting principle.......................................     (17,914)     6,619     54,762
Provision for income taxes:
  Current.......................................................................      (8,518)      (494)    20,995
  Deferred......................................................................       2,647      2,947       (701)
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Total provision for income taxes............................................      (5,871)     2,453     20,294
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in
 accounting principle...........................................................     (12,043)     4,166     34,468
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
 for income taxes...............................................................       5,003         --         --
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Net income (loss)...........................................................  $   (7,040)     4,166     34,468
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1993       1994       1995
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)...............................................................  $   (7,040)     4,166     34,468
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle...........................      (5,003)        --         --
    Depreciation..................................................................      24,451     23,678     24,054
    Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes..................................       2,647      2,947       (701)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable.........................................................      (1,913)    (3,920)     3,043
      Inventories, net............................................................      (2,543)     2,370     (2,524)
      Other assets................................................................         (31)        (4)       (78)
      Accounts payable............................................................         338        426       (810)
      Accrued liabilities.........................................................        (212)       333        558
      Accrued expenses and reserves...............................................         565       (153)     1,212
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
        Cash provided by operating activities.....................................      11,259     29,843     59,222
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment......................................     (13,381)    (8,321)   (22,457)
  Purchases of held to maturity investments.......................................          --     (3,951)    (8,850)
  Proceeds from maturity of investments...........................................          --      3,951      8,850
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
        Cash used in investing activities.........................................     (13,381)    (8,321)   (22,457)
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in intercompany accounts.................................................       3,276     (8,434)   (50,326)
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
        Cash (used in) provided by financing activities...........................       3,276     (8,434)   (50,326)
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents..............................       1,154     13,088    (13,561)
Cash and cash equivalents (deficit) at beginning of period........................        (681)       473     13,561
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period........................................  $      473     13,561         --
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                         STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1993       1994        1995
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>        <C>
Common stock...................................................................  $       10         10          10
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
Additional paid in capital.....................................................  $   75,014     75,014      75,014
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
Retained earnings:
  Balance at beginning of year.................................................  $  127,090    120,050     124,216
  Net income (loss)............................................................      (7,040)     4,166      34,468
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
  Balance at end of year.......................................................  $  120,050    124,216     158,684
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
Intercompany accounts:
  Balance at beginning of year.................................................  $  (30,864)   (27,588)    (36,022)
  Intercompany (sales) purchases:
    St. Joe Container Company..................................................     (87,015)   (97,691)   (126,410)
    St. Joseph Land and Development Company....................................      53,994     54,321      55,225
    Apalachicola Northern Railroad.............................................       4,409      4,489       4,310
  Costs allocated from St. Joe Paper Company:
    Overhead allocation........................................................         960        960         960
    Current income taxes.......................................................      (8,518)      (494)     20,995
  Net cash (transferred) received..............................................      39,446     29,981      (5,406)
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
  Balance at end of year.......................................................  $  (27,588)   (36,022)    (86,348)
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(1) NATURE OF OPERATIONS
    St.  Joe Forest  Products Company  (SJFP) is  engaged in  the manufacture of
mottled white  and unbleached  kraft linerboard.  SJFP operates  one  production
facility  which is  located in  Port St.  Joe, Florida.  Sales are  primarily to
manufacturers of corrugated containers, both domestic and foreign.
 
(2) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The accompanying financial  statements include all  of the relevant  assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses attributable to the linerboard mill operation
of  SJFP. Certain of the  assets and liabilities are  under contract for sale as
defined in the asset  purchase agreement between St.  Joe Paper Company  (SJPC),
SJFP,  St. Joe Container Company (SJCC), Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. and
Four M  Corporation dated  November 1,  1995. The  financial statements  do  not
reflect SJFP's wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
(3) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    (A)  ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
   
    (B)  REVENUE RECOGNITION
    
 
   
    Revenue from the sale of linerboard  is recognized generally on delivery  of
the product to the common carrier.
    
 
   
    (C)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    
 
    For  purposes  of the  statement of  cash flows,  cash and  cash equivalents
include cash on hand,  bank demand accounts,  money market accounts,  remarketed
certificates   of  participation  and   repurchase  agreements  having  original
maturities of three months or less.
 
   
    (D)  INVENTORIES
    
 
    Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Costs   for
manufactured  paper products and  associated raw materials  are determined under
the  last-in,  first-out  (LIFO)  method.  Costs  for  substantially  all  other
inventories  are determined under the first in,  first out (FIFO) or the average
cost method.  A  reserve  for  obsolescence is  established  for  materials  and
supplies having no activity in the previous seven years.
 
   
    (E)  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
    Depreciation  is computed  using both straight-line  and accelerated methods
over the useful lives of various assets.
 
   
    (F)  SELF-INSURANCE
    
 
   
    Self-insurance reserves are established  for automobile liability,  workers'
compensation,  group health insurance provided  to employees and property losses
based on claims filed and claims incurred  but not reported, with a maximum  per
occurrence  of $25 for automobile liability, $600 for workers' compensation, $50
for property loss, other than windstorm,  and $250 for damage due to  windstorm.
SJFP is insured for insurance costs in excess of these limits.
    
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(3) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
   
    (G)  INCOME TAXES
    
 
    SJFP's  results of operations are included  in the consolidated U.S. federal
and Florida income  tax returns  of SJPC. The  tax provisions  and deferred  tax
liabilities presented have been determined as if SJFP was a stand-alone business
filing  separate returns,  except to  the extent that  an operating  loss can be
utilized by SJPC, the benefit is allocated to SJFP. Current tax liabilities  are
paid to or refunded by SJPC.
 
    SJFP  follows the asset and liability  method of accounting for income taxes
in accordance with Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No.  109
"Accounting  for  Income  Taxes."  Under  SFAS  109,  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are  recognized  for the  future  tax consequences  attributable  to
differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are measured using  enacted tax rates expected  to apply to taxable
income in the  years in  which those temporary  differences are  expected to  be
recovered  or settled.  Under SFAS  109, the effect  on deferred  tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period  that
includes  the enactment date.  Effective January 1, 1993,  SJFP adopted SFAS 109
and has  reported  the  cumulative  effect  of that  change  in  the  method  of
accounting for income taxes of $5,003 in the 1993 statement of operations.
 
(4) INVENTORIES
    Inventories as of December 31 consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Manufactured paper products and associated raw materials...........................  $   2,157      3,886
Materials and supplies.............................................................      9,951     10,746
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     $  12,108     14,632
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  replacement  cost of  manufactured  paper products  and  associated raw
material inventories was in excess of  LIFO stated cost by approximately  $2,750
as  of December  31, 1995  ($2,662 in  1994). The  reserve for  obsolescence was
approximately $2,100 at December 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
(5) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
    Property, plant and equipment, at cost, as of December 31 consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                                               USEFUL
                                                                         1994       1995        LIFE
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>
Land................................................................  $      200        200      --
Land improvements...................................................       4,020      4,123      20
Buildings...........................................................      10,584     11,474      45
Machinery and equipment.............................................     345,965    366,225   12 - 30
Office equipment....................................................         701        732      10
Autos and trucks....................................................         744        861    3 - 6
Construction in progress............................................       6,402      1,796      --
                                                                      ----------  ---------
                                                                         368,616    385,411
Accumulated depreciation............................................     197,595    215,987
                                                                      ----------  ---------
                                                                      $  171,021    169,424
                                                                      ----------  ---------
                                                                      ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(6) INCOME TAXES
    Total income tax  expense (benefit) for  the year ended  December 31,  1993,
1994  and 1995, was attributable to income (loss) from continuing operations and
was ($5,871), $2,453 and $20,294, respectively.
 
    Income tax expense (benefit) attributable  to income (loss) from  continuing
operations  differed from the amount computed  by applying the statutory federal
income tax rate to pre-tax income (loss) as a result of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1993       1994       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Tax at the statutory federal rate.......................................  $  (6,270)     2,317     19,167
State income taxes (net of federal benefit).............................       (367)       136      1,127
Adjustment to deferred tax assets and liabilities for enacted changes in
 tax laws and rates.....................................................        766         --         --
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  (5,871)     2,453     20,294
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The tax  effects of  temporary  differences that  give rise  to  significant
portions  of deferred  tax liabilities and  deferred tax assets  at December 31,
1994 and 1995, are presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation....  $  35,448     35,197
Deferred tax assets:
  Current:
    Accrued reserves...............................................................        528        762
  Noncurrent:
    Accrued reserves...............................................................      1,428      1,644
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
      Total deferred tax assets....................................................      1,956      2,406
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax liability.........................................................  $  33,492     32,791
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Based on the timing of reversal of future taxable amounts and SJFP's history
of reporting taxable income, SJFP believes that the deferred tax assets will  be
realized  and a  valuation allowance  is not  considered necessary.  The current
deferred tax asset of $528 and $762  is recorded in other assets as of  December
31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
(7) PENSION AND RETIREMENT PLANS
   
    Substantially   all  of  SJFP's   employees,  along  with   other  SJPC  and
subsidiaries eligible employees, participate in  SJPC pension plans. During  the
past  three years,  the assets  of the SJPC  pension plan  have exceeded benefit
obligations under such  plans, resulting  in pension  income under  SFAS No.  87
"Employers'  Accounting for Pensions." SJPC has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(ESOP) for the purpose of purchasing stock of SJPC for the benefit of  qualified
employees.  Contributions  to the  ESOP are  limited to  .5% of  compensation of
employees covered under the ESOP. No assets of the SJPC pension plan or the ESOP
will be transferred as a result  of the asset purchase agreement. No  allocation
of  benefit or  expense from  the pension plans  or ESOP  has been  made to SJFP
during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 due to immateriality.
    
 
    SJPC also has other  defined contribution plans  which, in conjunction  with
the  ESOP, cover substantially all its  salaried employees. Contributions are at
the   employees'    discretion    and    are   matched    by    SJPC    up    to
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(7) PENSION AND RETIREMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)
certain  limits. SJFP's expense  for these defined  contribution plans was $132,
$133, and  $131 in  1993, 1994  and 1995,  respectively. Pursuant  to the  asset
purchase agreement, the assets of the defined contribution plans attributable to
transferred  SJFP employees may be paid out immediately to the employee, left in
the plans  or rolled  over into  a qualified  plan of  the buyer,  if such  plan
exists.
 
(8) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Intercompany  due to  and due  from balances between  SJFP and  SJPC and its
affiliates have been included  in equity. The net  intercompany due to SJFP  was
$36,022   and  $86,348  at  December  31,   1994  and  1995,  respectively.  The
intercompany transactions described below may or  may not be indicative of  what
such  transactions would have  been had SJFP operated  either as an unaffiliated
entity or in affiliation with another entity.
 
   
    An allocation of costs of overhead  of SJPC is included in selling,  general
and administrative expenses. SJPC provides services for SJFP in treasury, taxes,
benefits  administration  and  legal  support and  other  financial  systems and
support. SJPC's budgeted overhead was allocated based on a formula which equally
weighted each  subsidiary's  proportional  share of  payroll,  sales  and  fixed
assets.  This  formula  is similar  to  that which  is  used by  many  states to
determine the economic activity of an entity and is considered by management  to
be  a reasonable measure of  the use of corporate  resources by each subsidiary.
SJFP was billed approximately $960 annually for such services in 1993, 1994  and
1995.
    
 
   
    Sales  to SJCC, a wholly owned subsidiary of SJFP, amounted to approximately
$87,015, $97,691, and $126,410  representing approximately 251,000, 248,000  and
238,000 tons for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
Pricing  for these transactions was based on  the PULP & PAPER WEEK Price Watch:
Paper  and  Paperboard.  In  addition,   SJFP  purchases  both  linerboard   and
corrugating  medium for SJCC from outside suppliers.  The price paid by SJFP for
this rollstock was  negotiated with  each supplier.  SJCC was  charged for  this
rollstock at the prices published in PULP & PAPER WEEK.
    
 
   
    Purchases  of pulpwood and  wood chips from St.  Joseph Land and Development
Company, a wholly owned subsidiary  of SJFP, amounted to approximately  $53,994,
$54,321   and  $55,225  representing   approximately  2,038,000,  2,028,000  and
2,033,000  tons  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1993,  1994  and   1995,
respectively.
    
 
    SJFP ships the majority of its product via Apalachicola Northern Railroad, a
subsidiary of SJPC. Amounts billed for freight amounted to approximately $4,409,
$4,489  and  $4,310  for the  years  ended  December 31,  1993,  1994  and 1995,
respectively.
 
(9) CONTINGENCIES
   
    SJFP is involved  in litigation on  a number  of matters and  is subject  to
certain  claims which arise in the normal  course of business, none of which, in
the opinion of  management, is  expected to have  a material  adverse effect  on
SJFP's financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
    
 
    SJFP  has retained certain  self-insurance risks with  respect to losses for
third party liability, property  damage and group  health insurance provided  to
employees.
 
    SJFP  is subject to costs arising out of environmental laws and regulations,
which include obligations to remove or  limit the effects on the environment  of
the  disposal or release of certain wastes or substances at various sites. It is
SJFP's policy to accrue and charge against earnings environmental cleanup  costs
when it is
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                        DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
(9) CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
probable  that  a  liability  has  been incurred  and  an  amount  is reasonably
estimable. As assessments and cleanups proceed, these accruals are reviewed  and
adjusted, if necessary, as additional information becomes available.
 
    SJFP  is currently a  party to, or involved  in, legal proceedings involving
environmental matters such as alleged discharges  into water or soil. It is  not
possible  to quantify future  environmental costs because  many issues relate to
actions by third parties or  changes in environmental regulation.  Environmental
liabilities  are paid over  an extended period  and the timing  of such payments
cannot  be  predicted  with  any  confidence.  Based  on  information  presently
available,  management believes that the ultimate disposition of currently known
matters will not have a material effect on the financial position, liquidity, or
results of operations  of SJFP.  Aggregate environmental  related accruals  were
approximately $1,000 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
   
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                       UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
                THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1996 TO MAY 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1995        1996
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Net sales.................................................................................  $  132,488      67,670
Cost of sales.............................................................................      96,681      68,979
Selling, general and administrative expenses..............................................       1,891       1,409
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Operating profit (loss)...............................................................      33,916      (2,718)
Other income:
  Interest income.........................................................................         708          --
  Other, net..............................................................................       1,255         152
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                                 1,963         152
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes.........................................................      35,879      (2,566)
Provision for income taxes:
  Current.................................................................................      11,787        (753)
  Deferred................................................................................       1,510        (198)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total provision for income taxes......................................................      13,297        (951)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Net income (loss).........................................................................  $   22,582      (1,615)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
           See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
   
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY--LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                       UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                       SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
                THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1996 TO MAY 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1995       1996
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss).........................................................................  $  22,582     (1,615)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation............................................................................     11,841     10,335
    Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes............................................      1,510       (198)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable...................................................................     (5,203)     3,324
      Inventories, net......................................................................     (1,322)       630
      Other assets..........................................................................       (667)      (304)
      Accounts payable......................................................................     (3,033)       402
      Accrued liabilities...................................................................      2,282        820
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
        Cash provided by operating activities...............................................     27,990     13,394
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment................................................     (8,883)    (4,160)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
        Cash used in investing activities...................................................     (8,883)    (4,160)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in intercompany accounts...........................................................    (15,746)    (9,234)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
        Cash used in financing activities...................................................    (15,746)    (9,234)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...................................................      3,361         --
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............................................     13,561         --
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................................................  $  16,922         --
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
           See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY - LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
1.   In the opinion of St.  Joe Forest Products Company (SJFP), the accompanying
    unaudited financial statements contain  all adjustments (consisting of  only
    normal  recurring  accruals)  necessary  to present  fairly  the  results of
    operations and cash flows  for the six  months ended June  30, 1995 and  the
    period from January 1, 1996 to May 30, 1996.
    
 
   
2.   The accompanying financial statements  include all of the relevant revenues
    and expenses attributable to the linerboard mill operation of SJFP.  Certain
    of  SJFP's assets and liabilities were sold on May 30, 1996, pursuant to the
    asset purchase agreement between St. Joe Paper Company (SJPC), SJFP, St. Joe
    Container Company (SJCC),  Florida Coast  Paper Company, L.L.C.  and Four  M
    Corporation  dated November 1, 1995. The financial statements do not reflect
    SJFP's wholly-owned subsidiaries.
    
 
   
3.  The results  of operations for the  six months ended June  30, 1995 and  the
    period  from January 1, 1996 to May  30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative
    of the results that may be expected for the full year.
    
 
   
4.  The intercompany transactions described  below may or may not be  indicative
    of  what such transactions  would have been  had SJFP operated  either as an
    unaffiliated entity or in affiliation with another entity.
    
 
   
    An allocation of costs of overhead  of SJPC is included in selling,  general
    and  administrative expenses. SJPC  provides services for  SJFP in treasury,
    taxes, benefits administration and legal support and other financial systems
    and support. SJPC's budgeted overhead was allocated based on a formula which
    equally weighted each subsidiary's proportional share of payroll, sales  and
    fixed  assets. This formula is similar to  that which is used by many states
    to determine  the  economic activity  of  an  entity and  is  considered  by
    management  to be a reasonable measure of  the use of corporate resources by
    each subsidiary.  SJFP  was billed  approximately  $480 and  $400  for  such
    services  for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the period from January
    1, 1996 to May 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
    Sales to SJCC, a wholly owned subsidiary of SJFP, amounted to  approximately
    $61,903  and $36,834 representing approximately  120,000 and 78,000 tons for
    the six months ended June  30, 1995 and the period  from January 1, 1996  to
    May  30, 1996, respectively. Pricing for these transactions was based on the
    PULP &  PAPER WEEK  Price Watch:  Paper and  Paperboard. In  addition,  SJFP
    purchases  both  linerboard and  corrugating  medium for  SJCC  from outside
    suppliers. The price  paid by SJFP  for this rollstock  was negotiated  with
    each  supplier. SJCC was charged for  this rollstock at the prices published
    in PULP & PAPER WEEK.
    
 
   
    Purchases of pulpwood and  wood chips from St.  Joseph Land and  Development
    Company,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary of  SJFP,  amounted  to approximately
    $29,466 and $16,932  representing approximately 1,075,000  and 570,000  tons
    for  the six months ended June 30, 1995  and the period from January 1, 1996
    to May 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
    SJFP ships the majority of its product via Apalachicola Northern Railroad, a
    subsidiary of SJPC.  Amounts billed  for freight  amounted to  approximately
    $2,470 and $1,241 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the period from
    January 1, 1996 to May 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
5.   SJFP is  involved in litigation  on a number  of matters and  is subject to
    certain claims which arise in the normal course of business, none of  which,
    in  the opinion of management, is expected to have a material adverse effect
    on SJFP's financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
    
 
    SJFP has retained certain  self-insurance risks with  respect to losses  for
    third  party liability, property damage  and group health insurance provided
    to employees.
 
    SJFP is subject to costs arising out of environmental laws and  regulations,
    which  include obligations to remove or limit the effects on the environment
    of the disposal or release of certain wastes or substances at various sites.
    It is  SJFP's policy  to accrue  and charge  against earnings  environmental
    cleanup costs
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
          ST. JOE FOREST PRODUCTS COMPANY - LINERBOARD MILL OPERATIONS
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    when  it is  probable that a  liability has  been incurred and  an amount is
    reasonably estimable. As  assessments and cleanups  proceed, these  accruals
    are  reviewed and adjusted, if  necessary, as additional information becomes
    available.
 
   
    SJFP is currently a  party to, or involved  in, legal proceedings  involving
    environmental  matters such as alleged discharges  into water or soil. It is
    not possible  to quantify  future environmental  costs because  many  issues
    relate  to actions by third parties  or changes in environmental regulation.
    Environmental liabilities are paid over an extended period and the timing of
    such payments cannot be predicted with any confidence. Based on  information
    presently  available, management  believes that the  ultimate disposition of
    currently known matters  will not have  a material effect  on the  financial
    position, liquidity, or results of operations of SJFP.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
   
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
To the Management Oversight Committee and Members
of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.
    
 
   
    In  our  opinion, the  accompanying balance  sheet  presents fairly,  in all
material respects, the financial position of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.
at May 29,  1996 in  conformity with generally  accepted accounting  principles.
This  financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our
audit. We conducted  our audit of  this statement in  accordance with  generally
accepted  auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the financial statements are free  of
material  misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts  and disclosures in  the financial statements,  assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating  the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
    
 
   
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
September 10, 1996
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
   
                       FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                                  MAY 29, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Assets:                                                           $      --
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
 
Members' equity:
  Common member interests, 40,000 interests issued and
   outstanding..................................................  $  40,000
 
  Capital contribution receivable arising from the
   Operating Agreement..........................................    (40,000)
                                                                  ---------
 
Total members' equity...........................................  $      --
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
                                  MAY 29, 1996
    
 
   
1.  BACKGROUND
    
 
   
    Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.  (the "Company") is a limited  liability
    company  formed  and capitalized  under the  laws of  the State  of Delaware
    pursuant to  the  Certificate  of  Formation and  the  Florida  Coast  Paper
    Company,  L.L.C.  Operating Agreement  dated  May 14,  1996  (the "Operating
    Agreement"). The  Company  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  a
    linerboard mill from St. Joe Forest Products Company ("St. Joe") in Port St.
    Joe,  Florida (the  "Mill"). The  Company is  a joint  venture between Stone
    Container Corporation and Four M Corporation (the "Joint Venture Partners").
    
 
   
    The Company had not commenced operations as of May 29, 1996.
    
 
   
2.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    
 
   
    In accordance with the Operating  Agreement, the Company was capitalized  by
    Florida  Coast Paper  Holding Co., L.L.C.  and its  wholly owned subsidiary,
    Florida Coast  Paper Corporation,  in  the form  of a  capital  contribution
    receivable  prior to the acquisition of the Mill assets. This receivable was
    funded on May 30, 1996 when the Company acquired the assets of the Mill  for
    approximately  $200 million, subject  to adjustment. The  acquisition of the
    Mill and the payment of certain expenses related thereto was funded  through
    a  $40 million capital contribution by  the Joint Venture Partners, the sale
    of $165 million of 12 3/4 percent Series A First Mortgage Notes due 2003 and
    a $10 million subordinated note of the Company issued to St. Joe. A  portion
    of such funds was also used to provide the Mill with working capital.
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                            UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $   8,625
  Accounts receivable from Joint Venture Partners.................................      9,002
  Accounts receivable.............................................................      3,159
  Accounts receivable from St. Joe................................................      2,148
  Inventories.....................................................................     14,820
  Other...........................................................................        517
                                                                                    ---------
        Total current assets......................................................     38,271
                                                                                    ---------
  Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation..................    190,051
  Deferred debt issuance costs....................................................      8,153
                                                                                    ---------
TOTAL ASSETS......................................................................  $ 236,475
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
Current liabilities:
  Accrued payables................................................................  $  15,788
  Amounts due to Joint Venture Partners...........................................        150
  Accrued liabilities.............................................................      5,278
  Accrued interest................................................................      1,787
                                                                                    ---------
        Total current liabilities.................................................     23,003
                                                                                    ---------
Long-term debt:
  Notes...........................................................................    165,000
  Seller Note.....................................................................     10,110
  Subordinated Credit Facility....................................................        500
  Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)..........................................
        Total liabilities.........................................................    198,613
Members' equity:
  Contributed capital.............................................................     40,000
  Accumulated deficit.............................................................     (2,138)
        Total members' equity.....................................................     37,862
                                                                                    ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY.............................................  $ 236,475
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
      UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED DEFICIT
               FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 30, 1996 TO JUNE 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Net sales to Joint Venture Partners................................................  $  14,279
Cost of sales......................................................................     14,478
General, selling & administrative expense..........................................        259
                                                                                     ---------
  Operating loss...................................................................       (458)
                                                                                     ---------
 
Interest income....................................................................         24
Interest expense...................................................................     (1,956)
Other income, net..................................................................        127
                                                                                     ---------
  Other expense, net...............................................................     (1,805)
                                                                                     ---------
Loss before income taxes...........................................................     (2,263)
                                                                                     ---------
Provision for state income taxes...................................................       (125)
                                                                                     ---------
NET LOSS...........................................................................     (2,138)
Accumulated deficit, beginning of period...........................................         --
                                                                                     ---------
Accumulated deficit, end of period.................................................  $  (2,138)
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                       UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
               FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 30, 1996 TO JUNE 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss.......................................................................  $  (2,138)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation.................................................................      1,114
    Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and deferred interest expense...        169
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable........................................................     (8,502)
      Inventories................................................................       (482)
      Other current assets.......................................................       (207)
      Accounts payable...........................................................      6,249
      Amounts due to Joint Venture Partners......................................        150
      Accrued liabilities........................................................      2,679
      Accrued interest...........................................................      1,787
                                                                                   ---------
  Net cash provided by operating activities......................................        819
                                                                                   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings.....................................................................    175,500
  Capital contribution from Joint Venture Partners...............................     40,000
  Payment of debt issuance costs.................................................     (7,410)
  Net cash provided by financing activities......................................    208,090
                                                                                   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments made for business acquired............................................   (200,284)
                                                                                   ---------
  Net cash used in investing activities..........................................   (200,284)
                                                                                   ---------
  Net increase in cash and cash equivalents......................................      8,625
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...................................         --
                                                                                   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.........................................  $   8,625
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
(1)  NATURE OF OPERATIONS
    
 
   
    Florida  Coast  Paper Company,  L.L.C. ("the  Company")  was formed  for the
    purpose of purchasing a paperboard mill from St. Joe Forest Products Company
    ("St. Joe") located in Port St. Joe, Florida (the "Mill"). The Company is  a
    joint  venture  between Stone  Container  Corporation ("Stone")  and  Four M
    Corporation (together, "the Joint Venture Partners"). The purchase  occurred
    on May 30, 1996. The Mill is engaged in the manufacture of mottled white and
    unbleached kraft linerboard.
    
 
   
    In  the  opinion  of  the  Company,  the  accompanying  unaudited  financial
    statements contain all adjustments necessary to fairly present the Company's
    financial position as  of June 30,  1996 and the  results of operations  and
    cash flows for the period from May 30, 1996 to June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
 
   
    (a) FISCAL YEAR
    
 
   
        The Company utilizes a December 31 fiscal year end.
    
 
   
    (b) ESTIMATES
    
 
   
        The  preparation of  financial statements  in conformity  with generally
       accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates  and
       assumptions  that affect the  reported amounts of  assets and liabilities
       and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at  the date of  the
       financial  statements and the  reported amounts of  revenues and expenses
       during the  reporting  period. Actual  results  could differ  from  those
       estimates.
    
 
   
    (c) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    
 
   
        The  Company  considers all  highly  liquid short-term  investments with
       original maturities of three months or  less to be cash equivalents  and,
       therefore,  includes such investments as cash and cash equivalents in the
       financial statements.
    
 
   
    (d) INVENTORIES
    
 
   
        Inventories are  stated  at the  lower  of  cost or  market.  Costs  for
       substantially  all  inventories  are determined  using  the  average cost
       method.
    
 
   
    (e) DEFERRED DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS
    
 
   
        Deferred debt issuance costs are amortized over the expected life of the
       related debt using the interest method.
    
 
   
    (f) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
        Property, plant  and  equipment  is stated  at  cost.  Expenditures  for
       maintenance  and repairs  are charged  to income  as incurred. Additions,
       improvements  and  major  replacements  are  capitalized.  The  cost  and
       accumulated  depreciation related to  assets sold or  retired are removed
       from the accounts and any gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
    
 
   
        For financial  reporting  purposes,  depreciation  is  provided  on  the
       straight-line  method  over  the estimated  useful  lives  of depreciable
       assets based on the following annual rates:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TYPE OF ASSET:                                                                       RATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Machinery and equipment........................................................    7% to 33%
Buildings......................................................................       4%
Land improvements..............................................................       7%
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
        The Company's long-lived assets will be reviewed for impairment whenever
       events or changes in circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount  of
       an  asset may not be recoverable. If  the carrying amount of any asset in
       question exceeds the  future undiscounted cash  flows projected from  the
       use  and  eventual  disposition of  the  asset, then  an  impairment loss
       represented by any excess carrying value over the fair value of an  asset
       will be recognized.
    
 
   
    (g) REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICY
    
 
   
        Revenues  are  recognized during  the period  in  which such  product is
       shipped.
    
 
   
    (h) INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
        As a limited liability company, the Company's results of operations  are
       included  in the  U.S. federal  income tax  returns of  the Joint Venture
       Partners. The  state  tax  provision  is included  in  the  statement  of
       operations.
    
 
   
    (i) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
    
 
   
        A  significant portion of the Company's accounts receivable are due from
       the Joint Venture Partners. See Note (6) "Related party transactions."
    
 
   
(3)  INVENTORIES
    
 
   
    Inventories as of June 30, 1996 are summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Raw materials and supplies.........................................  $  11,907
Finished goods and work in process.................................      2,913
                                                                     ---------
    Total inventories..............................................  $  14,820
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(4)  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
    Property, plant and equipment, at cost, as of June 30, 1996 is summarized as
    follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Land and land improvements........................................  $   2,842
Buildings.........................................................      7,725
Machinery and equipment...........................................    178,703
Construction in progress..........................................      1,895
                                                                    ---------
    Total property, plant and equipment...........................    191,165
Accumulated depreciation..........................................     (1,114)
                                                                    ---------
    Total property, plant and equipment, net......................  $ 190,051
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
    
 
   
    Long-term debt at June 30, 1996 is summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Senior debt:
  12.75% First Mortgage Notes due June 1, 2003....................  $ 165,000
                                                                    ---------
Subordinated debt:
  13.25% Subordinated Seller Note due June 1, 2004................     10,110
  Subordinated Credit Facility....................................        500
                                                                    ---------
  Total subordinated debt.........................................     10,610
                                                                    ---------
 
  Total long-term debt............................................  $ 175,610
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The First Mortgage Notes (the "Notes") bear interest at a rate of 12.75% per
    annum, payable  semi-annually  on  June  1 and  December  1  of  each  year,
    commencing  on December  1, 1996.  The Company is  not required  to make any
    mandatory redemption  or sinking  fund payments  with respect  to the  Notes
    prior to maturity.
    
 
   
    Interest  on the Subordinated Seller Note  (the "Seller Note") is compounded
    quarterly and can be added to the  principal of the Seller Note rather  than
    being paid in cash.
    
 
   
    In  connection with  the acquisition of  the Mill assets,  the Joint Venture
    Partners have agreed to provide the Company with a $20 million  subordinated
    line  of  credit for  general corporate  purposes (the  "Subordinated Credit
    Facility"). The Subordinated Credit Facility  will expire 90 days after  the
    maturity  of the  Notes, and  each loan  made under  the Subordinated Credit
    Facility bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, plus 3.625% per annum.  At
    June  30,  1996,  the  balance  outstanding  under  the  Subordinated Credit
    Facility was $500.
    
 
   
    There are no amounts of long-term debt maturing during the next five years.
    
 
   
    The indenture pursuant to  which the Notes will  be issued contains  certain
    covenants  that, among  other things,  limit the  ability of  the Company to
    incur additional  indebtedness, make  distributions, create  certain  liens,
    enter  into certain transactions with affiliates,  sell assets or enter into
    certain mergers and consolidations.
    
 
   
    The Notes  are  secured  by  a  first mortgage  on  all  real  property  and
    improvements  comprising the Company and  a first priority security interest
    in substantially  all of  the equipment  of the  Company and  certain  other
    assets   (but  excluding,  among  other  things,  inventories  and  accounts
    receivable, and the proceeds thereof).
    
 
   
    The  Seller  Note  contains  certain  covenants  none  of  which  are   more
    restrictive than those contained in the Indenture.
    
 
   
(6) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to  the  Output  Purchase Agreement,  each  of  the  Joint Venture
    Partners has agreed  to purchase  from the Company  one half  of the  Mill's
    entire  linerboard production at a price that is $25 per ton below the price
    of  such  product  published  in  PULP  &  PAPER  WEEK,  an  industry  trade
    publication,  subject to  a minimum  purchase price,  which minimum purchase
    price is  intended to  generate  sufficient funds  to cover  cash  operating
    costs,   cash  interest   expense  and   maintenance  capital  expenditures.
    Furthermore, in addition  to an  initial investment  of $40  million in  the
    Company,  the Joint  Venture Partners have  severally agreed  to provide the
    Company with  a  $20 million  Subordinated  Credit Facility.  See  note  (5)
    "Long-term debt."
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
(6) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The  Company  had  net  receivables  from  the  Joint  Venture  Partners  of
    approximately $9,002 at June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    Stone provides  certain  services  to  the  Company  including  engineering,
    purchasing,  transportation and  computer information  services. The Company
    has also entered into a procurement  agreement with Stone pursuant to  which
    Stone will procure wood fiber, at market values, on behalf of the Company.
    
 
   
(7) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    
 
   
    Pursuant  to the Aquisition Agreement, St.  Joe Forest Products Company, St.
    Joe Paper Company and St. Joe Container Company have agreed to indemnify the
    Company for certain environmental matters  based on activities prior to  the
    closing  of the  acquisition. However, there  can be no  assurance that this
    indemnification  will  be  sufficient  to  reimburse  the  Company  for  all
    environmental liabilities.
    
 
   
    The  Company  is subject  to  costs arising  out  of environmental  laws and
    regulations, which include obligations to remove or limit the effects on the
    environment of the disposal  or release of certain  wastes or substances  at
    various  sites.  It is  the Company's  policy to  accrue and  charge against
    earnings environmental cleanup costs  when it is  probable that a  liability
    has  been incurred and an amount is reasonably estimable. As assessments and
    cleanups proceed, these accruals are reviewed and adjusted, if necessary, as
    additional information  becomes  available.  St.  Joe  has  previously  made
    significant  capital expenditures  to comply with  water, air  and solid and
    hazardous  waste  regulations.  The  Company  expects  to  make  significant
    expenditures  in  the  future. The  Company  anticipates  that environmental
    capital expenditures will be approximately $2.0 million in each of 1996  and
    1997.
    
 
   
    In  November  1993, the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency  (the "EPA")
    announced proposed regulations,  known as  the "cluster  rules," that  would
    require  more stringent controls  on air and water  discharges from pulp and
    paper mills under the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act. In March  1996,
    the EPA reopened the comment period for certain of the proposed cluster rule
    air   regulations   and  proposed   additional  regulations   regarding  air
    discharges. It is expected that the  cluster rules, if adopted as  currently
    proposed,   would   require   substantial  expenditures   by   the  Company,
    particularly with respect  to the  production of  mottled white  linerboard.
    Pulp and paper manufacturers have submitted extensive comments to the EPA on
    the  proposed regulations in support of the position that requirements under
    the  proposed  regulations   are  unnecessarily   complex,  burdensome   and
    environmentally unjustified. It cannot be predicted at this time whether the
    EPA  will  modify  the  requirements  in  the  final  regulations.  Based on
    information presently available from  the EPA, it is  expected that the  EPA
    will  promulgate the final  cluster rules in 1996.  In addition, the Company
    anticipates that  the earliest  time for  industry compliance  with  certain
    aspects  of the regulations should not be prior to the last quarter of 1997,
    and that compliance with the remaining elements will be required by the  end
    of  1999. The Company is considering  and evaluating the potential impact of
    the proposed regulations on its operations and capital expenditures over the
    next several years. The Company estimates  the capital spending that may  be
    required  to comply with a majority of  the final regulations could be $27.0
    million over a three-year period beginning in 1997 (but could reach as  high
    as  $67.0 million under the currently  proposed regulations). If the Company
    determines to discontinue  the production of  mottled white linerboard,  the
    Company  estimates the capital spending that  may be required to comply with
    the majority  of  the  final  regulations  could  be  $5.0  million  over  a
    three-year  period  beginning in  1997  (but could  reach  as high  as $45.0
    million under the  currently proposed regulations).  The ultimate  financial
    impact  of the regulations on the  Company cannot be accurately estimated at
    this time but will depend on the nature of the final regulations, the timing
    of required implementation and the cost and availability of new technology.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
   
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
   
(7) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    
   
    The Company  may determine  that,  under the  final regulations,  the  costs
    associated   with  the  production  of   mottled  white  linerboard  may  be
    prohibitive and  may  discontinue its  production.  Because of  the  current
    higher  margins associated with  mottled white linerboard,  in the event the
    Company  discontinues  the  production  of  mottled  white  linerboard,  its
    revenues and profit margins may decrease.
    
 
   
    In  March  1996, the  EPA announced  plans to  propose a  new Clean  Air Act
    regulation that may impose additional restrictions on the air emissions from
    combustion sources at the Mill. Although the EPA is not expected to  publish
    the  rule in proposed form  until late 1996, based  on the Company's current
    understanding of the rule, the Company  estimates that it may result in  the
    incurrence  of capital costs of approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million.
    These capital costs  are expected to  be incurred over  a three-year  period
    after the rule becomes final.
    
 
   
    The  Company  is currently  a party  to, or  involved in,  legal proceedings
    involving environmental matters  such as  alleged discharges  into water  or
    soil. It is not possible to quantify future environmental costs because many
    issues  relate  to  actions by  third  parties or  changes  in environmental
    regulation. Environmental liabilities are paid  over an extended period  and
    the  timing of such payments cannot  be predicted with any confidence. Based
    on information presently  available, management believes  that the  ultimate
    disposition  of currently known  matters will not have  a material effect on
    the financial position, results of  operations or liquidity of the  Company.
    Aggregate  environmental related accruals  were $1.0 million  as of June 30,
    1996.
    
 
   
    Additionally, the  Company  is  involved  in  certain  litigation  primarily
    arising  in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the
    Company's liability under any pending litigation would not materially affect
    its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
    
 
   
    The acquisition agreement  between the Company  and St. Joe  related to  the
    Mill  provides for  a post-closing adjustment  to adjust  for actual working
    capital acquired at May 30, 1996. St.  Joe has delivered to the Company  its
    preliminary  balance sheet  as of  May 30, 1996  and, based  on such balance
    sheet, subsequent to  June 30,  1996 has  paid approximately  $2,148 to  the
    Company  as a purchase price adjustment.  This purchase price adjustment was
    included in  the  purchase  price  that was  allocated  to  the  assets  and
    liabilities  acquired based upon their relative fair values on May 30, 1996.
    This amount  is recorded  as an  accounts  receivable from  St. Joe  on  the
    Company's  June  30,  1996  balance sheet.  The  Company  believes  that the
    purchase price adjustment  amount is  understated and has  notified St.  Joe
    Corporation of its position pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
    
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO  BUY ANY SECURITIES  OTHER THAN  THE SECURITIES  TO
WHICH  IT RELATES OR  ANY OFFER TO SELL  OR THE SOLICITATION OF  AN OFFER TO BUY
SUCH SECURITIES IN  ANY CIRCUMSTANCES  IN WHICH  SUCH OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS
UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN  NO
CHANGE  IN  THE  AFFAIRS  OF THE  ISSUERS  SINCE  THE DATE  HEREOF  OR  THAT ANY
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                           --------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Available Information..........................           i
Prospectus Summary.............................           1
Risk Factors...................................          11
The Exchange Offer.............................          16
The Acquisition................................          23
Capitalization.................................          25
Selected Historical Financial Data.............          26
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.............          27
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          32
Business.......................................          36
Management.....................................          45
Security Ownership.............................          47
Florida Coast Membership Interests.............          48
Description of New Notes.......................          49
Federal Income Tax Considerations..............          74
Plan of Distribution...........................          76
Legal Matters..................................          77
Experts........................................          77
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                              FLORIDA COAST PAPER
                                COMPANY, L.L.C.
 
                              FLORIDA COAST PAPER
                                 FINANCE CORP.
 
                             OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS
12 3/4% SERIES B FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2003 WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
  THE SECURITIES ACT FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 12 3/4% SERIES A FIRST
                            MORTGAGE NOTES DUE 2003
 
                                ----------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                ----------------
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
   
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
    
 
   
    Section  2-148 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "MGCL") provides
that a  Maryland  corporation may  indemnify  any present  or  former  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the corporation (i) against judgments, penalties,
fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with
any proceeding to  which they are  made a party  by reason of  their service  in
those  capacities, unless  it is  established that  the act  or omission  of the
director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and
(a) was committed in bad  faith or (b) was the  result of active and  deliberate
dishonesty,  (ii) the director or officer actually received an improper personal
benefit in money, property  or services, or  (iii) in the  case of any  criminal
proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act
or omission was unlawful.
    
 
   
    The  MGCL permits a corporation to pay or reimburse, in advance of the final
disposition of  a proceeding,  reasonable expenses  (including attorney's  fees)
incurred by a present or former director, officer made a party to the proceeding
by  reason of his service in that  capacity, provided that the corporation shall
have received (a) a  written affirmation by the  director, officer, employee  or
agent  of the corporation of his good faith  belief that he has met the standard
of conduct necessary for indemnification by  the corporation; and (b) a  written
undertaking  by or on his  behalf to repay the amount  paid or reimbursed by the
corporation if it shall  ultimately be determined that  the standard of  conduct
was not met.
    
 
   
    In  addition,  the MGCL  permits the  charter of  a Maryland  corporation to
include a provision limiting the liability of its directors, officers, employees
or agents of the corporation to  the corporation and its stockholders for  money
damages,  subject to specified restrictions. The Company's Charter contains such
a provision.  The law  does not,  however, permit  the liability  of  directors,
officers,  employee  or  agent of  the  corporation  to the  corporation  or its
stockholders to be limited to the extent  that (1) it is proved that the  person
actually  received an improper personal benefit or (2) a judgment or other final
adjudication is entered  in a proceeding  based on a  finding that the  person's
action, or failure to act was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the
proceeding;  and was (a) committed in bad faith  or (b) the result of active and
deliberate dishonesty.
    
 
   
    The Company's Charter provides  that directors shall  be indemnified to  the
maximum  extent permitted by Maryland law, as such laws may be amended from time
to time, including the advance of expenses under the procedures provided by such
laws; and that officers may be indemnified to such extent as shall be authorized
by the Board of Directors and permitted  by the MGCL. The Company may  indemnify
other employees and agents in any manner consistent with the MGCL.
    
 
   
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of  the
registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the  question of  whether  such indemnification  by it  is  against
public  policy as expressed  in the Securities  Act and will  be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
2.1        Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1995, among Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. (the
           "Company"), St. Joe Forest Products Company, St. Joe Container Company, St. Joe Paper Company and Four M
           Corporation ("Four M").*
3.1        Certificate of Formation of the Company.
3.2        Certificate of Incorporation of Florida Coast Paper Finance Corp. ("Finance Corp.").
3.3        Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company.
3.4        By-laws of Finance Corp.
4.1        Indenture, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Finance Corp. and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
           National Association (the "Trustee").*
4.2        Form of 12 3/4% Series A and Series B First Mortgage Notes, dated as of May 30, 1996
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1).*
4.3        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Finance Corp. and Bear,
           Stearns & Co. Inc.*
5.1        Opinion of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel ("Kramer, Levin").
10.1       Output Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Four M and Stone Container
           Corporation ("Stone").*
10.2       Mortgage Security Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and the Trustee.*
10.3       Security Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and the Trustee.*
10.4       Subordinated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Four M and Stone.*
10.5       Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and Four M.*
10.6       Wood Fiber Procurement and Services Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and Stone.*
10.7       Indenture of Lease, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and Box USA
           Group, Inc.*
10.8       Wood Fiber Supply Agreement, dated as of May 30 1996, between the Company and St. Joseph Land and
           Development Company.
10.9       Promissory Note, dated as of May 30, 1996, made by the Company in favor of St. Joe Forest Products
           Company.
12         Statement re computation of ratios.
23.1       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
23.2       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
23.3       Consent of Kramer, Levin (to be contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
24.1       Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference in the signature pages).*
25.1       Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
           trustee.*
27.1       Financial Data Schedule.
99.1       Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
99.2       Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
 *  Previously Filed.
    
 
    Schedules have been omitted because of the absence of conditions under which
they are  required or  because the  information  required is  set forth  in  the
financial statements or the notes thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKING.
    
 
   
    (a)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted  to directors, officers and controlling persons  of
the   registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
    
 
   
    (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated  by reference into  the prospectus pursuant  to
Items  4, 10(b), 11, or 13  of this Form, within one  business day of receipt of
such request, and  to send  the incorporated documents  by first  class mail  or
other  equally prompt  means. This  includes information  contained in documents
filed subsequent  to  the effective  date  of the  Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement through the date of responding to the request.
    
 
   
    (c)  The undersigned  registrant hereby undertakes  to supply by  means of a
post-effective amendment  all  information  concerning a  transaction,  and  the
company  being  acquired  involved therein,  that  was  not the  subject  of and
included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement when it became effective.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this registration statement  or amendment to be  signed on its behalf  by
the  undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of New York, New York, on
September 20, 1996.
    
 
   
                                             FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                                          By:        /s/  HAROLD D. WRIGHT
    
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Harold D. Wright
                                             CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND MEMBER,
                                                      BOARD OF MANAGERS
 
    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of   the  Securities  Act  of  1933,   this
registration  statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                      SIGNATURE                                     TITLE(S)                        DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
 
                      /s/ HAROLD D. WRIGHT              Chief Executive Officer and
     -------------------------------------------         Member, Board of Managers           September 20, 1996
                   Harold D. Wright                      (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                       /s/ CLINTON G. AMES
     -------------------------------------------        President                            September 20, 1996
                   Clinton G. Ames
 
                           /s/ GREEN LONG               Chief Financial Officer and
     -------------------------------------------         Treasurer (Principal Accounting     September 20, 1996
                      Green Long                         Officer)
 
                        /s/ ROGER W. STONE
     -------------------------------------------        Member, Board of Managers            September 20, 1996
                    Roger W. Stone
 
                   /s/ ARNOLD F. BROOKSTONE
     -------------------------------------------        Member, Board of Managers            September 20, 1996
                 Arnold F. Brookstone
 
                         /s/ DENNIS MEHIEL
     -------------------------------------------        Member, Board of Managers            September 20, 1996
                    Dennis Mehiel
 
                         /s/ CHRIS MEHIEL
     -------------------------------------------        Member, Board of Managers            September 20, 1996
                     Chris Mehiel
 
                    /s/ TIMOTHY D. MCMILLIN
     -------------------------------------------        Member, Board of Managers            September 20, 1996
                 Timothy D. McMillin
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has  duly
caused  this registration statement or  amendment to be signed  on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of New York, New York,  on
September 20, 1996.
    
 
                                          FLORIDA COAST PAPER FINANCE CORP.
 
   
                                          By:        /s/ HAROLD D. WRIGHT
    
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                      Harold D. Wright
                                                CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, CHIEF
                                                          EXECUTIVE
                                                    OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
 
    Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons  in
the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                     TITLE(S)                        DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                       /s/ HAROLD D. WRIGHT             Chairman of the Board, Chief
     -------------------------------------------         Executive Officer and Director      September 20, 1996
                   Harold D. Wright                      (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                       /s/ CLINTON G. AMES
     -------------------------------------------        President                            September 20, 1996
                   Clinton G. Ames
 
                           /s/ GREEN LONG               Chief Financial Officer and
     -------------------------------------------         Treasurer (Principal Accounting     September 20, 1996
                      Green Long                         Officer)
 
                        /s/ ROGER W. STONE
     -------------------------------------------        Director                             September 20, 1996
                    Roger W. Stone
 
                   /s/ ARNOLD F. BROOKSTONE
     -------------------------------------------        Director                             September 20, 1996
                 Arnold F. Brookstone
 
                         /s/ DENNIS MEHIEL
     -------------------------------------------        Director                             September 20, 1996
                    Dennis Mehiel
 
                         /s/ CHRIS MEHIEL
     -------------------------------------------        Director                             September 20, 1996
                     Chris Mehiel
 
                    /s/ TIMOTHY D. MCMILLIN
     -------------------------------------------        Director                             September 20, 1996
                 Timothy D. McMillin
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>        <C>                                                                                                <C>
2.1        Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1995, among Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.
           (the "Company"), St. Joe Forest Products Company, St. Joe Container Company, St. Joe Paper
           Company and Four M Corporation ("Four M").*......................................................
3.1        Certificate of Formation of the Company..........................................................
3.2        Certificate of Incorporation of Florida Coast Paper Finance Corp. ("Finance
           Corp.")..........................................................................................
3.3        Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company...............................................
3.4        By-laws of Finance Corp..........................................................................
4.1        Indenture, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Finance Corp. and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
           National Association (the "Trustee").*...........................................................
4.2        Form of 12 3/4% Series A and Series B First Mortgage Notes, dated as of May 30, 1996
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1).*.....................................................
4.3        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Finance Corp. and
           Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.*........................................................................
5.1        Opinion of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel ("Kramer, Levin")...................................
10.1       Output Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company, Four M and Stone
           Container Corporation ("Stone").*................................................................
10.2       Mortgage Security Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and the Trustee.*.....
10.3       Security Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and the Trustee.*..............
10.4       Subordinated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, among the Company,
           Four M and Stone.*...............................................................................
10.5       Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and Four M.*....
10.6       Wood Fiber Procurement and Services Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and
           Stone.*..........................................................................................
10.7       Indenture of Lease, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and Box USA
           Group, Inc.*.....................................................................................
10.8       Wood Fiber Supply Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996, between the Company and St. Joseph Land
           and Development Company..........................................................................
10.9       Promissory Note, dated as of May 30, 1996, made by the Company in favor of St. Joe Forest
           Products Company.................................................................................
12         Statement re computation of ratios...............................................................
23.1       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.................................................................
23.2       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP..................................................................
23.3       Consent of Kramer, Levin (to be contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)...................
24.1       Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference in the signature pages).*...........................
25.1       Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
           Association, as trustee.*........................................................................
27.1       Financial Data Schedule..........................................................................
99.1       Form of Letter of Transmittal.*..................................................................
99.2       Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*..........................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
 *  Previously Filed.
    

<PAGE>

                               CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
                                          OF
                         FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.


         The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of
forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the
requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the
Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and
known, identified and referred to as the "Delaware Limited Liability Company
Act"), hereby certifies that:

         FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company (the "limited
liability company") is Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.

         SECOND:   The address of the registered office and the name and the
address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be
maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are
Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

         THIRD:    The latest date on which the limited liability company is to
dissolve is December 31, 2050.

         Executed on May 14, 1996.


                         /s/ Michael S. Nelson
                        ------------------------------------
                        Michael S. Nelson, Authorized Person


<PAGE>


                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                          FLORIDA COAST PAPER FINANCE CORP.

         1.   The name of the Corporation is Florida Coast Paper Finance Corp.
         2.   The address of the registered office of the Corporation in
Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the
name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Corporation
Service Company. 
         3.   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any  lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.
         4.   The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is
authorized to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
         5.   The name and mailing address of the sole Incorporator are as
follows:

    Name                Mailing Address
    ----                ---------------
Fran La Vecchia         c/o Kramer, Levin, Naftalis
                          & Frankel
                        919 Third Avenue
                        New York, NY 10022

         6.   Except as required in the By-Laws no election of directors need
be by written ballot.
         7.   The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter, or
repeal By-Laws subject to the power of the 

<PAGE>

stockholders to alter or repeal the By-Laws made or altered by the Board of
Directors. 
         8.   A.  A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable
to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any
improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended
after this Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective to authorize corporate
action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so
amended.
              B.  The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify any and all
directors and officers whom it shall have power to indemnify from and against
any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or
covered by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the indemnification
provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
the persons so indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors, agreement or otherwise, both as to
action in his official 


                                      -2-

<PAGE>
capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.
              C.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing Section A or
Section B by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any
right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the
time of such repeal or modification.

Signed at New York, New York
on May 14, 1996.

                                                  /s/ Fran LaVecchia
                                                 -----------------------
                                                 Sole Incorporator


                                      -3-

<PAGE>
                                        OPERATING COMPANY
                                        -----------------


              LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
                FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, LLC.
               A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
               ------------------------------------

     BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT, the
entities from time to time executing this Agreement (as the same
may be amended from time to time), as Members, hereby form a
limited liability company pursuant to the laws of the State of
Delaware, as of  the 14th day of May, 1996.

                            ARTICLE I
                           DEFINITIONS
                           -----------

     1.01 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Operating Agreement, the
following terms have the meanings indicated:

     "ACQUISITION" means the acquisition, pursuant to the Asset
     Purchase Agreement, of substantially all of the operating
     assets comprising the Mill and relating to its operations.

     "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT DEFICIT" shall have the meaning
     set forth in Section 6.02(a) hereof.

     "AFFILIATE" means any Person controlling, under common
     control with or controlled by another Person.

     "AGREEMENT" means this Agreement, as the same may be
     amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in
     accordance with the terms hereof then in effect.

     "ASSETS" means the real and personal property, tangible and
     intangible, pertaining to the Mill to be acquired by the
     Company pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.

     "ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Asset Purchase
     Agreement dated as of November 1, 1995 among Holdco (whose
     interest therein has been assigned to the Company), the
     Seller, and certain other parties as the same may be
     amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in
     accordance with the terms thereof then in effect.

<PAGE>
     "BOX USA" means Box USA Paper Corporation, a Delaware
     corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Four M .

     "BOARD OF MANAGERS" means the Board constituted pursuant to
     Section 4.01 of this Agreement.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means each day other than a Saturday, Sunday
     or other day in which banking institutions in the States of
     New York or Illinois are authorized or obligated by law to
     close.

     "CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means, as to each Member, the capital
     account maintained on the books of the Company for such
     Member.  All provisions of this Agreement relating to the
     maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with
     Treasury Regulations, Section 1.704-1 (b) and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such
     Treasury Regulations.

     "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" means, as to each Member, the total
     amount of cash actually paid or the value of property
     actually contributed by such Member, whenever made.

     "CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION" means the certificate as filed on
     behalf of the Company with the Delaware Secretary of State
     pursuant to Section 18201 (a) of the State Act, as the same
     may be amended from time to time.

     "COMPANY" means Florida Coast Paper Company L.L.C., a
     limited liability company formed under the laws of the State
     of Delaware pursuant to the Certificate of Formation and
     this Agreement.

     "COMPANY AGREEMENTS" means this Agreement, the Asset
     Purchase Agreement,  Output Purchase Agreement, the Four M
     Lease, the Liquidity Facility, the Wood Fibre Procurement
     Agreement and the Waste Paper Supply Agreement.

     "ENTITY" means any general partnership, limited partnership,
     limited liability company, corporation, joint venture,
     employee benefit plan or trust, cooperative or association,
     or any foreign trust, or foreign business organization.

     "FCPC"  means Florida Coast Paper Corporation, a Delaware
     corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco.

     "FIRST MORTGAGE NOTES" means the First Mortgage notes, in an
     aggregate principal amount up to $165 million, to be issued
     by the Company.


                               -2-
<PAGE>
     "FIRST MORTGAGE NOTE INDENTURE" means the Indenture to be
     entered between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
     N.A., under which the First Mortgage Notes will be issued.

     "FISCAL YEAR" means the Company's fiscal year which shall be
     the calendar year.

     "FOUR M" means Four M Corporation, a Maryland corporation.

     "FOUR M LEASE" means the lease for the box plant located on
     the Company's property between the Company and Four M (or a
     subsidiary thereof), as the same may be amended,
     supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance
     with the terms thereof then in effect.

     "HOLDCO" means Florida Coast Paper Holding Co., L.L.C., a
     limited liability company formed under the laws of the State
     of Delaware.

     "HSR ACT" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements
     Act of 1876, as amended, and the applicable rules and
     regulations thereunder.

     "INDEMNITEE" shall have the meaning specified in Section
     4.06.

     "INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" means the United States Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as from time to time amended, and any
     successor thereto.

     "LIQUIDITY FACILITY" means the Subordinated Credit Agreement
     to be entered among the Company, Four M and Stone Container,
     as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from
     time to time in accordance with the terms thereof then in
     effect.

     "MANAGER" means a member of the Board of Managers of the
     Company.

     "MEMBER" means each of the parties who initially or
     hereafter executes a counterpart of this Agreement as a
     Member.

     "MEMBER INTEREST" means a Member's interest in the Company
     including such Member's right to receive distributions and
     the right to vote on, consent to, or otherwise participate
     in any decision or action of or by the Members granted
     pursuant to this Agreement.

     "MILL" means the mottled white and unbleached kraft
     linerboard manufacturing facility located in Port St. Joe,
     Florida to be conveyed to the Company pursuant to the Asset
     Purchase Agreement.


                               -3-

<PAGE>
     "NET CASH FLOW" means, with respect to any Fiscal Year or
     other fiscal period of the Company, the Net Income or Net
     Loss of the Company PLUS the amount of depreciation and
     other non-cash charges deducted in determining such Net
     Income or Net Loss PLUS the amount of cash proceeds received
     by the Company representing the basis of assets sold by the
     Company, PLUS the proceeds of any indebtedness received by
     the Company and PLUS the amount of any Reserves which the
     Members determine to be in excess of the necessary amount of
     Reserves, and MINUS the amount of all payments of principal
     on account of any indebtedness, MINUS the amount of
     capitalized expenses not deducted in determining Net Income
     and MINUS the amount of cash added to any Reserves by the
     Members, in each case during such Fiscal Year or other
     fiscal period.

     "NET INCOME" and "NET LOSS" mean: (a) "Net Income" means,
     with respect to any fiscal period of the Company, the net
     income of the Company determined in accordance with the same
     principles employed in determining the Company's taxable
     income as a partnership for federal income tax purposes,
     including application of Section 703(a) of the Internal
     Revenue Code, and taking into account the full amount of any
     recognized gains or recognized losses and all items of
     expense attributable to the sale or exchange of securities
     or other assets. For purposes of this computation, taxable
     income shall include every item requiring separate
     computation under Section 703(a) of the Internal Revenue
     Code plus income which is exempt from federal income tax and
     less losses which are not deductible for federal income tax
     purposes.

               (b)  "Net Loss" means, with respect to any
          fiscal period of the Company, the net loss of the
          Company determined in accordance with the same
          principles employed in determining the Company's
          taxable income for federal income tax purposes,
          including application of Section 703(a) of the
          Internal Revenue Code, and taking into account the
          full amount of any recognized gains or recognized
          losses and all items of expense attributable to
          the sale and exchange of securities or other
          assets.  For purposes of this computation, taxable
          income shall include every item requiring separate
          computation under Section 703(a) of the Internal
          Revenue Code plus income which is exempt from
          federal income tax and less losses which are not
          deductible for federal income tax purpose.

               (c)  In determining Net Income and Net Loss:
          (1) all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and
          credit shall be taken into account, including
          expenditures of the Company which are not
          deductible in computing taxable income and not
          properly chargeable to capital accounts (as such
          expenditures are described 


                               -4-


<PAGE>
          in and within the meaning of Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
          the Internal Revenue Code) or which are treated as
          Section 705(a)(2)(b) expenditures pursuant to Treasury
          Regulation Section 1. 704-1 (b) (2) (iv) (i);

               (2)  gain or loss on the sale or exchange of
          Company property shall be included in the
          determination of Net Income and Net Loss when
          recognized in accordance with the Internal Revenue
          Code;

               (3)  any items that are specially allocated
          to a Member pursuant to Section 6.06 of this
          Agreement shall not be taken into account;

               (4)   upon the sale or other disposition of
          Company property, in accordance with the Treasury
          Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and
          (c) of the Internal Revenue Code, the value of an
          asset properly reflected on the Company's books at
          the time of sale or other disposition shall be
          substituted for the property's adjusted tax basis
          if at the time of sale or disposition there is a
          variance between such value and adjusted tax
          basis; and

               (5)  if Company property is reflected on the
          Company's books at other than its adjusted tax
          basis, then in lieu of depreciation, amortization
          and other cost recovery deductions taken into
          account for federal income tax purposes, there
          shall be taken into account depreciation for such
          year or other period, computed in accordance with
          the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to
          Section 704(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue
          Code.

          All items that are components of Net Income and Net
     Loss shall be divided among the Members in the same ratio as
     they share Net Income and Net Loss.

     "OUTPUT PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Output Purchase
     Agreement to be entered among the Company, Four M and Stone
     Container, as the same may be amended, supplemented or
     modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
     thereof then in effect.

     "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
     limited liability company, joint venture, association,
     joint-stock company, trust, incorporated 


                               -5-

<PAGE>
     organization or government or a political subdivision,
     agency or instrumentality thereof or other entity or
     organization of any kind.

     "RESERVES" means, for any fiscal period, funds set aside or
     amounts allocated during such period to any reserves that
     may be maintained by the Company.

     "SELLER" means St. Joe Forest Products Company, a Florida
     corporation.

     "SSJ" means SSJ Corporation, a Delaware corporation, a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Stone Container.

     "STATE ACT" means the Delaware Limited Liability Company
     Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "STONE CONTAINER" means Stone Container Corporation, a
     Delaware corporation.

     "TREASURY REGULATIONS' shall include proposed, temporary and
     final regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue
     Code in effect as of the date of filing the Certificate of
     Formation and the corresponding sections of any regulations
     subsequently issued that amend or supersede those
     regulations.

     "WASTE PAPER SUPPLY AGREEMENT" means the Waste Paper Supply
     Agreement to be entered between the Company and a Person
     owned either by Four M or jointly by Four M and Stone
     Container, as the same may be amended, supplemented or
     modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
     thereof then in effect.

     "WOOD FIBRE PROCUREMENT AGREEMENT" means the Wood Fibre
     Procurement Agreement to be entered between the Company and
     Stone Container, as the same may be amended, supplemented or
     modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
     thereof then in effect.

                            ARTICLE 11
                       FORMATION OF COMPANY
                       --------------------

     2.01 FORMATION.  The Members hereby agree to form a limited
liability company in accordance with the State Act.

     2.02 NAME.  The name of the Company is Florida Coast Paper
Company, L.L.C.

     2.03 PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.  The principal place of
business of the Company within the State of Florida shall be 300
First Street, Port St. Joe, Florida.  
                               -6-

<PAGE>
The Company may locate its place of business and registered
office at any other place or places as the Members may from time
to time deem advisable.

     2.04 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT.  The Company's
initial registered office shall be at the office of its
registered agent at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware
19801, and the name of its initial registered agent at such
address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.  The registered
office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by
filing the address of the new registered office and/or the name
of the new registered agent with the Delaware Secretary of State
pursuant to the State Act.

     2.05 TERM.  The term of the Company shall expire on December
31, 2050, unless the Company is earlier dissolved in accordance
with either the provisions of this Agreement or the State Act.

     2.06 BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY.  The business of the Company
shall be:

          (a)   manufacture and sale of mottled white and/or
     unbleached kraft linerboard and products associated
     therewith; and

          (b)  such other lawful business activities permitted by
     the State Act as the Members may determine to have the
     Company undertake.

     2.07 FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be
the period ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

     2.08 LIABILITY OF MEMBERS.  No Member shall be liable as
such for the liabilities of the Company.  The failure of the
Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to
the exercise of its powers of management of its business or
affairs under this Agreement or the State Act shall not be
grounds for imposing personal liability on the Members for the
liabilities of the Company.

                           ARTICLE III
                          CAPITALIZATION
                          --------------

     3.01 COMPANY INTERESTS.  The Company is authorized to issue
an unlimited number of Member Interests to be designated as
"Common Member Interests."  The powers and rights of the Common
Member Interests are as follows:

          (a)  NUMBER OF UNITS.  The number of units of
     Common Member Interests issued shall be determined by
     dividing the amount of the Capital Contribution made
     with respect thereto by $1,000.  Fractional Common
     Member Interests may be issued.


                               -7-

<PAGE>
          (b)  DISTRIBUTIONS. Members owning Common Member
     Interests shall be entitled to receive, in proportion to
     their percentage ownership of Common Member Interests, such
     distributions as the Members may from time to time declare.

          (c)  PAYMENT ON DISSOLUTION.  Upon the dissolution of
     the Company and the winding up of its affairs, Members
     owning Common Member Interests shall be entitled to share
     equally, on a unit for unit basis, in the distribution of
     the assets of the Company available for distribution to its
     Members.

          (d)   VOTING RIGHTS.  Each unit of Common Member
     Interests shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters
     submitted to a vote of the Members.

          
     3.02  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

          (a)  BY HOLDCO.     Upon the execution of this
     Agreement, Holdco has made a Capital Contribution to the
     Company in the amount of $1,000, and has received with
     respect thereto one unit of Common Member Interests.  Not
     later than the Business Day immediately preceding the day on
     which the Acquisition is scheduled to be consummated, Holdco
     shall make a Capital Contribution to the Company in the
     amount of $39,599,000 with respect to Common Member
     Interests.  

          (b)  By FCPC.  Upon the execution of this Agreement,
     FCPC has made a Capital Contribution to the Company in the
     amount of $1,000, and has received with respect thereto one
     unit of Common Member Interests.  Not later than the
     Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the
     Acquisition is scheduled to be consummated, FCPC shall make
     a Capital Contribution to the Company in the amount of
     $399,000 with respect to Common Company Interests.  


                               -8-

<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE IV
                    MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
                    -------------------------
     4.01 GENERAL.  (a) Subject to Section 4.03, the business and
affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction
of its Board of Managers.  The Board of Managers shall consist of
such number of individuals as shall be determined from time to
time by the Members.  The initial Board of Managers shall consist
of six (6) individuals.  Individuals serving on the Board of
Managers shall be designated by the Members and need not be
Members.  A Manager shall hold office until the designation and
qualification of his or her successor or until his or her earlier
resignation or removal.  A Manager may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Company and may be removed, with or without
cause, at any time by the Members.  The presence of not less than
a majority of the number of Managers constituting the full Board
of Managers shall be required to constitute a quorum at all
meetings of the Board of Managers.  All decisions by the Board of
Managers shall require the concurrence of a majority of the
number of Managers constituting the full Board of Managers. 
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the
Members shall have continuing authority to make all decisions
necessary for the conduct of the Company's business and authority
to bind the Company and its Members.  The Board  of Managers may,
with the unanimous approval of the Members owning Common Member
Interests, delegate authority to officers of the Company;
PROVIDED, however, that any such delegated authority may be
revoked by the Board of Managers or the Members at any time.  No
Manager shall have the authority to bind the Company unless
specifically authorized pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          (b)  Without limiting the role or functions of the
     Board of Managers, as required by the First Mortgage Note
     Indenture, the Board of Managers shall 

               (i)  determine the fair market value of assets
                    which are sold in an Asset Sale or Collateral
                    Asset Sale (as those terms are defined in the
                    First Mortgage Note Indenture);

               (ii) determine the fair market value of any
                    Replacement Collateral (as defined in the
                    First Mortgage Note Indenture) purchased with
                    the proceeds of a Collateral Asset Sale or an
                    Event of Loss (as those terms are defined in
                    the First Mortgage Note Indenture); 

               (iii)determine the fair market value of all
                    Restricted Payments (as defined in the
                    First Mortgage Note Indenture) other
                    than in cash; and

               (iv) determine the fairness to the Company of, and
                    to approve, certain Affiliate Transactions
                    (as defined in the First 


                               -9-

<PAGE>
                    Mortgage Note Indenture) as provided in the First 
                    Mortgage Note Indenture.

     4.02 BOARD OF MANAGERS.

          (a)   REGULAR MEETINGS. The Board of Managers shall
     establish regular meeting dates, which shall be no less
     frequently than quarterly.  The time and place of each
     regular meeting shall be determined by the Board of Managers
     and shall be set forth in a written notice sent to each
     Manager by the Secretary of the Company at least seven (7)
     days in advance.

          (b)  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board
     of Managers may be called by the Managing Director or any
     two (2) Managers upon at least three (3) days' prior written
     notice for the purpose stated in such notice and at such
     time and place as shall be set forth in such notice.  The
     minimum notice period may be waived by a Manager and will be
     deemed waived by any Manager who attends a special meeting,
     without objection.

          (c)  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action of the Board
     of Managers may be taken without a meeting through the
     written consent of not less than a majority of the number of
     Managers constituting the full Board of Managers..

          (d)  APPROVAL OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS.  The Board of
     Managers hereby ratifies, confirms and approves the entry
     into the following agreements on behalf of the Company:

               (i)  Output Purchase Agreement;

               (ii) Four M Lease; 

               (iii)Liquidity Facility

               (iv) Waste Paper Supply Agreement; and

               (vi) Wood Fibre Procurement Agreement.

     4.03 MEMBER APPROVALS.  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions
of Sections 4.01 and 4.02, the Company may take the following
actions only with the unanimous approval of the Members owning
Common Member Interests:


                               -10-

<PAGE>
               (i)  any sale, lease, transfer or other
                    disposition of all or substantially
                    all of the Company's property or
                    assets, including its good will,
                    not in the usual course of
                    business;

               (ii) any amendment, repeal or restatement of
                    all or any part of the Certificate of
                    Formation;

               (iii)the sale, lease or other
                    disposition of any asset of
                    the Company having a fair
                    market value of more than $1
                    million per asset and more the
                    $5 million in the aggregate
                    for all assets sold, leased or
                    otherwise disposed of in any
                    Fiscal Year (except sales or
                    other dispositions of
                    inventory in the ordinary
                    course of business);

               (iv) the purchase of machinery, equipment, real
                    estate and improvements requiring the
                    expenditure of more than $1 million per item
                    or, in the aggregate, in excess of the
                    capital improvements budget for the
                    applicable Fiscal Year;

               (v)  the payment to any employee (including an
                    officer) of the Company of a salary, which,
                    when added to the salary, if any, to be paid
                    by Holdco with respect to such year, is in
                    excess of $150,000 in any Fiscal Year;

               (vi) the assumption, guarantee or endorsement of
                    any obligation of any Person;

               (vii)the adoption of the Company's operating
                    and capital improvements budgets and
                    strategic plans;

               (viii)the amendment of this Agreement;

               (ix) the approval of any distributions to Members
                    including, without limitation, distributions
                    in the form of the redemption or purchase for
                    cancellation of Membership Interests or in
                    connection with the reduction of capital;

               (x)  the creation or assumption of any
                    indebtedness for money borrowed or the
                    granting of any mortgage on or security
                    interest in any property of the Company
                    except pursuant to 


                               -11-


<PAGE>
                    the agreements referred to in Section 4.02(d)
                    or as specifically provided herein or in the
                    Company's budgets ;

               (xi) the amendment or termination of any of the
                    agreements specified in Section 4.02(d);

               (xii)the admission of any new Members, the
                    issuance of any additional Member
                    Interests, or the approval of the
                    transfer of any outstanding Member
                    Interests other than any Transfer (as
                    hereinafter defined) of all or any
                    portion of a Membership Interest to
                    Stone Container pursuant to those
                    Limited Liability Pledge Agreements to
                    be entered into by the  Members in
                    connection with the initial financing of
                    the Company as permitted by Section
                    7.01;

               (xiii)any transaction between the Company and
                     a Member or an Affiliate of a Member,
                     except in accordance with the terms of
                     the agreements referred to in Section
                     4.02(d);

               (xiv)the approval of any supply, requirements
                    or other contracts involving the
                    expenditure by the Company of more than
                    $100,000 per annum or not terminable by
                    the Company without penalty for a period
                    in excess of six months;

               (xv) the adoption, approval, implementation and,
                    after such adoption, approval or
                    implementation, the amendment of any
                    collective bargaining agreement, employee
                    benefit plan, employee health and welfare
                    plan or management incentive program;

               (xvi)the establishment of an appropriate
                    management structure for operating the
                    Company's business, including but not
                    limited to the establishment of
                    executive offices and the election of
                    individuals to fill such offices; and

               (xvii)the admission in writing by the Company
                     of its inability to pay its debts as
                     they become due, or the voluntary
                     commencement by the Company of any
                     proceeding or its filing of any petition
                     under any bankruptcy, insolvency or
                     similar law or its seeking dissolution
                     or reorganization or the appointment of
                     a receiver, trustee, custodian or
                     liquidator for the Company or a material
                     portion of its property, assets or
                     business or its seeking to effect a plan
                     or other 


                               -12-

<PAGE>
                         arrangement with creditors, or its
                         filing any answer admitting the 
                         jurisdiction of the court and the
                         material allegations of an involuntary
                         petition filed against the Company in
                         any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
                         proceeding, or its making a general
                         assignment for the benefit of creditors
                         or its acquiescence in the appointment
                         of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
                         liquidator for a material portion of the
                         Company's property, assets or business.  
 
          (b)  In the event that the Members cannot reach
     unanimous agreement with respect to any of the actions
     delineated in Sections 4.03(a) (other than Section
     4.03(a)(xvii)), the disagreement shall be settled by binding
     arbitration in Chicago, Illinois (or at such other place as
     the parties may mutually agree) in accordance with the laws
     or regulations then in effect by the American Arbitration
     Association.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the
     determination reached in such arbitration shall be treated
     as the unanimous agreement of the Members.  If applicable,
     judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any
     court, state or federal, having jurisdiction.

          (c)   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement
     which might be considered inconsistent herewith, by
     executing this Agreement the Members hereby authorize the
     Company, in connection with the Acquisition, (i) to place up
     to $165,000,000 of First Mortgage Notes secured by a lien on
     the Mill on such terms, including interest rate, as the
     chairman of Four M and president of Stone Container shall
     agree and to pay all expenses, including fees to Bear
     Stearns & Co., Inc. and Indosuez Capital, incurred in
     connection therewith, and (ii) to pay a portion of the
     purchase price due under the Asset Purchase Agreement by the
     issuance to Seller of its $10,000,000 senior subordinated
     promissory note on the terms set forth in the Asset Purchase
     Agreement.  The Members hereby also authorize  the Company
     to enter into a "Qualifying Facility" (as defined in the
     Liquidity Facility) when and if a Qualifying Facility is
     made available to the Company on terms, including interest
     rate, that the chairman of Four M and president of Stone
     Container find acceptable.   

     4.04  OFFICERS. The Company shall have a Managing Director-
Chief Executive Officer, a President-Chief Operating Officer, a
Secretary, a Treasurer and such additional officers and assistant
officers having such duties as the Members shall approve from
time to time.  Officers of the Company need not be Members.  An
officer shall hold office until the election and qualification of
his or her successor or until his or her earlier resignation or
removal.  An officer may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Company and may be removed, with or without cause, at any
time as provided in Section 4.02(l) of the Limited Liability
Company Agreement of 


                               -13-

<PAGE>
Holdco or, if Holdco shall no longer own a majority of the Common
Member Interests, by the unanimous vote of the Members.

          (a)  Subject to Sections 4.01 and 4.03, the Managing
     Director shall have power and authority, acting directly or
     through officers, employees or authorized agents, to direct,
     oversee and supervise the management of the day-to-day
     operations of the Company, including without limitation the
     power and authority to take any or all of the following
     actions on behalf of the Company:

               (i)  the implementation of any appropriate
                    management structure established by the
                    Members for operating the Company's business,
                    including but not limited to the
                    establishment of non-executive positions, the
                    appointment of individuals to fill such
                    positions, and the establishment of
                    compensation for all such individuals;

               (ii) the recommendation to the Members and
                    implementation of a strategic plan for
                    achieving the Company's business goals; and

               (iii)any and all other actions as are
                    generally understood to be the duties
                    and responsibilities of a person having
                    the title of chief executive officer of
                    a public corporation.

          (b)  PRESIDENT-CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.  Subject to
     Sections 4.01 and 4.03 and the direction, oversight and
     supervision of the Managing Director, the President-Chief
     Operating Officer shall have power and authority, acting
     directly or through officers, employees or authorized
     agents, to take any or all of the following actions or
     behalf of the Company:

               (i)  administer collective bargaining agreements;

               (ii) administer employee pension benefit plans,
                    employee health and welfare plans, and
                    management incentive plans;

               (iii)administer human resource policies;

               (iv) create and maintain proper internal
                    accounting records, controls and procedures;

               (v)  determine and schedule all manufacturing
                    processes and procedures;


                               -14-

<PAGE>
               (vi) determine the price and terms of sale of all
                    products and negotiate all contracts with
                    suppliers;

               (vii)maintain the Company's property,
                    including but not limited to the
                    purchase of such insurance on the
                    property as the President-Chief
                    Operating Officer deems prudent or as
                    may be required by the terms of any debt
                    instruments to which the Company is
                    subject or its properties are bound; and

               (viii)take any and all actions and make any
                     and all expenditures that may be
                     contemplated in, or incidental to, the
                     individual items set forth in any budget
                     approved by the Members.

          (c)  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep an accurate
     record of the acts and proceedings of the Members and of the
     Board of Managers and shall perform all duties performed by
     like officers of entities formed under state corporate law.

          (d)  TREASURER.  Subject to Sections 4.01 and 4.03 and
     the direction and control of the Members, the Managing
     Director or the President, the Treasurer shall receive all
     moneys and deposit same with one or more of the duly
     designated depositories of the Company, shall keep accurate
     accounts of the finances of the Company; shall make reports
     thereof to the Members, the Board of Managers, the Managing
     Director and the President, whenever required by any of
     them; shall have responsibility for the extension of credit
     (subject to the provisions of this Agreement), the payment
     of accounts payable, and the collection of accounts
     receivable; and shall perform such other duties as are
     normally performed by like officers of entities formed under
     state corporate law or as may be specifically set forth in
     this Agreement.

     

     4.05 INDEMNITY OF MEMBERS, MANAGERS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AND OTHER AGENTS.

          (a)  NO LIABILITY.  No Member, Manager, officer,
     employee or agent of the Company (the "Indemnitee") shall
     have any liability to the Company or to any Member for any
     loss suffered by the Company which arises out of any action
     or inaction of the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee acted in
     good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by the
     Indemnitee to be in the best interest of the Company and if
     such course of conduct did not constitute recklessness or
     deliberate misconduct of the Indemnitee.  The Indemnitee
     shall be indemnified to the fullest extend provided by law
     by the Company against any and all 


                               -15-

<PAGE>
losses, judgments, liabilities, expenses and amounts paid in
settlement of any claim sustained in connection with any action
or inaction on behalf of the Company, provided that the same was
not the result of gross negligence or deliberate misconduct on
the part of the Indemnitee.

          (b)  ADVANCE DEFENSE COSTS.  Subject to the approval of
     the Members, the Company may pay the expenses incurred by a
     person who may be entitled to indemnification under this
     Section 4.05 in investigating, preparing or defending any
     claim, action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final
     disposition of such proceeding; PROVIDED, however, that any
     such person must first execute an agreement providing for
     the repayment of all expenses so advanced in the event of a
     final determination by the Company that the person is not
     entitled to indemnification under this Section 4.05.

          (c)  NONEXCLUSIVE.  The right of indemnification hereby
     provided shall not be exclusive of, and shall not affect,
     any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled. 
     Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall limit any
     lawful rights to indemnification existing independently of
     this Section 4.05.

          (d)   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The rights provided by
     this Section 4.05 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
     executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of an
     Indemnitee.  

     4.06 INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Upon reasonable
request, each Member shall have the right, during ordinary
business hours, to inspect Company books, records and documents
and to obtain a copy of same at the expense of the Company.





                            ARTICLE V
                         CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
                         ----------------

     5.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  There shall be
established and maintained for each Member a Capital Account. 
Each Member's Capital Account shall initially be zero and shall
be increased by the amount of the Capital Contributions made by a
Member pursuant to Section 3.02 and any subsequent Capital
Contribution made by a Member.

     5.02 ADJUSTMENTS TO CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  The Capital Account
of each Member shall be adjusted in the following manner.  Each
Capital Account shall be increased by 


                               -16-

<PAGE>
such Member's allocable share of Net Income and shall be
decreased by (a) such Member's allocable share of Net Losses, and
(b) the amount (in cash or in value of any distribution in kind)
of all distributions made to such Member.  The Company shall make
such other adjustments to each Member's Capital Account as may be
required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section
704(b) and (c) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Any such allocation
adjustments shall be made not less frequently than as of the end
of each Fiscal Year of the Company, and any such distribution
adjustments shall be made as of the date of any distribution to
the Members.

     5.03 TRANSFER OF INTERESTS.  In the event of a permitted
sale or exchange of all or a portion of a Membership Interest,
the Capital Account of the transferor shall become the Capital
Account of the transferee to the extent it relates to all or a
portion of the transferred Membership Interest in accordance with
Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-1-(b)(2)(iv).

     5.04 RETURN OF MEMBERS' CONTRIBUTIONS TO CAPITAL. A Member
shall not receive out of the Company's property the return of all
or any part of such Member's Capital Contribution until all
liabilities of the Company, except liabilities to Members on
account of their Capital Contributions, have been paid or there
remains property of the Company sufficient to pay them.  A
Member, regardless of the nature of such Member's Capital
Contribution, has only the right to demand and receive cash in
return for such Member's Capital Contribution.  Without limiting
the right of the Company to make a distribution in return of
capital, no Member shall have the right to receive the return of
all or any part of such Member's Capital Contribution except upon
dissolution of the Company and the winding up of its affairs.





                            ARTICLE VI
  ALLOCATIONS, INCOME TAX DISTRIBUTIONS, ELECTIONS, AND REPORTS
  -------------------------------------------------------------
 
     6.01 ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES FROM OPERATIONS.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.02, Net Income and Net
Losses shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to the
ownership of Common Member Interests.


     6.02 SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS.


                               -17-

<PAGE>
          (a)  ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT DEFICIT.  As used in this
     Section 6.02, "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" shall mean,
     with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any in
     such Member's Capital Account as of the end of the relevant
     fiscal year after decreasing such Capital Account for the
     items described in Treasury Regulations, Sections 1.704-1
     (b)(2)(ii)(d) (4), (5) and (6).  The foregoing definition of
     Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with
     the provisions of Treasury Regulations, Section 1.704-1
     (b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently
     therewith.

          (b)  QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET.  Notwithstanding any
     other provision of this Agreement, if any Member
     unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or
     distribution described in subparagraph (4), (5) or (6) of
     Treasury Regulations, Section 1.704-1-(b)(2)(ii)(d), items
     of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to
     such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate
     as quickly as possible (to the extent required by the
     applicable Treasury Regulations) an Adjusted Capital Account
     Deficit created by such adjustment, allocation or
     distribution.

          (c)  GROSS INCOME ALLOCATION.  If any Member has an
     Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Fiscal
     Year, such Member shall be specially allocated items of
     Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as
     quickly as possible until such Adjusted Capital Account
     Deficit has been eliminated.

          (d)  INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 754 ADJUSTMENTS.  To
     the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of
     any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of
     the Internal Revenue Code is required, pursuant to Treasury
     Regulations, Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into
     account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such
     adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an
     item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the
     asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and
     such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the
     Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which
     their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant
     to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

          (e)  LIMITATION ON NET LOSS ALLOCATION. 
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no
     Member shall be allocated any Net Loss in excess of the
     amount of Net Loss which can be so allocated without causing
     such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at
     the end of any fiscal year.


                               -18-

<PAGE>
          (f)  CURATIVE ALLOCATIONS.  The allocations set forth
     in Sections 6.02(b), (c), and (e) (the "Regulatory
     Allocations") are intended to comply with certain
     requirements of Treasury Regulations 1.704-1(b). 
     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article VI
     (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory
     Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other
     items of Net Income or Net Loss so that, to the extent
     possible, the net amount of allocations of such items and
     the Regulatory Allocations to each Member shall be equal to
     the net amount that would have been allocated to each such
     Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

          (g)  NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS.

               (i)  Nonrecourse deductions and minimum gain
                    chargeback, as defined in Treasury
                    Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2) and (c),
                    shall be allocated among the Members in
                    proportion to the ownership of Common Member
                    Interests.

               (ii) Member nonrecourse deductions and chargeback
                    of Members nonrecourse debt minimum gain, as
                    defined in Treasury Regulations Section
                    1.704-2(i), shall be allocated to the Member
                    who bears the economic risk of loss with
                    respect to the Member nonrecourse debt (as
                    defined in Treasury Regulations Section
                    1.704-2(b)(4)) to which such Member
                    nonrecourse deductions are attributable in
                    accordance with Treasury Regulations Section
                    1.704-2(i), unless required otherwise by
                    Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2.

          (h)  CERTAIN OTHER SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS.  The provisions
     of this Agreement relating to proper maintenance of the
     Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury
     Regulations, Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and
     applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. 
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
     Members shall cause the Company to effect such other
     allocations as may be necessary or appropriate to permit the
     Company to satisfy applicable Internal Revenue Code
     provisions and Treasury Regulations thereunder or to
     properly reflect or comply with the underlying economic
     arrangement between or among the Members as described in
     this Agreement.

     6.03 DISTRIBUTIONS.

          (a)  Except to the extent prohibited by any loan or
     other agreement to which the Company is subject, and subject
     to Section 18-607 of the State Act, 


                               -19-

<PAGE>
after making adequate provision for all principal and interest
payments on indebtedness of the Company; all expenditures
incurred incident to the normal operation of the Company's
business; and such Reserves as the Members deem reasonably
necessary to the proper operation of the Company's business, the
Members shall cause the Company to distribute to the Members with
respect to the Common Interests such of the Company's Net Cash
Flow for any Fiscal Year as the Members determine in their sole
discretion.

          (b)  Anything in Section 6.03(a) to the contrary
     notwithstanding, each Member shall be entitled to receive a
     minimum distribution which is sufficient to pay all federal,
     state and local income taxes with respect to the Net Income
     allocated to such Member's Capital Account for such Fiscal
     Year.  Since the Members may have differing income tax rates
     applicable to the Net Income allocated to their respective
     Capital Accounts, it is agreed that the distribution
     described in the preceding sentence shall be calculated by
     multiplying the Net Income allocated to each Member pursuant
     to this Article VI by the highest combined income tax rate
     applicable to any Member to whom Net Income was allocated
     pursuant to this Article VI.  The Members recognize and
     agree, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing
     provisions of this Section 6.03(b), the First Mortgage Note
     Indenture may limit the amount to be distributed pursuant to
     this Section 6.03(b) insofar as it provides (i) that the
     relevant tax rate shall be the combined federal, state and
     local tax rate that would have been applicable to the
     Company if it were a Delaware corporation filing separate
     tax returns, and (ii) that, in determining the amount of Net
     Income allocated to a Member's Capital Account for any
     Fiscal Year, the amount of any net operating loss
     carryforwards or other carryforwards or tax attributes, such
     as alternative minimum tax carryforwards, that would have
     arisen if the Company were a Delaware corporation shall be
     taken into account.  

     6.04 WITHHOLDING. The Company shall at all times be entitled
to make payments with respect to any Member in amounts required
to discharge any obligation of the Company to withhold or make
payments to any governmental authority with respect to any
federal, state or local tax liability of such Member arising as a
result of such Member's interest in the Company as may be
required by law.  Any such payment shall be treated as a
distribution for all purposes of this Agreement.

     6.05 PRIORITY AND RETURN OF CAPITAL.  No Member shall have
priority over any other Member, either for the return of Capital
Contributions or for Net Income, Net Losses, or distributions.

     6.06      SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES.


                               -20-

<PAGE>
          (a)  RESTATEMENT OF BOOK VALUE.  In accordance with
     Internal Revenue Code Regulations, Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) 
     and (g), the Members may, upon the occurrence of the events specified 
     in such Sections of the Treasury Regulations, revalue the Company's 
     property and assets (including intangible assets such as goodwill) 
     as well as the Members' Capital Accounts.

          (b)  PRORATIONS.  For purposes of determining the Net
     Income and Net Loss, or any other items allocable to any
     period, Net Income, Net Loss and any such other items shall
     be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as
     determined by the Members using any permissible method under
     Section 706 of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder.

     6.07 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.  The Company's books and
accounts shall be kept on the accrual basis of accounting in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, shall
include separate Capital Accounts for each Member and shall be
kept in such manner as will permit Net Income and Net Loss to be
calculated in accordance with this Agreement.

     6.08 LOANS TO COMPANY.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent any Member from making secured or unsecured loans to the
Company by agreement with the Company, approved by the Members.

     6.09 TAX RETURNS.  The Company shall cause to be prepared
and timely filed after the end of each Fiscal Year all federal,
state and local income tax returns of the Company for such Fiscal
Year.  Net Income or Net Loss as defined in this Agreement shall
be adjusted and restated, for purposes of computing taxable
income or loss, to the extent necessary to comply with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury
Regulations.  Copies of those returns, or pertinent information
from the returns, shall be furnished to the Members within a
reasonable time after the filing of such tax returns.  Within
sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Company
shall cause to be delivered to each Member a Form K-1 and such
other information, if any, with respect to the Company as may be
necessary for the preparation of such Member's federal income tax
returns.

     6.10 TAX ELECTIONS.  All elections permitted to be made by
the Company under federal or state laws shall be made by the
President-Chief Operating Officer of the Company at the direction
of the Members.

     6.11 TAX MATTERS PARTNER.  The Members shall designate one
of the Members to act as tax matters partner of the Company
pursuant to Section 6231 (a)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
Any Person so designated may be removed at any time and from time
to time by the Members; provided that the Members, at the time of
such 


                               -21-

<PAGE>
removal, designate a replacement and comply with the requirements
of proposed Treasury Regulations, Section 301.6231 (a)(7).

     6.12 COMPANY REPORTS.  The Company shall engage an
independent certified public accountant of recognized regional
standing to act as the accountant for the Company and to audit
the Company's books and accounts as of the end of each Fiscal
Year.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year,
the Company shall prepare, on the basis of the report of the
independent certified public accountants, and mail to each
Member, together with the report of the independent certificate
public accountants, a report including:

          (a)  the amount of each Member's Capital  Account  at 
     the  end  of  such  Fiscal Year;

          (b)  the amount of the sum of the distributions made to
     each Member during such Fiscal Year; and

          (c)  such other financial information and documents
     respecting the Company and its business as the President-
     Chief Operating Officer of the Company deems appropriate or
     as the Members may direct.

                           ARTICLE VII

                         TRANSFERABILITY
                         ---------------
                                 
     7.01 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.  No Member may pledge, sell,
assign, exchange or otherwise transfer ("Transfer") all or any
part of its Membership Interest to any Person; provided, however,
that any Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership
Interest to Stone Container pursuant to those Limited Liability
Company Pledge Agreements to be entered by the Members in
connection with the initial financing of the Company.  Any
attempted or purported Transfer of a Membership Interest other
than as permitted by the proviso contained in the immediately 
preceding sentence shall be null and void and of no effect.  

     




                           ARTICLE VIII
                   DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION
                   ---------------------------

     8.01 DISSOLUTION.


                               -22-

<PAGE>
          (a)  EVENTS OF DISSOLUTION.  The Company shall be
     dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the first to occur
     of the following:

               (1)  When the term fixed for the duration of the
                    Company shall expire pursuant to Section 2.05
                    above;

               (2)  By the unanimous written agreement of all
                    Members;

               (3)  Upon the bankruptcy or dissolution of a
                    Member, the Transfer of a Membership Interest
                    (not including a pledge thereof), or the
                    occurrence of any other event specified in
                    Section 18.801 of the State Act which
                    terminates the continued membership of a
                    Member in the Company (a "Withdrawal Event");
                    provided, however, that if there is more than
                    one remaining Member (including a permitted
                    transferee), the remaining Members may, by
                    unanimous consent, reconstitute and continue
                    the business of the Company within ninety
                    (90) days following the occurrence of such
                    Withdrawal Event; or

               (4)  Upon the entry of a decree of judicial
                    dissolution under Section  18-802 of the 
                    State Act.

          (b)  NO VOLUNTARY ACTS TO DISSOLVE.  Except as
     expressly permitted in this Agreement, a Member shall not
     voluntarily resign or take any other voluntary action that
     directly causes a Withdrawal Event.  Unless otherwise
     approved by the other Members, a Member whose Member
     Interest is terminated by virtue of a Withdrawal Event,
     regardless of whether the Withdrawal Event was the result of
     a voluntary act by the Member, shall not be entitled to
     receive any distributions to which the Member would not have
     been entitled had the Member remained a Member.  Damages for
     breach of this Section 8.01(b) shall be monetary damages
     only (and not specific performance), and the damages may be
     offset against distributions by the Company to which such
     Member would otherwise be entitled.

     8.02 WINDING UP, LIQUIDATION, AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS.

          (a)  LIQUIDATION BY LIQUIDATION AGENT.  Upon
     dissolution, the Company shall begin winding up its
     business, but the Company is not terminated, and shall
     continue, until the winding up of the affairs of the Company
     is completed and a certificate of cancellation has been
     filed with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to
     Section 18-203 of the State Act.  As provided in Section 


                               -23-

<PAGE>
     8.02(b), the Liquidating Agent shall act as liquidator.  The
     Liquidating Agent shall have full power and authority,
     without the approval of the Members, to:

               (l)  sell, at such prices and upon such terms as
                    the Liquidating Agent in his, her or its sole
                    discretion may deem appropriate, any or all
                    of the assets of the Company, provided that
                    the Liquidating Agent shall not deal directly
                    or indirectly with the Company for his, her
                    or its own account or for the account of any
                    of his, her or its Affiliates, without the
                    approval in writing of all of the Members;
                    and

               (2)  effect the distribution of the assets of the
                    Company in the manner set forth in Sections
                    8.03 and 8.04.

          (b)  LIQUIDATING AGENT.  A "Liquidating Agent" shall be
     selected by the Members, which Liquidating Agent shall be
     solely responsible for the liquidation of the Company.  The
     Liquidating Agent may, but need not, be a Member or an
     Affiliate of a Member.  The fees and expenses of the
     Liquidating Agent shall be payable solely from the assets of
     the Company.  The Liquidating Agent shall have the sole
     discretion as to whether distribution shall be in cash or in
     kind.

     8.03 PRIORITY ON LIQUIDATION; DISTRIBUTIONS.  Upon the
winding up of the Company, the proceeds of liquidation shall be
applied in the following order of priority:

          (a)  to pay the costs and expenses of the dissolution
     and liquidation;

          (b)  to pay matured debts and liabilities of the
     Company to all creditors of the Company, including Members;

          (c)  to establish any Reserves which the Liquidating
     Agent may deem necessary or advisable for any contingent or
     unmatured liability of the Company; and

          (d)  the balance, if any, to the Members in accordance
     with Section 18-804 of the State Act and Section 3.01(b)
     hereof.

     8.04 CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS IN LIQUIDATION.  The Liquidating
Agent shall use his, her or its best efforts, in good faith, to
sell all of the assets of the Company, at their respective fair
market values, if such sales would be feasible, reasonable or
prudent.  If the Liquidating Agent shall determine, in his, her
or its sole discretion, that it is not feasible, reasonable or
prudent to liquidate all of the assets of the Company, then
assets shall be retained or distributed by the Liquidating Agent
on behalf of the Company as follows:


                               -24-


<PAGE>
          a)   the Liquidating Agent shall retain assets having a
     value equal to the amount by which the net proceeds of
     liquidated assets are insufficient to satisfy the
     requirements of clauses (a) through (c) of Section 8.03
     hereof; and

          (b)  the remaining assets shall be distributed to the
     Members pursuant to clause (d) of Section 8.03 hereof, on a
     PRO RATA basis, if feasible.

If, in the sole discretion of the Liquidating Agent, it shall be
determined not to be feasible to distribute to each Member a PRO
RATA share of each asset, the Liquidating Agent may allocate and
distribute specific assets to specific Members as the Liquidating
Agent shall determine to be fair and equitable, taking into
consideration, INTER ALIA, the basis for tax purposes of each
asset distributed.  Subject to the foregoing, if any Member
delivers to the Liquidating Agent an opinion of counsel that it
would be unlawful for such Member to own certain assets to be
distributed by the Company to such Member pursuant to Section
8.03, the Liquidating Agent shall distribute to such Member in
lieu thereof, such other assets of the Company as the Liquidating
Agent may determine.

     8.05 ORDERLY LIQUIDATION.  A reasonable time shall be
allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Company
and the discharge of liabilities so as to minimize the losses
normally attendant upon a liquidation.  The Liquidating Agent
shall, however, if possible consistent with the preceding
sentence, dispose of Company assets and effect distributions to
the Members within one (1) after the date of dissolution of the
Company.

     8.06 SOURCE OF DISTRIBUTIONS.  Except as may be otherwise
provided by law, upon dissolution, each Member shall look solely
to the assets of the Company for the return of such Member's
Capital Contributions.  The Liquidating Agent shall not be liable
out of his, her or its own assets for the return of the Capital
Contributions of the Members.  If the Company property remaining
after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of
the Company is insufficient to return the Capital Contribution of
any Member, such Member shall have no recourse against any other
Member.

     8.07  STATEMENTS ON TERMINATION.  Each Member shall be
furnished with a statement prepared by the Company's accountant,
which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company
as of the date of complete liquidation, the Net Income and Net
Losses of the Company as of the date of complete liquidation, and
the Capital Account balances of the Members as of such date
(which may reflect any revaluation of Company assets in
accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under
Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), and each Member's
share thereof. 

     8.08 CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION.  Upon compliance with the
distribution plan set forth in this Article VIII, the Members
shall cease to be such, and the Liquidating 


                               -25-

<PAGE>
Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and cause to be filed with the
Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of cancellation
pursuant to Section 18-203 of the State Act.  Upon the filing of
the certificate of cancellation, the existence of the Company
shall cease.

                            ARTICLE IX
                          MISCELLANEOUS
                          -------------

     9.01 NOTICE.  All notices, requests, demands, consents and
other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be
effective only if in writing and delivered personally or by
telecopier or mailed by certified or registered mail (return
receipt requested), postage prepaid, provided that any notice
delivered by certified or registered mail shall also be delivered
by telecopy or by hand at the time that it is mailed.  If such
telecopy is sent, notices shall be deemed given on the Business
Day of confirmation of the sender's telecopy machine of receipt
at the recipient's telecopy machine (or if such confirmation is
received on a day which is not a Business Day, on the Business
Day occurring immediately thereafter).  If the notice is
delivered by hand, it shall be deemed given when so delivered to
a responsible representative of the addressee.  All
communications hereunder shall be delivered to the respective
parties at the following addresses (or to such other person or at
such other address for party as shall be specified by like
notice, provided that notices of a change of address shall be
effective only upon receipt thereof):

If to the Company   At its principal place of business set forth
                    in, or established pursuant to , Section 2.03
                    hereof, attention: Managing Director.

If to a Member      At its address maintained in the books and records
                    of the Company.

Copies of any notice, request, demand, consent or other
communication sent pursuant to this Section 9.01 shall also be
sent as follows:

To Stone Container  Stone Container Corporation
                    150 N. Michigan Avenue
                    Chicago, IL 60601
                    Attention : President

                    Telecopier: 312-580-4650

- -and-

To Four M           Four M Corporation
                    115 Stevens Avenue


                               -26-

<PAGE>
                    Valhalla, NY 10595-1252
                    Attention: Chairman

                    Telecopier: 914-747-2774

     9.02 AMENDMENTS:  WAIVERS.  (a)  Any provision of this
     Agreement (except Section 7.01) may be amended or waived if,
     and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and
     signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Member, or in
     the case of a waiver, by the Member against which the waiver
     is to be effective.  Section 7.01 of this Agreement may not
     be amended.

          (b)  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any
     right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a
     waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
     thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
     the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The
     rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and
     not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by laws.

     9.03 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and any questions
concerning its interpretation and enforcement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any
applicable principles of conflicts of law.

     9.04  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with
the same effect as if the signatures thereto were upon the same
instrument.

     9.05  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement between the Members with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings
and negotiations, written and oral, between the Members with
respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

     9.06 PUBLICITY.  Except as otherwise required by law or the
rules of any national securities exchange, neither Member shall
issue or cause the publication of any press release or other
public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the express
written prior approval of the other Member.


                               -27-

<PAGE>
     9.07 CAPTIONS.  The captions herein are included for
convenience of reference only and shall  be ignored in the
construction or interpretation hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Members have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.  


FLORIDA COAST PAPER                FLORIDA COAST PAPER
    HOLDING CO., L.L.C.                     CORPORATION


By:                                 By:
   ----------------------              ----------------------
      Name:                                   Name:
      Title                                   Title:


                               -28-


<PAGE>



                                     BY-LAWS

                                       of

                        FLORIDA COAST PAPER FINANCE CORP.
                            (A Delaware Corporation)

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 1.     PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of stockholders shall be
held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

          Section 2.     ANNUAL MEETINGS.  Annual meetings of stockholders shall
be held on such date of each year and at such time as shall be designated from
time to time by the Board of Directors.  At each annual meeting, the
stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote and transact
such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

          Section 3.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders
may be called by the Board of Directors.

          Section 4.     NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice of each meeting of
the stockholders stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given
by or at the direction of the Board of Directors to each stockholder entitled to
vote at the meeting at least ten, but not more than sixty, days prior to the
meeting.  Notice of any special meeting shall state in general terms the purpose
or purposes for which the meeting is called.
<PAGE>

          Section 5.     QUORUM; ADJOURNMENTS OF MEETINGS.  The holders of a
majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the
corporation entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such
meeting; but, if there be less than a quorum, the holders of a majority of the
stock so present or represented may adjourn the meeting to another time or
place, from time to time, until a quorum shall be present, whereupon the meeting
may be held, as adjourned, without further notice, except as required by law,
and any business may be transacted thereat which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally called.

          Section 6.     VOTING.  At any meeting of the stockholders, every
registered owner of shares entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy and,
except as otherwise provided by statute, in the Certificate of Incorporation or
these By-Laws, shall have one vote for each such share standing in his name on
the books of the corporation.  Except as otherwise required by statute, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, all matters, other than the
election of directors, brought before any meeting of the stockholders shall be
decided by a vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders of the
corporation present in person or by proxy at such meeting and voting thereon, a
quorum being present.

          Section 7.     INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  The Board of Directors, or, if
the Board shall not have made the appointment, the chairman presiding at any
meeting of stockholders shall have


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

power to appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors of election at the
meeting or any adjournment thereof, but no candidate for the office of director
shall be appointed as an inspector at any meeting for the election of directors.

          Section 8.     CHAIRMAN OF MEETINGS.  The Chairman of the Board or, in
his absence, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders.
In the absence of both the Chairman of the Board and the President, a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors present in person at such meeting may
appoint any other officer or director to act as chairman of the meeting.

          Section 9.     SECRETARY OF MEETINGS.  The Secretary of the
corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders.  In the
absence of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint any other
person to act as secretary of the meeting.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          Section l.     NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors shall
consist of three (3) members; provided, however, that such number may from time
to time be increased or decreased by the Board of Directors or by the
stockholders.

          Section 2.     VACANCIES.  Whenever any vacancy shall occur in the
Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, removal, increase in the
number of directors or otherwise, it may be filled by a majority of the
directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director, for the balance of the term, or, if the Board has not filled such
vacancy, it may be filled by the stockholders.

          Section 3.     FIRST MEETING.  The first meeting of each newly elected
Board of Directors, of which no notice shall be necessary, shall be held
immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders or any adjournment
thereof at the place the annual meeting of stockholders was held at which such
directors were elected, or at such other place as a majority of the members of
the newly elected Board who are then present shall determine, for the election
or appointment of officers for the ensuing year and the transaction of such
other business as may be brought before such meeting.

          Section 4.     REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors, other than the first meeting, may be held


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

without notice at such times and places as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.

          Section 5.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by order of the Chairman of the Board, the President or
any two directors.  Notice of the time and place of each special meeting shall
be given by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting by
mailing the same at least three days before the meeting or by telephoning,
telegraphing or delivering personally the same at least twenty-four hours before
the meeting to each director.  Except as otherwise specified in the notice
thereof, or as required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these
By-Laws, any and all business may be transacted at any special meeting.

          Section 6.     PLACE OF CONFERENCE CALL MEETING.  Any meeting at which
one or more of the members of the Board of Directors or of a committee
designated by the Board of Directors shall participate by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment shall be deemed to have been held
at the place designated for such meeting, provided that at least one member is
at such place while participating in the meeting.

          Section 7.     ORGANIZATION.  Every meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the
President.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a
presiding officer shall be chosen by a majority of the directors present.  The


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but, in his
absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.

          Section 8.     QUORUM; VOTE.  A majority of the directors then in
office (but in no event less than one-third of the total number of directors)
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but less than a
quorum may adjourn any meeting to another time or place from time to time until
a quorum shall be present, whereupon the meeting may be held, as adjourned,
without further notice.  Except as otherwise required by statute, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, all matters coming before any
meeting of the Board of Directors shall be decided by the vote of a majority of
the directors present at the meeting, a quorum being present.

          Section 9.     REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  Any one or more of the directors
shall be subject to removal with or without cause at any time by the
stockholders.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

          Section l.     GENERAL.  The Board of Directors shall elect the
officers of the corporation, which shall include a President, a Secretary and a
Treasurer and such other or additional officers (including, without limitation,
a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice-Chairmen of the Board, Vice-
Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers) as the Board of Directors may designate.

          Section 2.     TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCY.  Each officer
shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his
earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer or agent shall be subject to
removal with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors.  Vacancies
in any office, whether occurring by death, resignation, removal or otherwise,
may be filled by the Board of Directors.

          Section 3.     POWERS AND DUTIES.  Each of the officers of the
corporation shall, unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, have such
powers and duties as generally pertain to his respective office as well as such
powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon him by the Board of
Directors.  Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors after the
adoption of these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board or, when the office of
Chairman of the Board is vacant, the President shall be the chief executive
officer of the corporation.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

          Section 4.     POWER TO VOTE STOCK.  Unless otherwise ordered by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board and the President each shall have
full power and authority on behalf of the corporation to attend and to vote at
any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the corporation may hold
stock, and may exercise on behalf of the corporation any and all of the rights
and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting and shall
have power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, waivers and consents on
behalf of the corporation in connection with the exercise by the corporation of
the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock.  The Board of
Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person or
persons.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

          Section l.     CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.  Certificates for stock of the
corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to
time prescribe and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or a Vice
Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer
or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

          Section 2.     TRANSFER OF STOCK.  Shares of capital stock of the
corporation shall be transferable on the books of the corporation only by the
holder of record thereof, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon
surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, with an
assignment


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

or power of transfer endorsed thereon or delivered therewith, duly executed, and
with such proof of the authenticity of the signature and of authority to
transfer, and of payment of transfer taxes, as the corporation or its agents may
require.

          Section 3.     OWNERSHIP OF STOCK.  The corporation shall be entitled
to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the owner
thereof in fact and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim
to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly
provided by law.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section l.     CORPORATE SEAL.  The seal of the corporation shall be
circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation and the year and
State of incorporation.

          Section 2.     FISCAL YEAR.  The Board of Directors shall have power
to fix, and from time to time to change, the fiscal year of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    AMENDMENT

          The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter or repeal
the By-Laws of the corporation subject to the 


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

power of the stockholders to alter or repeal the By-Laws made or altered by 
the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

          The corporation shall indemnify any director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation to the full extent permitted by law.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

                                  [LETTERHEAD]

                        KRAMER, LEVIN, NAFTALIS & FRANKEL

                          9 1 9  T H I R D  A V E N U E

                           NEW YORK, N.Y. 10022 - 3852

                                (212) 715 - 9100

                                     ______

                                       FAX

                                 (212) 715-8000

                                     ______

                             WRITER'S DIRECT NUMBER

                                 (212) 715-9100


                               September 20, 1996


Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.
600 U.S. Highway 98
Port St. Joe, Florida  32456

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel for Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C., a
Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), and Florida Coast Paper
Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with the Company, the
"Issuers"), in connection with the registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No.
333-8023), as amended by Amendment Nos. 1 through 2 thereto (the "Registration
Statement"), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") relating to the proposed offer by the Issuers of $165,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 12-3/4% First Mortgage Notes due 2003 (the "New
Notes") of the Issuers for a like amount of privately placed 12-3/4% First
Mortgage Notes due 2003 (the "Old Notes") (the "Exchange Offer").  The New Notes
will be issued pursuant to the Indenture  (the "Indenture") dated May 30, 1996
between the Issuers and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the same
meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

          In connection with the foregoing, we have examined, among other
things, (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the Indenture, (iii) the form of
New Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and (iv)  originals,
photocopies or conformed copies of all such corporate records, agreements,
instruments and documents of the Company, certificates of public officials and
other certificates and opinions, and have made such other investigations as we
have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinion set forth herein.
In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the
authenticity of all


<PAGE>

KRAMER, LEVIN NAFTALIS & FRANKEL

Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.
September 20, 1996
Page 2

documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to originals of all
documents submitted to us as photocopies or conformed copies, and the
authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.  We have relied, to the
extent we deem such reliance proper, upon representations, statements or
certificates of public officials and officers and representatives of the
Issuers.

          Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that
the New Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuers and, when issued and
delivered in exchange for the Old Notes in the manner set forth in the
Registration Statement and executed and authenticated in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Indenture (and assuming the due authorization,
execution and delivery of the Indenture by each of the parties thereto), will
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Issuers.

          We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Legal
Matters" in the prospectus that forms a part thereof.

          We are delivering this opinion to the Issuers, and no person other
than the Issuers and its securityholders may rely upon it.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   /s/ KRAMER, LEVIN, NAFTALIS & FRANKEL



<PAGE>

                                                      CONFORMED EXECUTION COPY


                             WOOD FIBER SUPPLY AGREEMENT

    THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 30th day of May, 1996, between
ST. JOSEPH LAND AND DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a Florida corporation, hereinafter
"Seller", and FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, hereinafter "Buyer."
                                 W I T N E S S E T H
                                 -------------------

    Whereas, Buyer is desirous of procuring wood fiber in the form of pulpwood,
wood chips, and fuel wood from Seller for its paper mill at Port St. Joe,
Florida (the "Mill");
    Whereas, Seller is desirous of selling pulpwood, wood chips, and fuel wood
to Buyer for its mill at Port St. Joe, Florida;
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth and for other good and valuable consideration, Seller and Buyer agree that
Seller shall sell to and Buyer shall purchase from Seller pulpwood, wood chips,
and fuel wood upon the following terms and conditions:
1.  AMOUNT:
    Seller shall deliver to Buyer and Buyer shall accept from Seller, upon and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, pulpwood and wood chips
in the aggregate as follows:

         first twelve months      --             1,600,000 tons
         second twelve months          --             1,400,000 tons
         third twelve months      --             1,200,000 tons
         fourth twelve months          --             900,000 tons
         thereafter                    --             900,000 tons

Starting in the twenty-fifth month, and annually thereafter during 

<PAGE>
the term of this Agreement, 900,000 tons of the tonnage delivered to Buyer must
originate from Seller's land with the understanding that wood chips generated
from higher margin wood fiber products shall not be required to originate from
Seller's land but shall be deemed for this purpose to so originate.  During the
term of this Agreement, Seller shall notify contemporaneously with notice to
other third parties Buyer of any upcoming sales of pulpwood or pine wood chips
in the open market and Buyer shall have the right to bid on the same basis as
other third parties.  From time to time during the term of this Agreement Buyer
may elect in its sole option upon 120 days notice to Seller to reduce in
increments the minimum tonnage (the "Minimum Tonnage") required of Seller
hereunder to an amount not less than 600,000 tons per year, but each and every
reduction shall be permanent.
2.  SPECIFICATIONS:
    All wood fiber delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall meet the
specifications set forth in Exhibit A hereto.  Of the aggregate annual amount of
wood fiber in the form of pulpwood and wood chips to be delivered, at least 25%
shall be comprised of wood chips.
3.  DELIVERY SCHEDULE:
    Seller shall deliver to Buyer and Buyer shall accept from Seller wood fiber
on a generally uniform weekly schedule which may be adjusted by the parties to
conform so far as practical to (a) Buyer's paper mill operating schedule; (b)
cessation of paper mill operations that are scheduled in advance of stoppage,
for maintenance of the mill and inventory adjustments; (c) loss of rail
transportation; or (d) excessive unfavorable weather conditions; 


                                         -2-

<PAGE>
(e) labor disputes or (f) insufficient customer orders.  Each party will give to
the other party notice in writing in advance of 3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f)
of this Agreement.
    In the event Buyer does not accept wood fiber from Seller for reasons other
than those in this Section 3 or by Force Majeure (Section 11) for a period of
two (2) weeks, Buyer shall pay to Seller weekly an amount equal to the pine
pulpwood Zone 2 price as determined from time to time in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement (1/52 x the Minimum Tonnage).  In the event the
circumstances in the preceding sentence arise, Buyer may instruct Seller to
deliver wood fiber to third parties at destinations other than the Port St. Joe
mill.  Additional cost incurred for delivery to third parties shall be for the
account of Buyer.
4.  FUEL WOOD:
    Biomass used for fuel required by Buyer consistent with past practice at
its Port St. Joe Mill shall be delivered to Buyer by Seller for its Port St. Joe
mill for the first twelve (12) months hereof.  No later than 120 days before the
first anniversary of the date of this Agreement and each succeeding anniversary,
if extended, Buyer shall notify Seller in writing whether it desires fuel wood
produced at Seller's wholly owned or leased wood chipping facilities to be
delivered to Buyer in the second twelve (12) months and thereafter in which case
Buyer shall be solely responsible for obtaining the balance, if any, of its
fuelwood requirements otherwise.  In such event, Seller shall so deliver such
fuel wood to Buyer.


                                         -3-

<PAGE>
5.  SCALES:
    A ton used in this Agreement shall be defined as 2,000 pounds by weight for
trucks and 78 cubic feet by scale for rail wood chip cars.  Buyer shall provide
and maintain at its expense, adequate printing scales at its paper mill at Port
St. Joe, Florida for the purpose of determining the weight of pulpwood, wood
chips, and fuel wood sold and delivered by truck to the mill.
    Upon request of Seller, Buyer shall promptly provide Seller copies of the
certifications of the scales by the Florida Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services.
    Buyer shall be responsible for all scaling and measuring of pulpwood, wood
chips, and fuel wood pursuant to this Agreement.  Buyer shall, at its expense,
furnish qualified scalers acceptable to Seller.  Such scalers shall be employees
of Buyer.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer may, at its option, utilize the weight
equivalency methodology of (stick) scaling for the purpose of determining the
weight of wood chips delivered by rail to the Port St. Joe mill based on 78
cubic feet per ton.
    Scaling shall be done upon delivery of pulpwood, wood chips, and fuel wood
to Buyer's scales, and Buyer shall expeditiously unload and release all trucks
and rail cars.
    Seller may, upon reasonable notice to Buyer, at its sole option and cost,
utilize scalers other than those supplied by Buyer to verify the scaling and
culling.  Buyer shall adjust its scaling and culling to reflect the results of
such verification, provided, however, that such verification shall have
determined that Buyer's scaling methods were in error.


                                         -4-

<PAGE>
6.  PRICE OF WOOD FIBER:
    The prices of all wood fiber produced by Seller and purchased by Buyer
hereunder is shown in Exhibit B attached to this Agreement and is made a part
hereof, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.
    The prices shown in Exhibit B shall be adjusted at the beginning of each
month following the most recent quarterly publication of Timber Mart South (or a
successor publication).  The prices, including the prices currently set forth in
Exhibit B and the quarterly adjusted prices as defined below, shall be adjusted
by that percentage change rounded to the fourth decimal place between (a) the
average of the prices reflected in the four most recent quarterly publications
of Timber Mart South (or a successor publication), for Stumpage Price Mart,
Standing Timber, Pine Pulpwood, Dollars Per Ton, Zone 2, Average Price for
Florida, and (b) the average of the prices reflected in the four quarterly
publications prior to the most recent quarterly publication of Timber Mart South
(or a successor publication), for Stumpage Price Mart, Standing Timber, Pine
Pulpwood, Dollars Per Ton, Zone 2, Average Price for Florida; provided that each
quarterly adjustment shall not be greater than a 5% increase or decrease. 
However, the prices reflected in Exhibit B (September 30, 1995) attached hereto
shall be adjusted without limitation by the percentage change determined by the
most recent publication of Timber Mart South (or a successor publication)
immediately preceding the closing date hereof.
    In the event that Timber Mart South (or a successor 


                                         -5-

<PAGE>
publication) is no longer published or such publication (or a successor
publication) is prepared on a basis different than that in effect on the date of
this Agreement, the parties hereto shall use reasonable efforts to agree on an
appropriate substitute publication.  Failing such agreement, the parties shall
select an arbitrator to select the substitute publication in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Section 12 hereof.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no later than thirty days prior to each 24
month period beginning on the second anniversary date of this Agreement, Buyer
and Seller shall use their best efforts to agree on prices reflecting fair
market value for each category of wood fiber as reflected on Exhibit B hereto,
to become effective on the anniversary date.  Such annually negotiated prices
shall be adjusted quarterly as described above for the next 24 month period.  In
the event that Buyer and Seller are unable to agree on prices by the end of each
24 month anniversary date then the parties shall select an arbitrator to
determine the prices in compliance with Section 12 hereof.  The prices so
determined will be applied retroactively to the applicable anniversary date.
7.  PRICE OF BIOMASS (FUEL WOOD):
    The price of biomass used for fuel wood produced by Seller and delivered to
Buyer hereunder is shown in Exhibit B hereto.
    The price of fuel wood may be adjusted every 24 months as mutually agreed
between the parties.
8.  PAYMENT:
    Seller shall invoice Buyer on a weekly basis for deliveries made during
each week and for all deliveries made during the first 


                                         -6-

<PAGE>
year of this Agreement, Buyer shall pay Seller within 30 days from the date of
such invoices, which date shall not be earlier than the Friday of the week
during which the deliveries were made, for the next four years of the term of
this Agreement, Buyer shall pay Seller within 14 days from the date of such
invoices and for the remainder of the term of this Agreement, Buyer shall pay
Seller within seven days from the date of such invoices.
9.  RECORDS:
    Buyer shall furnish Seller daily numbered weight tickets and numbered
scaling tickets evidencing the weights of pulpwood, wood chips and fuel wood
delivered to it; listing the name of the timber dealer, the name of the timber
producer, the time, the date, the truck number, the rail car number, the zone
and the tract from which the pulpwood, wood chips and fuel wood originated;
provided, however, that Seller shall have provided such information to Buyer at
the time of the applicable delivery.  Buyer shall furnish all documents
detailing the amount and nature of any culling to Seller daily as performed and
shall make available to Seller, upon Seller's request, the samples taken on
which the culling was done.  Buyer shall assist Seller in effecting timber
security activities.  Unless the quantity received by Buyer under the foregoing
records is contested within sixty (60) days from date of such numbered tickets
and documents, such records shall be deemed final by the parties hereto.


                                         -7-

<PAGE>
10. TITLE:
    The title of all pulpwood, wood chips and fuel wood under this Agreement
shall remain in Seller until delivered to Buyer.  Delivery of pulpwood, wood
chips, and fuel wood by truck shall be deemed to have been made when the truck
has been placed in position for scaling at Buyer's woodyard.  Delivery of chips
by rail shall be deemed to have been made when the rail cars have been placed
for scaling at Buyer's woodyard.
11. FORCE MAJEURE:
    The parties hereto agree that Seller shall not be liable to Buyer for any
actual or consequential damages for Seller's failure to perform if:
    A.   The contract dealers and producers of pulpwood, wood chips or fuel
wood are prevented by strike, walkout, labor strife, riot, civil war, acts of
the public enemy, and/or acts of God from delivering to Buyer;
    B.   Restrictions or prohibitions imposed by Local, State, or Federal
Government or any of their agencies that prevent Seller from performing under
this Agreement.
    C.   The condemnation or taking of Seller's lands or any material part
thereof or of the timber thereon; or
    D.   Seller's timber is damaged by fire, storm, pestilence, wind,
lightning, rain, ice, floods, rising waters or other casualty to the extent that
the timber remaining and undamaged is insufficient to supply pulpwood, wood
chips, and fuel wood without deviating from sound forest management principles.
    In the event that Seller is unable to ship the pulpwood and 


                                         -8-

<PAGE>
wood chip tonnage required hereunder on account of any such force majeure event,
Seller will allocate its available pulpwood and wood chip tonnage thereof among
its then existing customers, divisions and affiliated companies on such basis as
Seller may deem fair and practical, without liability for any such failure to
perform its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that in making
such allocation Seller shall, as near as practicable, limit its reduction of
shipments hereunder in such manner as to have the same percentage of reduction
apply to such customers, divisions and affiliated companies.
12. DISAGREEMENT OF SPECIFICATIONS, QUALITY OR PRICE:
    In the unlikely event that a disagreement should arise over the
specifications, quality, or price of any product produced by Seller and
delivered to Buyer, Seller and Buyer mutually agree to submit the matter in
dispute to a qualified testing laboratory, engineering firm, forestry
consultant, or other third party qualified to arbitrate the disagreement. 
Seller and Buyer agree to accept the decision of the third party.
    In the event that Seller and Buyer cannot agree on the third party
qualified to arbitrate the disagreement, a joint request shall be made to the
American Arbitration Association to appoint an arbitrator.  The arbitrator
appointed shall be deemed to be the arbitrator selected by mutual agreement.
    If any of the prices of pulpwood, wood chips, or fuel wood is an issue and
the matter is submitted for arbitration, the arbitrator shall have not less than
ten (10) years experience in the supply of the wood fiber products to be
supplied hereunder to 


                                         -9-

<PAGE>
the geographic region in which Buyer's mill is located and shall not be a
current or prior employee of Buyer, Seller or SCC. Each party shall submit to
the arbitrator, within five days after the arbitrator is chosen, the price it
feels reflects the fair market value for such category of wood fiber as
reflected in Exhibit B hereto, together with all data in support of its
position.  The arbitrator will then rule within thirty days thereafter on the
price of either Seller or Buyer that most fairly represents fair market value. 
The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding on both parties.
    The expenses of the arbitrator shall be borne equally by Seller and Buyer.
13. CHIPPING SERVICES AT LOWRY
    Seller will provide chip service at Lowry for Buyer's private wood up to a
maximum of 100,000 tons per year.  The charge for chipping Buyer's private wood
will be as shown on Exhibit B hereto.  For each gross ton of Buyer's private
wood delivered to Lowry, Seller will deliver to the mill at Port St. Joe eighty-
three percent (83%) chips and seventeen percent (17%) fuel wood.  If the ratio
of chips to fuel wood proves to be different, the parties will negotiate an
appropriate ratio based upon actual outturn.
14. TERMS OF AGREEMENT:
    This Agreement shall commence on May 30, 1996, and will terminate on
December 31 of the fifteenth calendar year thereafter.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, this Agreement may be extended by Buyer for two successive five year
terms, in each case upon one hundred twenty (120) days advance notice in writing
to Seller.


                                         -10-

<PAGE>
15. ASSIGNMENT:
    This Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the
parties hereto; provided that without the prior written consent of Seller, Buyer
may only assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement to a subsequent purchaser of the Mill which will only be permitted to
take delivery as prescribed in this Agreement at the Mill except as otherwise
provided in Section 3.  Nothing herein shall prohibit the Seller from employing
any subcontractors or agents; provided that such employment shall not relieve
the Seller of any of its obligations hereunder.
16. NOTICES:
    All notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing signed by
the party giving such notice, and delivered personally or sent by overnight
courier or messenger against receipt thereof or sent by registered or certified
mail (air mail if overseas), return receipt requested, or by Telex, facsimile
transmission, telegram or similar means of communication if confirmed by mail. 
Notices shall be deemed to have been received on the date of personal delivery
or telecopy or, if sent by certified registered mail, return receipt requested,
shall be deemed to be delivered on the third business day after the date of
mailing.  Notices shall be sent to the following addresses:
    To Seller:     St. Joseph Land and Development Company
                   P.O. Box 908
                   Port St. Joe, Florida  32456
                   Attention:  Clay Smallwood, Manager

    To Buyer: Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C.


                                         -11-

<PAGE>
                   300 First Street
                   Port St. Joe, Florida 32456
                   Attention: Clinton G. Ames, President

17. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; FORUM:
    The parties hereto agree that all of the provisions of this Agreement and
any questions concerning its interpretation and enforcement shall be governed by
the laws of the State of Florida without regard to any applicable principles of
conflict of laws.  Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally consents
that any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement may be brought in
a court of the United States sitting in the State of Florida or, if jurisdiction
is lacking in such a court, in a court of record in the State of Florida, and
each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
any objection that it may have, whether now or in the future, to the laying of
the venue in, or to the jurisdiction of, any and each of such courts for the
purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment and further waives any
claim that any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment has been brought in an
inconvenient forum, and each party hereby submits to such jurisdiction.
18. COUNTERPARTS:
    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT:
    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to the subject matter hereof.
20. HEADINGS:


                                         -12-

<PAGE>
    The section headings of this Agreement are only for the purpose of
reference and shall not affect the meaning hereof.
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the companies hereunto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized officer, on the 30th day of May, 1996.

                        ST. JOSEPH LAND AND DEVELOPMENT
                           COMPANY

WITNESSES: 

____________________           /s/ R.E. Nedley                               
                         -----------------------------------------------------
Witness            by:  R.E. Nedley
                   its: Vice President

____________________
Witness


                        FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.

WITNESSES:


___________________           /s/ Mary B. Dopslaff                       
                    -----------------------------------------------------
Witness            by:  Mary B. Dopslaff
                   its: Vice President

___________________
Witness


                                         -13-

<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A

                               Pulpwood Specifications
                               -----------------------


1.  SHORTWOOD AT PORT ST. JOE:

    a.   Maximum diameter is twenty (20) inches.
    b.   Minimum diameter is three (3) inches.
    c.   Maximum length is seven (7) feet.
    d.   Minimum length is four (4) feet.
    e.   No catfaces, no metal.
    f.   All limbs cut flush with stem.
    g.   No rotten wood.
    h.   No excessive vines or trash.

2.  BUNK LOGS AT PORT ST. JOE:

    a.   Maximum diameter is twenty (20) inches.
    b.   Minimum diameter is three (3) inches.
    c.   Maximum length is eighteen (18) feet.
    d.   Minimum length is ten (10) feet.
    e.   No catfaces, no metal.
    f.   All limbs cut flush with stem.
    g.   No rotten wood.
    h.   No excessive vines or trash.


                               Wood Chip Specifications
                               ------------------------


    a.   Wood:  All chips are to be produced from sound, unseasoned pine, that
         is not sap stained.

    b.   Foreign Substance:  No foreign substances, such as metal, glass,
         plastic. etc., shall be included among the chips.

    c.   Charred Wood:  No chips from burned turpentine faces or other burned
         wood will be accepted.

    d.   Bark:  Bark content shall not exceed 1% of the chip load by weight. 
         The portion of the weekly average bark content, based on a sample
         analysis, that exceeds 1%, but is less than 7%, shall be deducted as
         cull.  If a load contains over 7% bark, confirmed by a sample
         analysis, the entire load will be deducted as cull.

    e.   Chip Size:  A.  Chip size shall be determined by a representative
         sample on a Williams Laboratory Chip Classifier equipped with the
         following round screen opening:  1 1/8 inch, 7/8 inch, 5/8 inch, 3/8
         inch, 1/4 inch, solid pan.  
B.  Delivered chips shall contain not less than 78% acceptable chips, with 
acceptable chips defined as chips retained on the 3/8 inch, 5/8 inch, and 
7/8 inch screens.  


                                         -14-

<PAGE>

The portion of the weekly average of oversized (1 1/8), pin chips (1/4 inch),
and fines (solid pan) combined, that exceeds 22% will be deducted as cull.



                               Fuel Wood Specifications
                               ------------------------

    Hogged or ground bark shall not be larger than 2 inches by 2 inches by 2
inches.


                                         -15-

<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT B

                       ST. JOSEPH LAND AND DEVELOPMENT COMPANY
                                FIBER SUPPLY AGREEMENT
                                    PER TON RATES

                             EFFECTIVE:  ( MAY 30, 1996 )

                                   WOOD FIBER RATES

DELIVERED TO PORT ST. JOE                              PRICE
PINE PULPWOOD ZONE 1                                   $26.08
PINE PULPWOOD ZONE 2                                   $27.56
PINE PULPWOOD ZONE 3                                   $29.04
PINE PULPWOOD ZONE 4                                   $30.02
LOWRY CHIPS                                            $34.94
NEWPORT CHIPS                                          $34.94
L.P.CHIPS                                              $33.47
OTHER CHIPS                                            $35.69

                                    FUELWOOD RATES

DELIVERED TO PORT ST. JOE                              PRICE
FUELWOOD                                            $14.00 first 12 mo.
                                                    $13.00 second 12 mo.

                              CHIPPING SERVICE AT LOWRY

DELIVERED TO PORT ST. JOE                              PRICE
BUYERS WOOD CHIPS                                      $8.00


                                         -16-


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.9

                                   PROMISSORY NOTE

$10,000,000 subject to
   adjustment

                                                                    May 30, 1996

    For value received, the undersigned, FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C., a
Delaware limited liability company ("Maker"), promises to pay to St. Joe Forest
Products Company, a Florida corporation ("Payee"), or order, the principal
amount of TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000.00), plus all amounts added to the
principal amount hereof pursuant to the proviso at the end of this sentence, and
to pay interest on such principal amount from the date hereof until but not
including the date of payment at the rate of thirteen and one-quarter percent
(13 1/4%) per annum, such interest to be payable quarterly in arrears on the 1st
day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing September 1,
1996 (each, an "Interest Payment Date"); PROVIDED, that the interest due on any
Interest Payment Date may, at the option of Maker, be added to the outstanding
principal amount of this Promissory Note and shall accrue interest thereon from
and after such Interest Payment Date.  Maker shall be deemed to have exercised
such option unless Maker shall give written notice to Payee at least five but no
more than 30 days in advance of an Interest Payment Date of Maker's intention to
pay interest due on such Interest Payment Date in cash.  This Promissory Note
shall mature on June 1, 2007, at which time all principal and interest shall be
due and payable.  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year.
Maker shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any applicable Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to
1% per annum in excess of the rate set forth above to the extent lawful.

    Maker shall make each cash payment hereunder not later than 12:00 noon
(Eastern time) on the day when due (or if such day is a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
by law to close, on the next succeeding day which is not such a day) in lawful
money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, by
wire transfer to such account as Payee may designate from time to time.

    If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred
and be continuing:

    (a)  default for thirty (30) days in the payment, when due, of any
installment of interest on this Promissory Note;

    (b)  default in the payment, when due, of the principal of this Promissory
Note;

    (c)  failure of the Maker for 30 days after notice to comply with any of
the covenants under the heading "Special Covenants" below; provided such notice
requirement shall not apply to paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) thereunder;

<PAGE>

    (d)  failure by Maker for thirty (30) days after notice from Payee to
comply with any of Maker's other covenants and agreements set forth in this
Promissory Note;

    (e)  the occurrence of any "Event of Default" as defined in the Indenture of
even date herewith among Maker and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., trustee, as in
effect on the date hereof (the "Indenture");

    (f)  Maker or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that,
taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a
voluntary case under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for
the relief of debtors (a "Bankruptcy Law"), (ii) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in a involuntary case under a Bankruptcy Law, (iii)
consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all
of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

    (g)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against Maker or any Significant
Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a custodian of
Maker or any Significant Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a
whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially
all of its property, or (iii) orders the liquidation of Maker or any Significant
Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect
for sixty (60) consecutive days,

then Payee may declare the unpaid principal amount of this Promissory Note,
together with all interest accrued thereon, to be immediately due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default specified in
clause (f) or clause (g) above, this Promissory Note will become immediately due
and payable without further action by or notice from Payee.  The ability of
Payee to enforce this Promissory Note is subject to the terms and provisions of
this Promissory Note, including, without limitation, the terms and provisions of
the immediately following paragraphs.

    Maker may not make any cash payment upon or in respect of this Promissory
Note if (i) a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any indebtedness of Maker with respect to the Senior Secured Notes
(including any refinancing thereof, provided that the amount of such refinancing
shall not exceed the principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes that is
refinanced plus applicable fees charged or incurred in connection with such
refinancing) ("Senior Debt") occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable 
period of grace; or (ii) any other default occurs and is continuing with
respect to any Senior Debt that permits, or that with the giving of notice or
the passage of time would permit, holders of such Senior Debt to accelerate its
maturity; or (iii) such payment would constitute a default with respect to any
Senior Debt that permits, or that with the giving of notice or the passage of
time would


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

permit, holders of such Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity.  Payments on
this Promissory Note may and shall be resumed upon the date on which such
default is cured or waived, unless the maturity of any Senior Debt has been
accelerated.

    Upon (i) any acceleration of the principal amount of this Promissory Note
because of an Event of Default, or (ii) any distribution of assets of Maker upon
any dissolution, winding up, or liquidation of Maker:

         (1)  the holders of all Senior Debt shall first be entitled to receive
              in full all amounts (including interest) due thereon before the
              holder of this Promissory Note is entitle to receive payment on
              account of the principal of or interest on this Promissory Note;

         (2)  any payment or distribution of assets of Maker of any kind or
              character, whether in cash, property or securities (other than
              securities of Maker or of any other corporation or limited
              liability company provided for by a plan or reorganization or
              readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated, at least to
              the same extent as provided in this Promissory Note, to the
              payment in full without diminution or modification by such plan
              of all Senior Debt) to which the holder of this Promissory Note
              would be entitled except for the provisions of this Promissory
              Note shall be paid by the liquidating trustee, agent or other
              person making such payment or distribution directly to the
              holders of Senior Debt to the extent necessary to pay in full all
              Senior Debt remaining unpaid after giving effect to any
              concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior
              Debt; and

         (3)  in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or
              distribution of assets of Maker of any kind or character (other
              than securities of Maker or of any other corporation or limited
              liability company provided for by a plan of reorganization or
              readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated, at least to
              the same extent as provided in this Promissory Note, to the
              payment in full without diminution or modification by such plan
              of all Senior Debt) shall be received by the holder of this
              Promissory Note with actual knowledge that such payment is
              prohibited hereby or is required to be paid over to the holders
              of Senior Debt before all Senior Debt is paid in full, such
              payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit
              of, and shall be paid over to, the holders of Senior Debt
              remaining unpaid (or to the representatives or trustees acting on
              their behalf) until all such Senior Debt shall have been paid in
              full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
              distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt.


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the holder of this Promissory
Note shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive
payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of Maker applicable to
the Senior Debt until the principal of and all interest accrued on this
Promissory Note shall be paid in full.  For purposes of such subrogation, no
payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt which otherwise would
have been payable or distributable to the holder of this Promissory Note shall,
as between Maker, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the
holder of this Promissory Note, be deemed to be a payment by Maker to or on
account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this
Promissory Note dealing with subordination are and are intended solely for the
purpose of defining the relative rights of the holder of this Promissory Note,
on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand and shall not
impair, as between the Maker and the Payee, the obligations of Maker, which are
absolute and unconditional, to pay principal and interest in accordance with the
terms hereof.

                                Special Covenants

     Maker hereby covenants and agrees with Payee that, so long as any principal
of or accrued interest on this Promissory Note remains unpaid, Maker will comply
with the following covenants:

     (a)  Simultaneously with the delivery thereof to the Holders of Senior
Secured Notes, but in any event within 10 days of the filing thereof with the
SEC, Maker shall deliver to Payee one copy of all financial information and
other reports required to be delivered to the Holders of Senior Secured Notes
pursuant to section 4.03 of the Indenture.

     (b)  Simultaneously with the delivery thereof to the Holders of Senior
Secured Notes, Maker shall deliver to Payee one copy of all certificates and
statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Indenture.

     (c)  Neither Maker nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset
acquired by Maker or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to that certain Asset
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 1995 among Maker, Payee and certain
other parties, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right
to receive income therefrom, except Liens referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (ix)
and (x) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

     (d)  Maker will permit any authorized representatives designated by Payee,
at the sole cost and expense of Payee, to visit and inspect any of the
properties and records of Maker, including its financial records, and to discuss
Maker's affairs and finances with its officers and employees, all upon
reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested.

     (e)  Maker and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall comply with Section 4.07
of


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

the Indenture provided that, for purposes hereof, the definition of Disqualified
Stock shall be amended to change the words "the Senior Secured Notes mature" at
the end thereof to read "this Promissory Note matures".

     (f)  Neither Maker nor any of its Subsidiaries will permit any assets
securing the Senior Secured Notes to secure any other Indebtedness unless this
Promissory Note is paid in full; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit
Maker and its Subsidiaries from permitting such assets to secure any
Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Senior Secured Notes provided that the
amount of such Indebtedness so secured shall not exceed the principal amount of
the Senior Secured Notes that is refinanced plus any applicable fees charged or
incurred in connection with such refinancing.

     (g)  In the event that the Company shall be required to commence an offer
to all Holders to repurchase the Senior Secured Notes pursuant to Section 4.10
of the Indenture, the Company, to the extent not prohibited by the Indenture,
shall make a similar offer to repurchase this Promissory Note to the Payee in
substantially the manner provided in Section 3.09 of the Indenture with respect
to a Repurchase Offer; provided that the offer to repurchase this Promissory
Note shall be at the amount of the then outstanding principal plus accrued
interest to the date of such repurchase, and provided that any such offer to
repurchase shall be limited to the amount by which the Excess Proceeds exceed
the aggregate amount required to be paid to the Holders of Senior Secured Notes
who accept the Repurchase Offer pursuant to Section 4.10.

     For purposes hereof this Promissory Note, the terms "Bankruptcy Laws,"
"Excess Proceeds," "Excess Proceeds Offer," "Holders," "Disqualified Stock,"
"Indebtedness," "Permitted Liens," "Restricted Subsidiary," "SEC", "Senior
Secured Notes," "Significant Subsidiary," and "Subsidiary" shall have the
respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

     This Promissory Note may be repaid by Maker, in whole or in part, at any
time and from time to time, without penalty or premium, upon at lease one (1)
day's prior written notice to Payee.

     Maker waives presentment, demand, protest and, except as expressly set
forth in this Promissory Note, notice thereof or of dishonor.

     Maker agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including without limitation
reasonable attorney's fees, incurred in connection with the interpretation or
enforcement of this Promissory Note.  None of the provisions hereof and none of
Payee's rights or remedies hereunder on account of any past or future defaults
shall be deemed to have been waived by Payee's acceptance of any past due
installments or by any indulgence granted by Payee to Maker.

     This Promissory Note has been executed and delivered in and shall be
construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the laws of the
State of Florida.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has caused this Promissory Note to be duly
executed the day and year first above written.

                                        FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
                                        (a Delaware limited liability company)


                                        By: /s/ Mary B. Dopslaff
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name:  Mary B. Dopslaff
                                        Title: Vice President


                                       -6-

<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit 12
 
                      FLORIDA COAST PAPER COMPANY, L.L.C.
               COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            PERIOD
                                                                                                           FROM MAY
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     PERIOD FROM     30, 1996
                                ------------------------------------------------------   JANUARY 1, 1996    TO JUNE
                                  1991       1992        1993       1994       1995      TO MAY 30, 1996   30, 1996
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------------  ---------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>                <C>
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and cumulative effect
 of change in accounting
 principle....................  $  17,027  $   6,634  $  (17,914) $   6,619  $  54,762      $  (2,566)     $  (2,263)
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------        -------      ---------
Fixed charges:
  Interest charges............     --         --          --         --         --             --          $   1,956
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------        -------      ---------
Total fixed charges...........     --         --          --         --         --             --          $   1,956
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------        -------      ---------
Earnings before income taxes,
 cumulative effect of change
 in accounting principle and
 fixed charges................  $  17,027  $   6,634  $  (17,914) $   6,619  $  54,762      $  (2,566)     $    (307)
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------        -------      ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------        -------      ---------
Ratio of earnings to fixed
 charges......................         (A)        (A)         (B)        (A)        (A)             (B   )        (B)
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------         -------     ---------
                                ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------         -------     ---------
<FN>
- ------------------------
(A)  The  Company's ratio of earnings to fixed charges is not calculable because
     there were no fixed charges in each of the periods presented. The Company's
     earnings for  the  years ended  December  31,  1991, 1992,  1994  and  1995
     exceeded  fixed charges  by $17.0 million,  $6.6 million,  $6.6 million and
     $54.8 million, respectively.
 
(B)  The  Company's  earnings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1993   were
     insufficient  to  cover  fixed  charges  by  $17.9  million.  The Company's
     earnings for the period from  January 1, 1996 to May  30, 1996 and for  the
     period  from May 30, 1996 to June 30, 1996 were insufficient to cover fixed
     charges by $2.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Board of Directors
St. Joe Forest Products Company:
 
   
    We  consent to  the inclusion  of our report  dated February  12, 1996, with
respect to  the statements  of financial  position of  St. Joe  Forest  Products
Company--Linerboard  Mill Operations as  of December 31, 1994  and 1995, and the
related statements of operations, cash flows  and changes in equity for each  of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, which report appears
in the Form S-4 of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. dated September 20, 1996,
and  to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the Form S-4 of
Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. dated September 20, 1996. Our report  refers
to a change in the method of accounting for income taxes.
    
 
                                          /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                                          KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
   
Jacksonville, Florida
September 19, 1996
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
    
 
   
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Florida Coast Paper Company, L.L.C. (the
"Company") of our report dated September 10, 1996 relating to the financial
statement of the Company which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to
the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
    
 
   
                                          /s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
    
 
   
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
September 19, 1996
    
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY, FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND THE THREE-MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                               0                       0
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    9,249                  10,629
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                     14,632                  15,635
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                25,024                  27,335
<PP&E>                                         385,411                 367,897
<DEPRECIATION>                                 215,987                 222,228
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 194,448                 193,004
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           11,156                   6,989
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                            10                      10
<OTHER-SE>                                     147,350                 150,173
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   194,448                 193,004
<SALES>                                        239,165                  49,759
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               239,165                  49,759
<CGS>                                          180,788                  45,106
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  180,788                  45,106
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 54,762                   4,009
<INCOME-TAX>                                    20,294                   1,486
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             34,468                   2,523
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                    34,468                   2,523
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission